NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Moomaw, Ronald L.
According to its abstract, this book attempts ‘an assessment of various water conservation measures aimed at reducing residential water usage.’ Its intent is to develop a research program whose ‘ultimate goal is to engender a conservation ethic among water users and managers and develop a predictable array of conservation methodologies. …’ Professor Flack indeed has presented an excellent assessment of conservation methodologies, but I believe that the proposed research program is too limited.Following a brief introductory chapter, chapter II presents an extensive review of the water conservation literature published in the 1970's and earlier. It and chapter III, which describes Flack's systematic comparison of the technical, economic, and political aspects of each conservation methodology, are the heart of the book. Chapter IV is a brief discussion and analysis of conservation programs (with examples) that a water utility might adopt. Chapter V is essentially a pilot study of methods of assessing political and social feasibility. Finally, a set of recommendations is presented in chapter VI. All in all, this book is a nice blend of literature review and original research that deals with an important issue.
DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)
None
1977-12-01
Tasks III and IV measure the characteristics of potential research and development programs that could be applied to the maritime industry. It was necessary to identify potential operating scenarios for the maritime industry in the year 2000 and determine the energy consumption that would result given those scenarios. After the introductory chapter the operational, regulatory, and vessel-size scenarios for the year 2000 are developed in Chapter II. In Chapter III, future cargo flows and expected levels of energy use for the baseline 2000 projection are determined. In Chapter IV, the research and development programs are introduced into the future USmore » flag fleet and the energy-savings potential associated with each is determined. The first four appendices (A through D) describe each of the generic technologies. The fifth appendix (E) contains the baseline operating and cost parameters against which 15 program areas were evaluated. (MCW)« less
30 CFR 950.16 - Required program amendments.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR
2010-07-01
... 30 Mineral Resources 3 2010-07-01 2010-07-01 false Required program amendments. 950.16 Section 950... shall submit a revision to its permanent program rules at chapter IV, section 3(i) or otherwise propose... rules at chapter IV, section 3(u) or otherwise propose to amend its program to give the State the...
19 CFR 143.21 - Merchandise eligible for informal entry.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR
2011-04-01
... 94 and Chapter 99, Subchapters III and IV, HTSUS; (d) Household or personal effects or tools of trade entitled to free entry under Chapter 98, Subchapter IV, HTSUS (19 U.S.C. 1202); (e) Household effects used... purchase or agreement for purchase and not intended for sale; (f) Household and personal effects described...
19 CFR 143.21 - Merchandise eligible for informal entry.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR
2013-04-01
... Chapter 99, Subchapters III and IV, HTSUS; (d) Household or personal effects or tools of trade entitled to free entry under Chapter 98, Subchapter IV, HTSUS (19 U.S.C. 1202); (e) Household effects used abroad... agreement for purchase and not intended for sale; (f) Household and personal effects described in paragraph...
19 CFR 143.21 - Merchandise eligible for informal entry.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR
2012-04-01
... 94 and Chapter 99, Subchapters III and IV, HTSUS; (d) Household or personal effects or tools of trade entitled to free entry under Chapter 98, Subchapter IV, HTSUS (19 U.S.C. 1202); (e) Household effects used... purchase or agreement for purchase and not intended for sale; (f) Household and personal effects described...
19 CFR 143.21 - Merchandise eligible for informal entry.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR
2014-04-01
... Chapter 99, Subchapters III and IV, HTSUS; (d) Household or personal effects or tools of trade entitled to free entry under Chapter 98, Subchapter IV, HTSUS (19 U.S.C. 1202); (e) Household effects used abroad... agreement for purchase and not intended for sale; (f) Household and personal effects described in paragraph...
Federal Register 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014
2013-05-28
... Chapter IV OFFICE OF THE DIRECTOR OF NATIONAL INTELLIGENCE 5 CFR Chapter IV RIN 3206-AM73 Designation of... Management; Office of the Director of National Intelligence. ACTION: Proposed rule and withdrawal of prior... National Intelligence (ODNI) are proposing to issue regulations regarding designation of national security...
[Neurocognitive disorders in DSM-5: pervasive changes in the diagnostics of dementia].
Maier, W; Barnikol, U B
2014-05-01
The Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (DSM-5) proposes an innovative chapter on neurocognitive disorders (NCD) as a substitute for the dementia, delirium and amnestic disorders chapter in DSM-IV. This NCD chapter promotes a most innovative change compared to DSM-IV. While the term delirium is preserved, the commonly used term dementia does not occur as a diagnostic entity. Neurocognitive disorders are more inclusive than dementias; they also cover early prodromal stages of dementias below the DSM-IV threshold. The diagnosis of NCDs requires essentially neuropsychological testing preferentially with standardized instruments. Special focus is given to etiological subtyping taking former diagnostic consensus processes by expert groups into consideration. The subsequent more extensive concept of NCD also allows the diagnosis of etiological-specific prodromal states of cognitive impairments. The changes from DSM-IV to DSM-5 are critically discussed.
ERIC Educational Resources Information Center
Office of Postsecondary Education (ED), Washington, DC.
This volume provides general information on programs, policies, procedures, and fiscal record keeping and reporting for federally funded student financial aid programs under the Higher Education Act of 1965, Title IV. Chapter 1 provides an overview of Title IV programs. Chapter 2 discusses general institutional responsibilities related to managing…
Minesweeping for Pressure Actuated Mines by Air Injection into a Water Column
2011-09-01
19 B. PROTOTYPE DESIGN USED............................................................ 20 C. PROCEDURES ...Supply Considerations.................................................... 34 C. PROCEDURES ...Chapter III. Chapter IV covers the details of the NPS tow tank facility, testing procedures and results from testing completed in March 2010. Chapter V
Novel Applications of the Methyltrioxorhenium/Hydrogen Peroxide Catalytic System
DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)
Stankovic, Sasa
Methylrhenium trioxide (MTO), CH 3Re0 3, was first prepared in 1979. An improved synthetic route to MTO was devised from dirhenium heptoxide and tetramethyltin in the presence of hexafluoro glutaric anhydride was reported by Herrmann in 1992. During the course of research on this dissertation we uncovered other reactions where the presence or absence of pyridine can, in some cases dramatically, affect the reaction outcome. This dissertation consists of four chapters. The first two chapters deal with the ,oxidation of water sensitive olefinic compounds with the hydrogen perox’ide/MTO system. Chapters 111 and IV focus on the oxidation of hydrazones withmore » the same catalytic system. Chapter I has been published in The Journal of Organic Chemistry and Chapter III in Chemical Communications. Chapters II and IV have been submitted for publication in The Journal of Organic Chemistry. Each section is selfcontained with its own equations, tables, figures and references. All of the work in this dissertation was performed by this author.« less
46 CFR 160.151-21 - Equipment required for SOLAS A and SOLAS B inflatable liferafts.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR
2012-10-01
...), Chapter IV/4.1.5.1.7 and ISO 18813). Each sharp part of a tin-opener must have a guard. (h) First-aid kit... approval series 160.061. (r) Food rations (IMO LSA Code, as amended by Resolution MSC.293(87), Chapter IV/4.1.5.1.18) The food rations must be approved by the Commandant under approval series 160.046. (s...
46 CFR 160.151-21 - Equipment required for SOLAS A and SOLAS B inflatable liferafts.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR
2013-10-01
...), Chapter IV/4.1.5.1.7 and ISO 18813). Each sharp part of a tin-opener must have a guard. (h) First-aid kit... approval series 160.061. (r) Food rations (IMO LSA Code, as amended by Resolution MSC.293(87), Chapter IV/4.1.5.1.18) The food rations must be approved by the Commandant under approval series 160.046. (s...
46 CFR 160.151-21 - Equipment required for SOLAS A and SOLAS B inflatable liferafts.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR
2014-10-01
...), Chapter IV/4.1.5.1.7 and ISO 18813). Each sharp part of a tin-opener must have a guard. (h) First-aid kit... approval series 160.061. (r) Food rations (IMO LSA Code, as amended by Resolution MSC.293(87), Chapter IV/4.1.5.1.18) The food rations must be approved by the Commandant under approval series 160.046. (s...
45 CFR 305.63 - Standards for determining substantial compliance with IV-D requirements.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR
2010-10-01
...) Separation of cash handling and accounting functions, § 302.20 of this chapter; and (4) Notice of collection...-custodial parents under § 303.3 of this chapter; establishment of paternity under § 303.5(a) and (f) of this... (c)(8) through (10) of this chapter; location of non-custodial parents under § 303.3 of this chapter...
2012-03-01
Officer SWOI Surface Warfare Officer Introduction SWOS Surface Warfare Officers School xvii TFT Thin Film Transistor ULTRA Unit Level Training...designed the experiment , including participants, procedures, facilities selection, and materials. Chapter IV: Results and Discussion. This chapter...contains the results of experimentation and an interpretation of those results . Chapter V: Conclusions. This chapter provides an overall assessment
ERIC Educational Resources Information Center
Seale, Thomas Scott
Chapter I of this master's thesis examines aspects of the changing lifestyle that was inaugerated by the Industrial and Scientific Revolutions. Chapter II picks up the transition in general schooling that accompanied the revolutions. Chapter III traces the role of the evolving science curricula in this transition. Chapter IV presents proposals…
This is How it Was...: In Four Parts
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Kogan, Ilya
The following sections are included: * Part I - End of Childhood * Chapter 1 - A Thousand Years Before Our Era. June 15, 1941 * Chapter 2 - Farewell Childhood! August 18, 1941 * Chapter 3 - And They Came, Scourged By the Sun… Germans August 1941-June 1942 * Chapter 4 - Hell. Third Month in Hell. June 17, 1942 - October 31, 1942 * Chapter 5 - Third Day of the New Era. Policeman. November 3, 1942 * Chapter 6 - Happy Holiday, My Son! November 7, 1942 * Chapter 7 - My Dear Grachiki! November 13, 1942 * Chapter 8 - Mikhailovna and Pronya. Kettle. March 1943 * Chapter 9 - The Last… * Part II - Stalingrad * Part III - Glazov * Part IV - Kaddish
A Study of Mandarin Loanwords: Lexical Stratification, Adaptation and Factors
ERIC Educational Resources Information Center
Kim, Tae Eun
2012-01-01
This dissertation is about Chinese loanwords. It is mainly divided into two parts. Part I is a general discussion about loanwords in Chinese; Chapter I and II belong to the first part. Part II is a discussion about the analyses of Mandarin loanwords originating from English. Chapter III, IV, and V are all related to the second part. Chapter VI is…
ERIC Educational Resources Information Center
Office of Education, United States Department of the Interior, 1932
1932-01-01
This document contains the four concluding chapters and index of the Biennial Survey of Education, covering the years 1928-1930. Chapter 4, Statistics of universities, colleges, and professional schools, 1929-30, is made up of three parts: (1) Personnel, receipts, and property (Emery M. Foster and Frederick J. Kelley); (2) Expenditures (Henry G.…
DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)
Not Available
1979-10-01
Volume IV of the ISTUM documentation gives information on the individual technology specifications, but relates closely with Chapter II of Volume I. The emphasis in that chapter is on providing an overview of where each technology fits into the general-model logic. Volume IV presents the actual cost structure and specification of every technology modeled in ISTUM. The first chapter presents a general overview of the ISTUM technology data base. It includes an explanation of the data base printouts and how the separate-cost building blocks are combined to derive an aggregate-technology cost. The remaining chapters are devoted to documenting the specific-technologymore » cost specifications. Technologies included are: conventional technologies (boiler and non-boiler conventional technologies); fossil-energy technologies (atmospheric fluidized bed combustion, low Btu coal and medium Btu coal gasification); cogeneration (steam, machine drive, and electrolytic service sectors); and solar and geothermal technologies (solar steam, solar space heat, and geothermal steam technologies), and conservation technologies.« less
GUIDE-0: An Experimental Information System.
ERIC Educational Resources Information Center
Murai, Shinnichi
A description is provided of GUIDE-0, an experimental information system. The system serves as a bibliographic aid for students who are taking introductory computer science courses whose material is at least partially implemented via PLATO-IV lessons. Following a brief introduction to the system in Chapter I, the second Chapter describes the…
Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR
2014-10-01
... this chapter: AmeriCorps education award. For the purposes of this section, the term AmeriCorps education award means the financial assistance available under parts 2526 through 2528 of this chapter for... cost of attendance has the same meaning as in title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965, as amended...
Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR
2012-10-01
... this chapter: AmeriCorps education award. For the purposes of this section, the term AmeriCorps education award means the financial assistance available under parts 2526 through 2528 of this chapter for... cost of attendance has the same meaning as in title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965, as amended...
Calculus of Elementary Functions, Part IV. Teacher's Commentary. Preliminary Edition.
ERIC Educational Resources Information Center
Herriot, Sarah T.; And Others
This teacher's guide is designed for use with the SMSG textbook "Calculus of Elementary Functions." It contains solutions to exercises found in Chapter 9, Integration Theory and Technique; Chapter 10, Simple Differential Equations; Appendix 5, Area and Integral; Appendix 6; Appendix 7, Continuity Theory; and Appendix 8, More About…
The Coast Artillery Journal. Volume 57, Number 6, December 1922
1922-12-01
theorems ; Chapter III, to application; Chapters IV, V and VI, to infinitesimals and differentials, trigonometric functions, and logarithms and...taneously." There are chapters on complex numbers with simple and direct discussion of the roots of unity; on elementary theorems on the roots of an...through the centuries from the time of Pythagoras , an interest shared on the one extreme by nearly every noted mathematician and on the other extreme by
46 CFR 10.227 - Requirements for renewal.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR
2010-10-01
... part 5 of this chapter or if facts that would render a renewal improper have come to the attention of... this part; (C) Complete an approved refresher training course; or (D) Present evidence of employment in... renewal of an officer endorsement as first-class pilot are contained in § 11.713 of this chapter. (iv) An...
Agricultural Development Workers Training Manual. Volume IV. Livestock.
ERIC Educational Resources Information Center
Bacon, Neil; And Others
This training manual, the last volume in a four-volume series for use in training Peace Corps workers, deals with livestock. The first chapter provides suggested guidelines for setting up and carrying out the livestock component of the agricultural development worker training course. Included in the second chapter are lesson plans covering the…
Personal Information Search on Mobile Devices
2007-09-01
Networking .....................28 a. Bluetooth ...............................28 b. Infrared ................................29 2. Mobile Data...Also in this chapter, the connection techniques and schemes including Bluetooth , GPRS, Wi-Fi will be discussed. Chapter IV is devoted to a...characteristics of mobile devices. Recent advances in networking technologies such as 802.11 and Bluetooth enable these new mobile devices to connect to
Navy Family Advocacy Program. Appendix. Analysis of Central Registry Reports.
1983-12-01
2/76) 2 Suspected Abuzso/Malect/Sexua1 Assault an ae2404 65.) "Suspected Abuso /Neglect/ Sexual Assault and Rape Report" 2226 60.5 NAVMED 6320/15A...ANALYSIS OF SEXUAL ASSAULT REPORTS ........... 50 HAPTER V: SUMAY ANALYSIS Or rAMILY ADVOCACY PROGRAM REPORTS . 56 APPENDIX...cont’d)I PAGE CHAPTER IV: SEXUAL ASSAULT TV-1 Fore . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 IV-2 Type of Maltreatment ............... 53 IV-3
Diffusion of pent-1-ene (1); air (2)
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Winkelmann, J.
This document is part of Subvolume A `Gases in Gases, Liquids and their Mixtures' of Volume 15 `Diffusion in Gases, Liquids and Electrolytes' of Landolt-Börnstein Group IV `Physical Chemistry'. It is part of the chapter of the chapter `Diffusion in Pure Gases' and contains data on diffusion of (1) pent-1-ene; (2) air
2017-03-01
53 ix LIST OF TABLES Table 1. Descriptive Statistics for Control Variables by... Statistics for Control Variables by Gender (Random Subsample with Complete Survey) ............................................................30 Table...empirical analysis. Chapter IV describes the summary statistics and results. Finally, Chapter V offers concluding thoughts, study limitations, and
ERIC Educational Resources Information Center
Fraas, Charlotte J.
This report examines some of the major issues that Congress is likely to confront in considering future use of student aid programs by proprietary school students. Chapter 1 presents an historical overview of proprietary school participation in Title IV student aid programs and Chapter 2 explores the current participation of proprietary school…
German Women in the Five New Lander: Employment and Entrepreneurship
1992-12-01
AD-A259 101 GERMAN WOMEN IN THE FIVE NEW LANDER: EMPLOYMENT AND ENTREPRENEURSHIP * DTIC_S EECTE = EC31992 J Maella Blalock Lohman Ai U Submitted to...iv II II TABLE OF CONTENTS CHAPTER 1: Introduction ................................ 1 Women Entrepreneurs ...................... 4 Entrepreneurship ...and Family Life ......... 19 Entrepreneurship in the GDR ............. 25 CHAPTER 3: Present Conditions ......................... 31 Unemployment and
Alternative Methods of Base Level Demand Forecasting for Economic Order Quantity Items,
1975-12-01
Note .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 AdaptivC Single Exponential Smooti-ing ........ 21 Choosing the Smoothiing Constant... methodology used in the study, an analysis of results, .And a detailed summary. Chapter I. Methodology , contains a description o the data, a...Chapter IV. Detailed Summary, presents a detailed summary of the findings, lists the limitations inherent in the 7’" research methodology , and
40 CFR 147.2550 - State-administered program-Class I, III, IV and V wells.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR
2010-07-01
... Rules and Regulations, Wyoming Department of Environmental Quality, Chapter XXI: In Situ Mining... program for Class I, III, IV and V wells in the State of Wyoming, except those on Indian lands is the... section 1422 of the SDWA. Notice of this approval was published in the Federal Register on July 15, 1983...
40 CFR 147.2550 - State-administered program-Class I, III, IV and V wells.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR
2012-07-01
... Rules and Regulations, Wyoming Department of Environmental Quality, Chapter XXI: In Situ Mining... program for Class I, III, IV and V wells in the State of Wyoming, except those on Indian lands is the... section 1422 of the SDWA. Notice of this approval was published in the Federal Register on July 15, 1983...
Decomposition of Time Scales in Linear Systems and Markovian Decision Processes.
1980-11-01
this research. I, 3 iv U TABLE OF CONTENTS *Chapter Page *-1. INTRODUCTION .................................................. 1 2. EIGENSTRUCTTJRE...Components ..... o....... 16 2.4. Ordering of State Variables.. ......... ........ 20 2.5. Example - 8th Order Power System Model................ 22 3 ...results. In Chapter 3 we consider the time scale decomposition of singularly perturbed systems. For this problem (1.1) takes the form 12 + u (1.4) 2
Diffusion of 4-methyl-pent-3-en-2-one (1); air (2)
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Winkelmann, J.
This document is part of Subvolume A `Gases in Gases, Liquids and their Mixtures' of Volume 15 `Diffusion in Gases, Liquids and Electrolytes' of Landolt-Börnstein Group IV `Physical Chemistry'. It is part of the chapter of the chapter `Diffusion in Pure Gases' and contains data on diffusion of (1) 4-methyl-pent-3-en-2-one; (2) air
Child Support Enforcement (9th Annual Report to Congress for the Period Ending September 30, 1984).
ERIC Educational Resources Information Center
Office of Child Support Enforcement (DHHS), Washington, DC.
Described in this report are fiscal year 1984 activities of the Child Support Enforcement (CSE) program, a program established in 1975 as part D of title IV of the Social Security Act. Following an executive summary, chapter I describes the mission and organization of the CSE. Chapter II reviews the child support enforcement amendments of 1984,…
Commitment, Educative Action and Adults. Learning Programmes with a Social Purpose.
ERIC Educational Resources Information Center
O'Sullivan, Denis
This book analyzes socially committed programs defined as systematic efforts to bring about social change through educative action. Chapter 1 provides examples of socially committed programs and an overview of the book. Chapters 2-7 explore six key questions about seeking to change people in a socially committed way. Chapter 2 looks at those who…
2010-06-01
9 C. Conservation of Momentum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 1. Gravity Effects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 2...describe the high-order spectral element method used to discretize the problem in space (up to 16th order polynomials ) in Chapter IV. Chapter V discusses...inertial frame. Body forces are those acting on the fluid volume that are proportional to the mass. The body forces considered here are gravity and
FMCW Radar Jamming Techniques and Analysis
2013-09-01
an education system that is compacted with various radar capabilities, the circuitry does not provide the full functionality of each type of radar as...example of a typical FMCW architecture. The hardware components and their functionalities are explained individually in the order of the signal processing...drawn. Chapter IV presents a MATLAB model that emulates the functionality of the homodyne FMCW radar discussed in Chapter II. The model design and
Diffusion of cis-5,8,11,14,17-eicosapentaenoic acid (1); carbon dioxide (2)
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Winkelmann, J.
This document is part of Subvolume A `Gases in Gases, Liquids and their Mixtures' of Volume 15 `Diffusion in Gases, Liquids and Electrolytes' of Landolt-Börnstein Group IV `Physical Chemistry'. It is part of the chapter of the chapter `Diffusion in Pure Gases' and contains data on diffusion of (1) cis-5,8,11,14,17-eicosapentaenoic acid; (2) carbon dioxide
42 CFR 418.110 - Condition of participation: Hospices that provide inpatient care directly.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR
2012-10-01
... populations; and (iv) The dispensers are installed in accordance with chapter 18.3.2.7 or chapter 19.3.2.7 of... limits for up to a total of 24 hours: (A) 4 hours for adults 18 years of age or older; (B) 2 hours for...-face by an assigned, trained staff member; or (ii) By trained staff using both video and audio...
1988-01-01
iv Chapter I. INTRODUCTION.....................1 II. MILITARY PERSONNEL AND FREEDOM OF SPEECH . . . 7 III. ACCESS TO MILITARY INFORMATION...U.S. Army, Washington, DC, 26 January 1988. 6 CHAPTER II MILITARY PERSONNEL AND FREEDOM OF SPEECH The First Amendment to the U.S. Constitution states...34Congress shall make no law . . . abridging the freedom of speech , or of the press .... ,6 On initial examination, it would seem the Founding Fathers
Diffusion of cis-3-methyl-2-pent-2-enyl-cyclopent-2-enone (1); carbon dioxide (2)
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Winkelmann, J.
This document is part of Subvolume A `Gases in Gases, Liquids and their Mixtures' of Volume 15 `Diffusion in Gases, Liquids and Electrolytes' of Landolt-Börnstein Group IV `Physical Chemistry'. It is part of the chapter of the chapter `Diffusion in Pure Gases' and contains data on diffusion of (1) cis-3-methyl-2-pent-2-enyl-cyclopent-2-enone; (2) carbon dioxide
Developing a Campaign Plan to Target Centers of Gravity Within Economic Systems
1995-05-01
Conclusion 67 CHAPTER 7: CURRENT AND FUTURE CONCERNS 69 Decision Making and Planning 69 Conclusion 72 CHAPTER 8: CONCLUSION 73 APPENDIX A: STATISTICS 80...Terminology and Statistical Tests 80 Country Analysis 84 APPENDIX B 154 BIBLIOGRAPHY 157 VITAE 162 IV LIST OF FIGURES Figure 1. Air Campaign...This project furthers the original statistical effort and adds to this a campaign planning approach (including both systems and operational level
Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR
2010-01-01
... necessary for implementation of the obligations of the United States under chapters III and IV of the IEP that relate to the mandatory international allocation of oil by IEP participating countries. (b) Any...
Schwinger terms from external field problems
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Ekstrand, Christian
1999-01-01
The current algebra for second quantized chiral fermions in an external eld contains Schwinger terms. These are studied in two di erent ways. Both are non-perturbative and valid for arbitrary odd dimension of the physical space, although explicit expressions are only given for lower dimensions. The thesis is an introductory text to the four appended research papers. In the rst two papers, Schwinger terms are studied by realizing gauge transformations as linear operators acting on sections of the bundle of Fock spaces parametrized byvector potentials. Bosons and fermions are mixed in a Z2-graded fashion. Charged particles are considered in the rst paper and neutral particles in the second. In the the third and the fourth paper, Schwinger terms are identi ed with cocycles obtained from the family index theorem for a manifold with boundary. A generating form for the covariant anomaly and Schwinger term is obtained in the third paper. The rst three papers consider Yang-Mills while the fourth (in cooperation with Jouko Mickelsson) also includes gravitation. Key words: Schwinger terms, external anomaly, Z2-grading, index theory. eld problems, higher dimensions, chiral iii iv Preface This thesis will be about Schwinger terms. It is terms that appear in equal time commutators of currents in quantum eld theory. As a mathematical physicist I nd it hard to write a thesis about this subject. Both the physical and mathematical aspects should preferably be covered. Ihavedecided to focus on some of the mathematical tools that the Schwinger term and the closely related chiral anomaly have in common. This is part of what I have learned during the years 1994{1999 as a graduate student attheRoyal Institute of Technology. The following conventions and assumptions will be made throughout the thesis: All manifolds are assumed to be second countable and Hausdor . They are assumed to be paracompact whenever a partition of unity argument is needed. In nite-dimensional manifolds are also considered unless stated otherwise. The physical space (-time) M is real while all other manifolds and (mathematical) elds are assumed to be complex if nothing is said about them. All manifolds, bre bundles and sections are assumed to be smooth unless explicitly stated otherwise. The restriction operator to local neighbourhoods will be suppressed when convenient. The content of the thesis will now be described brie y. Chapter 1 contains a short introduction to anomalies. Basic ideas behind index theorems and determinant bundles are reviewed in 2. Mathematical ideas which are not very well-known are used there, and the text can therefore be considered as quite `heavy'. The reader who is satis ed with a short discussion about the (family) index theorem should therefore not read this chapter but rather consult section 2inPaper IV or some of the various physics articles that reviews the matter, for instance [1{5]. The cohomological meaning of transgression, and related homomorphisms, is covered by chapter 3. This chapter is independent of the previous one and is not absolutely necessary for the rest of the thesis. Then, in chapter 4, the mathematical structure of a gauge theory is developed. This part is independent of the previous chapters. It is further explained how the family index theorem can be applied. Using these results, the chiral anomaly and the Schwinger term are calculated in chapter 5. Finally, inchapter 6, the Schwinger term is de ned and discussed. It is done by viewing it as an obstruction in the lift of the action of the gauge group from the space of gauge connections to the Fock bundle. This chapter is independent of the previous ones. The thesis contains four appended research papers, henceforth referred to as Papers I{IV. Complementary material to Papers I and II can be found in chapter 6. Chapter 2{5 serves as background material for Papers III and IV. v List of Papers I Christian Ekstrand, Z2-Graded Cocycles in Higher Dimensions, Lett. Math. Phys. 43, 359 (1998) II Christian Ekstrand, Neutral Particles and Schwinger Terms, Submitted for publication (hep-th/9903148) III Christian Ekstrand, A Simple Algebraic Derivation of the Covariant Anomaly and Schwinger Term, Submitted for publication (hep-th/9903147) IV Christian Ekstrand and Jouko Mickelsson, Gravitational Anomalies, Gerbes and Hamiltonian Quantization, Submitted for publication (hep-th/9904189)
Quantification of Energy Release in Composite Structures
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Minnetyan, Levon
2003-01-01
Energy release rate is usually suggested as a quantifier for assessing structural damage tolerance. Computational prediction of energy release rate is based on composite mechanics with micro-stress level damage assessment, finite element structural analysis and damage progression tracking modules. This report examines several issues associated with energy release rates in composite structures as follows: Chapter I demonstrates computational simulation of an adhesively bonded composite joint and validates the computed energy release rates by comparison with acoustic emission signals in the overall sense. Chapter II investigates the effect of crack plane orientation with respect to fiber direction on the energy release rates. Chapter III quantifies the effects of contiguous constraint plies on the residual stiffness of a 90 ply subjected to transverse tensile fractures. Chapter IV compares ICAN and ICAN/JAVA solutions of composites. Chapter V examines the effects of composite structural geometry and boundary conditions on damage progression characteristics.
Quantification of Energy Release in Composite Structures
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Minnetyan, Levon; Chamis, Christos C. (Technical Monitor)
2003-01-01
Energy release rate is usually suggested as a quantifier for assessing structural damage tolerance. Computational prediction of energy release rate is based on composite mechanics with micro-stress level damage assessment, finite element structural analysis and damage progression tracking modules. This report examines several issues associated with energy release rates in composite structures as follows: Chapter I demonstrates computational simulation of an adhesively bonded composite joint and validates the computed energy release rates by comparison with acoustic emission signals in the overall sense. Chapter II investigates the effect of crack plane orientation with respect to fiber direction on the energy release rates. Chapter III quantifies the effects of contiguous constraint plies on the residual stiffness of a 90 deg ply subjected to transverse tensile fractures. Chapter IV compares ICAN and ICAN/JAVA solutions of composites. Chapter V examines the effects of composite structural geometry and boundary conditions on damage progression characteristics.
1981-06-26
of the Ministry of Inland Water Transportation of the RSFSR with participation of the Central Scientific Research Institute and the Construction... Articles . General Indicators" I-V.5.2-62, "Reinforced-Concrete Articles for Structures" and the regulations of this chapter which supplement them. 9.2...Department of Scientific and Technical Literature at SOYUZKNIG. 58 Ct R.C’lTI : NOR’,IS AND RIGULATrONS I\\. I. Pal ’ch ikov, S . P. Antonov , Editors
Surface modification and multiple exciton generation studies of lead(II) sulfide nanoparticles
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Zemke, Jennifer M.
2011-12-01
Solar energy is a green alternative to fossil fuels but solar technologies to date have been plagued by low conversion efficiencies and high input costs making solar power inaccessible to much of the developing world. Semiconductor nanoparticles (NPs) may provide a route to efficient, economical solar devices through a phenomenon called multiple exciton generation (MEG). Through MEG, semiconductor NPs use a high-energy input photon to create more than one exciton (electron-hole pair) per photon absorbed, thereby exhibiting large photoconversion efficiencies. While MEG has been studied in many NP systems, and we understand some of the factors that affect MEG, a rigorous analysis of the NP-ligand interface with respect to MEG is missing. This dissertation describes how the NP ligand shell directly affects MEG and subsequent charge carrier recombination. Chapter I describes the motivation for studying MEG with respect to NP surface chemistry. Chapter II provides an in-depth overview of the transient absorption experiment used to measure MEG in the NP samples. Chapter III highlights the effect of oleic acid and sodium 2, 3-dimercaptopropane sulfonate on MEG in PbS NPs. The differences in carrier recombination were accounted for by two differences between these ligands: the coordinating atom and/or the secondary structure of the ligand. Because of these hypotheses, experiments were designed to elucidate the origin of these effects by controlling the NP ligand shell. Chapter IV details a viable synthetic route to thiol and amine-capped PbS NPs using sodium 3-mercaptopropane sulfonate as an intermediate ligand. With the versatile ligand exchange described in Chapter IV, the MEG yield and carrier recombination was investigated for ligands with varying headgroups but the same secondary structure. The correlation of ligand donor atom to MEG is outlined in Chapter V. Finally, Chapter VI discusses the conclusions and future outlook of the research reported in this dissertation. This dissertation includes previously published and unpublished co-authored material.
Bugs & Drugs: Chemi-Bio Terrorism & the U.S. Government
2002-05-01
APPARENT ADBICATION OF THAT ROLE AND ALLOWING THE PRIVATE SECTOR , IN PARTICULAR, THE MEDIA TO ASSUME THE LEAD IN EDUCATING THE PUBLIC. 15. NUMBER OF...12 CHAPTER 3 The Private Sector Response 28 CHAPTER 4 Where to from Here…? 35 GLOSSARY 41 BIBLIOGRAPHY 46 iv PREFACE 11 September 2001 is...the apparent abdication of that role in favor of allowing the private sector , in particular, the media to assume the lead in informing the public
A Search for Wave Induced Particle Precipitation from Lightning and Transmitter Sources
1988-01-01
Observed and Modeled Event 50 Transmitter Whistler Sources 58 Summary 60 Chapter 4 The Wave Induced Particle Precipitation Campaign Instrumentation 63...101 ’ iii - k~rUM-rIF%9www Chapter 7 Summary and Conclusions Summary 102 Conclusions 105 Bibliography 107 iv LIST OF TABLES Number Page 1. Model ...Precipitation Bursts 56 2. X-Ray Detector Differential Channels 75 vB -- - -- - LIST OF FIGURES Number Page 1. Global Electrical circuit 2 2. Vertical
The Calibration System of the E989 Experiment at Fermilab
DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)
Anastasi, Antonio
The muon anomaly aµ is one of the most precise quantity known in physics experimentally and theoretically. The high level of accuracy permits to use the measurement of aµ as a test of the Standard Model comparing with the theoretical calculation. After the impressive result obtained at Brookhaven National Laboratory in 2001 with a total accuracy of 0.54 ppm, a new experiment E989 is under construction at Fermilab, motivated by the diff of aexp SM µ - aµ ~ 3σ. The purpose of the E989 experiment is a fourfold reduction of the error, with a goal of 0.14 ppm,more » improving both the systematic and statistical uncertainty. With the use of the Fermilab beam complex a statistic of × 21 with respect to BNL will be reached in almost 2 years of data taking improving the statistical uncertainty to 0.1 ppm. Improvement on the systematic error involves the measurement technique of ωa and ωp, the anomalous precession frequency of the muon and the Larmor precession frequency of the proton respectively. The measurement of ωp involves the magnetic field measurement and improvements on this sector related to the uniformity of the field should reduce the systematic uncertainty with respect to BNL from 170 ppb to 70 ppb. A reduction from 180 ppb to 70 ppb is also required for the measurement of ωa; new DAQ, a faster electronics and new detectors and calibration system will be implemented with respect to E821 to reach this goal. In particular the laser calibration system will reduce the systematic error due to gain fl of the photodetectors from 0.12 to 0.02 ppm. The 0.02 ppm limit on systematic requires a system with a stability of 10 -4 on short time scale (700 µs) while on longer time scale the stability is at the percent level. The 10 -4 stability level required is almost an order of magnitude better than the existing laser calibration system in particle physics, making the calibration system a very challenging item. In addition to the high level of stability a particular environment, due to the presence of a 14 m diameter storage ring, a highly uniform magnetic field and the detector distribution around the storage ring, set specific guidelines and constraints. This thesis will focus on the final design of the Laser Calibration System developed for the E989 experiment. Chapter 1 introduces the subject of the anomalous magnetic moment of the muon; chapter 2 presents previous measurement of g -2, while chapter 3 discusses the Standard Model prediction and possible new physics scenario. Chapter 4 describes the E989 experiment. In this chapter will be described the experimental technique and also will be presented the experimental apparatus focusing on the improvements necessary to reduce the statistical and systematic errors. The main item of the thesis is discussed in the last two chapters: chapter 5 is focused on the Laser Calibration system while chapter 6 describes the Test Beam performed at the Beam Test Facility of Laboratori Nazionali di Frascati from the 29th February to the 7th March as a final test for the full calibrations system. An introduction explain the physics motivation of the system and the diff t devices implemented. In the final chapter the setup used will be described and some of the results obtained will be presented.« less
A Study of Selected Problems in Armor Operations
1978-11-01
of external environmental cond~tions on the internal environment of a buttoned-up tank. Another effort was a study of problems in escape and...Test site configuration: Study II ......... ... IV-16 FIG. IVT4. Mean time to lay on target .... ........ .... IV-20 TABLES Chapter III Table III-I...L., and Ton, W. H. Study of the Psychological (and Associated Physiological) Effjcts on a Tank Crew Resulting From Being Buttoned Up, ARI Research
Production Systems as a Programming Language for Artificial Intelligence Applications. Volume II.
1976-12-01
assumed that the reader has some familiarity with Volume I of this report, which discusses the goals and conclusions of the thesis as a whole, and...the stimulus. This will be illustrated in Chapter IV of this thesis .) The result of these design features is a PS that is more concise than EPAM, both... thesis , which contains other references and a more thorough discussion. The object-filing process is actually an advance in EPAM design over Chapter ilL
Forecasting Flying Hour Costs of the B-1, B-2, and the B-52 Bomber Aircraft
2008-03-01
reject the null hypothesis that the residuals are normally distributed. Likewise, in the Breusch Pagan test , a p-value greater than 0.05 means we...normality or constant variance, it will be noted in the results tables in Chapter IV. The Shapiro Wilk and Breusch Pagan tests are also very...the model; and • the results of the Shapiro Wilk, Breusch Pagan , and Durbin Watson tests . Summary This chapter outlines the methodology used in
Was It Really Worth Pain? Refurbishment of Mercedes-Benz Trucks by Botswana Defence Force
2005-12-01
staff, especially those who were involved in rework, was their inability to access the fleet management system Mincom Ellipse database. Access to...CHAPTER IV This chapter analyzes the survey/questionnaires that were sent to the users, the project middle managers, and the CMER. The CMER was a de ...transferred directly to the BDF; they were accessed from a fund set up for the project. This enabled the project manager to have versatility in the
Developing Teaching Skills in Physical Education.
ERIC Educational Resources Information Center
Siedentop, Daryl
This textbook attempts to clarify the nature of teaching during the field experience or simulation of that experience for student teachers. The text takes a data-based approach to the development of teaching skills. It is divided into seven chapters. The first chapter, "Systematic Improvement of Teaching Skills," is a narrative…
5 CFR 630.1301 - Purpose and applicability.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR
2013-01-01
... the Armed Forces of the United States serving on active duty during the Persian Gulf War and who... and employees— (1) To whom subchapter IV of chapter 63 of title 5, United States Code, applies; and (2...
5 CFR 630.1301 - Purpose and applicability.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR
2011-01-01
... the Armed Forces of the United States serving on active duty during the Persian Gulf War and who... and employees— (1) To whom subchapter IV of chapter 63 of title 5, United States Code, applies; and (2...
5 CFR 630.1301 - Purpose and applicability.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR
2012-01-01
... the Armed Forces of the United States serving on active duty during the Persian Gulf War and who... and employees— (1) To whom subchapter IV of chapter 63 of title 5, United States Code, applies; and (2...
5 CFR 630.1301 - Purpose and applicability.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR
2014-01-01
... the Armed Forces of the United States serving on active duty during the Persian Gulf War and who... and employees— (1) To whom subchapter IV of chapter 63 of title 5, United States Code, applies; and (2...
5 CFR 630.1301 - Purpose and applicability.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR
2010-01-01
... the Armed Forces of the United States serving on active duty during the Persian Gulf War and who... and employees— (1) To whom subchapter IV of chapter 63 of title 5, United States Code, applies; and (2...
Modeling habitat and environmental factors affecting mosquito abundance in Chesapeake, Virginia
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Bellows, Alan Scott
The models I present in this dissertation were designed to enable mosquito control agencies in the mid-Atlantic region that oversee large jurisdictions to rapidly track the spatial and temporal distributions of mosquito species, especially those species known to be vectors of eastern equine encephalitis and West Nile virus. I was able to keep these models streamlined, user-friendly, and not cost-prohibitive using empirically based digital data to analyze mosquito-abundance patterns in real landscapes. This research is presented in three major chapters: (II) a series of semi-static habitat suitability indices (HSI) grounded on well-documented associations between mosquito abundance and environmental variables, (III) a dynamic model for predicting both spatial and temporal mosquito abundance based on a topographic soil moisture index and recent weather patterns, and (IV) a set of protocols laid out to aid mosquito control agencies for the use of these models. The HSIs (Chapter II) were based on relationships of mosquitoes to digital surrogates of soil moisture and vegetation characteristics. These models grouped mosquitoes species derived from similarities in habitat requirements, life-cycle type, and vector competence. Quantification of relationships was determined using multiple linear regression models. As in Chapter II, relationships between mosquito abundance and environmental factors in Chapter III were quantified using regression models. However, because this model was, in part, a function of changes in weather patterns, it enables the prediction of both 'where' and 'when' mosquito outbreaks are likely to occur. This model is distinctive among similar studies in the literature because of my use of NOAA's NEXRAD Doppler radar (3-hr precipitation accumulation data) to quantify the spatial and temporal distributions in precipitation accumulation. \\ Chapter IV is unique among the chapters in this dissertation because in lieu of presenting new research, it summarizes the preprocessing steps and analyses used in the HSIs and the dynamic, weather-based, model generated in Chapters II and III. The purpose of this chapter is to provide the reader and potential users with the necessary protocols for modeling the spatial and temporal abundances and distributions of mosquitoes, with emphasis on Culiseta melanura, in a real-world landscape of the mid-Atlantic region. This chapter also provides enhancements that could easily be incorporated into an environmentally sensitive integrated pest management program.
The Moral Vacuum in Teacher Education Research and Practice
ERIC Educational Resources Information Center
Sanger, Matthew; Osguthorpe, Richard
2013-01-01
This chapter examines the gap between the widespread acknowledgment that teaching is a moral endeavor, on the one hand, and the lack of explicit, systematic teacher education research and practice to support preparing teachers for the moral aspects of teaching. After providing an initial description of the aforementioned gap, the chapter surveys…
Chapter 4. Arceuthobium in North America
F. G. Hawksworth; D. Wiens; B. W. Geils
2002-01-01
The biology, pathology, and systematics of dwarf mistletoes are recently and well reviewed in Hawksworth and Wiens (1996). That monograph forms the basis for the text in this and chapter 5 and should be consulted for more information (for example, references, photographs, and distribution maps). In addition to extracting the information that would be most relevant to...
ERIC Educational Resources Information Center
Williams, W. Wes; Hasazi, Susan E.
The authors describe program organization and teaching/learning procedures which can be employed in the remediation of mildly to severely handicapped students. Following an introductory chapter, Chapter 2 describes ways to manage educational resources such as time, aides, support staff, and student teachers to maximize learning. A brief third…
First principles calculation of material properties of group IV elements and III-V compounds
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Malone, Brad Dean
This thesis presents first principles calculations on the properties of group IV elements and group III-V compounds. It includes investigations into what structure a material is likely to form in, and given that structure, what are its electronic, optical, and lattice dynamical properties as well as what are the properties of defects that might be introduced into the sample. The thesis is divided as follows: • Chapter 1 contains some of the conceptual foundations used in the present work. These involve the major approximations which allow us to approach the problem of systems with huge numbers of interacting electrons and atomic cores. • Then, in Chapter 2, we discuss one of the major limitations to the DFT formalism introduced in Chapter 1, namely its inability to predict the quasiparticle spectra of materials and in particular the band gap of a semiconductor. We introduce a Green's function approach to the electron self-energy Sigma known as the GW approximation and use it to compute the quasiparticle band structures of a number of group IV and III-V semiconductors. • In Chapter 3 we present a first-principles study of a number of high-pressure metastable phases of Si with tetrahedral bonding. The phases studied include all experimentally determined phases that result from decompression from the metallic beta-Sn phase, specifically the BC8 (Si-III), hexagonal diamond (Si-IV), and R8 (Si-XII). In addition to these, we also study the hypothetical ST12 structure found upon decompression from beta-Sn in germanium. • Our attention is then turned to the first principles calculations of optical properties in Chapter 4. The Bethe-Salpeter equation is then solved to obtain the optical spectrum of this material including electron-hole interactions. The calculated optical spectrum is compared with experimental data for other forms of silicon commonly used in photovoltaic devices, namely the cubic, polycrystalline, and amorphous forms. • In Chapter 5 we present first principles calculations of the quasiparticle and optical excitation spectra of recently predicted silicon and germanium polytypes in the body-centered-tetragonal (bct) structure. The quasiparticle spectra calculated within the GW approximation predict that both silicon and germanium in the bct structure are small band gap materials. The optical spectra are then evaluated by solving the Bethe-Salpeter equation taking into account. • We examine the low-pressure phases of Ge in Chapter 6 by performing first principles calculations of the electronic structure and lattice dynamics of the R8, BC8, ST12, and hexagonal diamond structures of Ge. To aid future experimental investigation, we include predictions of the Raman-active frequencies of these phases as well as present the full phonon dispersion throughout the zone. • In Chapter 7 we demonstrate how first principles calculations can be used to predict new structures. In a study aimed at finding new useful forms of silicon, we use an ab initio random structure searching (AIRSS) method to identify a new phase of silicon in the Ibamstructure. The Ibam phase is found to be semimetallic within density functional theory with a small band overlap, and it is expected that quasiparticle corrections using the GW approximation would yield a semiconducting state with a small band gap. • We present a first-principles study of boron and phosphorus substitutional defects in Si-XII in Chapter 8. Recent result from nanoindentation experiments reveal that the Si-XII phase is semiconducting and has the interesting property that it can be doped n- and p-type at room temperature without an annealing step. Using the hybrid functional of Heyd, Scuseria, and Ernzerhof (HSE), we examine the formation energies of the B and P defects at the two distinct atomic sites in Si-XII to find on which site the substitutional defects are more easily accommodated. We also estimate the thermodynamic transition levels of each defect in its relevant charge states. (Abstract shortened by UMI.).
Theoretical analysis of sheet metal formability
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Zhu, Xinhai
Sheet metal forming processes are among the most important metal-working operations. These processes account for a sizable proportion of manufactured goods made in industrialized countries each year. Furthermore, to reduce the cost and increase the performance of manufactured products, in addition to the environmental concern, more and more light weight and high strength materials have been used as a substitute to the conventional steel. These materials usually have limited formability, thus, a thorough understanding of the deformation processes and the factors limiting the forming of sound parts is important, not only from a scientific or engineering viewpoint, but also from an economic point of view. An extensive review of previous studies pertaining to theoretical analyses of Forming Limit Diagrams (FLDs) is contained in Chapter I. A numerical model to analyze the neck evolution process is outlined in Chapter II. With the use of strain gradient theory, the effect of initial defect profile on the necking process is analyzed. In the third chapter, the method proposed by Storen and Rice is adopted to analyze the initiation of localized neck and predict the corresponding FLDs. In view of the fact that the width of the localized neck is narrow, the deformation inside the neck region is constrained by the material in the neighboring homogeneous region. The relative rotation effect may then be assumed to be small and is thus neglected. In Chapter IV, Hill's 1948 yield criterion and strain gradient theory are employed to obtain FLDs, for planar anisotropic sheet materials by using bifurcation analysis. The effects of the strain gradient coefficient c and the material anisotropic parameters R's on the orientation of the neck and FLDs are analyzed in a systematic manner and compared with experiments. In Chapter V, Hill's 79 non-quadratic yield criterion with a deformation theory of plasticity is used along with bifurcation analyses to derive a general analytical expression for calculating FLDs. In the final chapter, a method is proposed to construct forming limit diagrams for sheet metals under different deformation histories. This analysis employs Hill's 79 anisotropic yield function and uses strain gradient theory to describe the constitutive equation for the flow stress. In order to utilize an analytical method developed earlier for proportional loading, the concept of "virtual deformation" is introduced. The actual deformation path is divided into a sequence of linear paths and an effective "virtual deformation" path is defined having a strain ratio identical to that of the linear part in the final deformation stage, and a plastic work identical to that of the prior actual deformation it is replacing. (Abstract shortened by UMI.)
ERIC Educational Resources Information Center
Smith, Isaac C.; Reichow, Brian; Volkmar, Fred R.
2015-01-01
A growing body of research has raised concerns about the number of individuals diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) according to DSM-IV-TR who may no longer qualify for diagnoses under the new DSM-5 criteria, published in May 2013. The current study systematically reviews 25 articles evaluating samples according to both DSM-IV-TR and…
2014-01-01
Background Contrast-induced acute kidney injury is a common cause of iatrogenic acute kidney injury (AKI). Most of the published estimates of AKI after contrast use originate from the cardiac catheterization literature despite contrast-enhanced computed tomography (CT) scans being the more common setting for contrast use. This systematic review aims to summarize the current evidence about (1)the risk of AKI following intravenous (IV) contrast-enhanced CT scans and(2) the risk of clinical outcomes (i.e. death, hospitalization and need for renal replacement therapy) due to IV contrast-enhanced CT scans. Methods/Design A systematic literature search for published studies will be performed using MEDLINE, EMBASE and The COCHRANE Library databases. Unpublished studies will be identified by searching through grey literature. No language restriction will be applied. The review will consider all studies that have examined the association between IV contrast media and AKI. To be selected, the study should include two arms: one group of exposed patients who received IV contrast material before CT scans and one group of unexposed group who did not receive contrast material before CT scans. Two authors will independently screen titles and abstracts obtained from electronic databases, extract data and will assess the quality of the studies selected using the Cochrane's ‘Risk of Bias’ assessment tool for randomized trials and the Newcastle-Ottawa Scale for observational studies. A random-effects meta-analysis will be performed if there is no remarkable heterogeneity between studies. Discussion This systematic review will provide synthesis of current evidence around the effect of IV contrast material on AKI and other clinical outcomes. Results will be helpful for making evidence-based recommendations and guidelines for clinical and radiologic settings. Systematic review registration PROSPERO CRD42013003799. PMID:25148933
Chapter 3: choosing the important outcomes for a systematic review of a medical test.
Segal, Jodi B
2012-06-01
In this chapter of the Evidence-based Practice Centers Methods Guide for Medical Tests, we describe how the decision to use a medical test generates a broad range of outcomes and that each of these outcomes should be considered for inclusion in a systematic review. Awareness of these varied outcomes affects how a decision maker balances the benefits and risks of the test; therefore, a systematic review should present the evidence on these diverse outcomes. The key outcome categories include clinical management outcomes and direct health effects; emotional, social, cognitive, and behavioral responses to testing; legal and ethical outcomes, and costs. We describe the challenges of incorporating these outcomes in a systematic review, suggest a framework for generating potential outcomes for inclusion, and describe the role of stakeholders in choosing the outcomes for study. Finally, we give examples of systematic reviews that either included a range of outcomes or that might have done so. The following are the key messages in this chapter: Consider both the outcomes that are relevant to the process of testing and those that are relevant to the results of the test. Consider inclusion of outcomes in all five domains: clinical management effects, direct test effects; emotional, social, cognitive and behavioral effects; legal and ethical effects, and costs. Consider to which group the outcomes of testing are most relevant. Given resource limitations, prioritize which outcomes to include. This decision depends on the needs of the stakeholder(s), who should be assisted in prioritizing the outcomes for inclusion.
Bosniak Classification for Complex Renal Cysts Reevaluated: A Systematic Review.
Schoots, Ivo G; Zaccai, Keren; Hunink, Myriam G; Verhagen, Paul C M S
2017-07-01
We systematically evaluated the Bosniak classification system with malignancy rates of each Bosniak category, and assessed the effectiveness related to surgical treatment and oncologic outcome based on recurrence and/or metastasis. In a systematic review according to PRISMA (Preferred Reporting Items for Systematic Reviews and Meta-Analyses) statement and the QUADAS-2 (Quality Assessment of Diagnostic Accuracy Studies) criteria, we selected 39 publications for inclusion in this analysis and categorized them into 1) surgical cohorts-all cysts treated surgically and 2) radiological cohorts-cysts with surgical treatment or radiological followup. A total of 3,036 complex renal cysts were categorized into Bosniak II, IIF, III and IV. In surgical and radiological cohorts pooled estimates showed a malignancy prevalence of 0.51 (0.44, 0.58) in Bosniak III and 0.89 (0.83, 0.92) in Bosniak IV cysts, respectively. Stable Bosniak IIF cysts showed a malignancy rate of less than 1% during radiological followup (surveillance). Bosniak IIF cysts, which showed reclassification to the Bosniak III/IV category during radiological followup (12%), showed malignancy in 85%, comparable to Bosniak IV cysts. The estimated surgical number needed to treat to avoid metastatic disease of Bosniak III and IV cysts was 140 and 40, respectively. The effectiveness of the Bosniak classification system for complex renal cysts was high in categories II, IIF and IV, but low in category III, and 49% of Bosniak III cysts was overtreated because of a benign outcome. This surgical overtreatment combined with the excellent outcome for Bosniak III cysts may suggest that surveillance is a rational alternative to surgery. This will require further study to assess whether surveillance of Bosniak III cysts will prove safe. Copyright © 2017 American Urological Association Education and Research, Inc. Published by Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.
Theory and modeling of particles with DNA-mediated interactions
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Licata, Nicholas A.
2008-05-01
In recent years significant attention has been attracted to proposals which utilize DNA for nanotechnological applications. Potential applications of these ideas range from the programmable self-assembly of colloidal crystals, to biosensors and nanoparticle based drug delivery platforms. In Chapter I we introduce the system, which generically consists of colloidal particles functionalized with specially designed DNA markers. The sequence of bases on the DNA markers determines the particle type. Due to the hybridization between complementary single-stranded DNA, specific, type-dependent interactions can be introduced between particles by choosing the appropriate DNA marker sequences. In Chapter II we develop a statistical mechanical description of the aggregation and melting behavior of particles with DNA-mediated interactions. In Chapter III a model is proposed to describe the dynamical departure and diffusion of particles which form reversible key-lock connections. In Chapter IV we propose a method to self-assemble nanoparticle clusters using DNA scaffolds. A natural extension is discussed in Chapter V, the programmable self-assembly of nanoparticle clusters where the desired cluster geometry is encoded using DNA-mediated interactions. In Chapter VI we consider a nanoparticle based drug delivery platform for targeted, cell specific chemotherapy. In Chapter VII we present prospects for future research: the connection between DNA-mediated colloidal crystallization and jamming, and the inverse problem in self-assembly.
47 CFR 2.1204 - Import conditions.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR
2013-10-01
... section, written approval must be obtained from the Chief, Office of Engineering and Technology, FCC; and... approval must be obtained from the Chief, Office of Engineering and Technology, FCC. (iv) Distinctly... fewer radio receivers, computers, or other unintentional radiators as defined in part 15 of this chapter...
47 CFR 2.1204 - Import conditions.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR
2014-10-01
... section, written approval must be obtained from the Chief, Office of Engineering and Technology, FCC; and... approval must be obtained from the Chief, Office of Engineering and Technology, FCC. (iv) Distinctly... fewer radio receivers, computers, or other unintentional radiators as defined in part 15 of this chapter...
DIVWAG Model Documentation. Volume II. Programmer/Analyst Manual. Part 3. Chapter 7 Through 8.
1976-07-01
platoon area is circular. 2. The center of impact of the volley coincides with the center of the circular platoon area. (c) The fraction ( PHIT ) of rounds of...the volley expected to fall within the platoon area then is calculated as: PHIT = 1 - exp (-APLAT/27rr 2 ), where APLAT is the area (in square meters...type located in the platoon area. This is accomplished as follows: IV-8-16 CASi = Ni * [I - exp (- PHIT *LAi*NOR)] (IV-8-11) where CAS, = number of losses
Human Requirements of Flight. Aerospace Education III. Instructional Unit IV.
ERIC Educational Resources Information Center
Hall, Arthur D.
This curriculum guide is prepared for the Aerospace Education III series publication entitled "Human Requirements of Flight." It provides specific guidelines for teachers using the textbook. The guidelines for each chapter are organized according to objectives (traditional and behavioral), suggested outline, orientation, suggested key…
Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR
2010-01-01
... International Energy Agency established to implement the IEP. IEP means the International Energy Program... that the President determines allocation of petroleum products to nations participating in the IEP is required by chapters III and IV of the IEP and (b) ending on a date on which he determines such allocation...
32 CFR 199.1 - General provisions.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR
2014-07-01
..., management control and coordination as required for CHAMPUS, and to develop, issue, and maintain regulations..., to consult with the Secretary of Defense or a designee and to approve and issue joint regulations... an issue joint regulations implementing 10 U.S.C., chapter 55. (iv) Office of CHAMPUS (OCHAMPUS). By...
32 CFR 199.1 - General provisions.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR
2012-07-01
..., management control and coordination as required for CHAMPUS, and to develop, issue, and maintain regulations..., to consult with the Secretary of Defense or a designee and to approve and issue joint regulations... an issue joint regulations implementing 10 U.S.C., chapter 55. (iv) Office of CHAMPUS (OCHAMPUS). By...
32 CFR 199.1 - General provisions.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR
2013-07-01
..., management control and coordination as required for CHAMPUS, and to develop, issue, and maintain regulations..., to consult with the Secretary of Defense or a designee and to approve and issue joint regulations... an issue joint regulations implementing 10 U.S.C., chapter 55. (iv) Office of CHAMPUS (OCHAMPUS). By...
21 CFR 606.100 - Standard operating procedures.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR
2010-04-01
... or hepatitis C virus (HCV) infection when tested under § 610.40 of this chapter, or when a blood... viral clearance procedures; (iii) To notify consignees to quarantine in-date blood and blood components... are manufactured using validated viral clearance procedures; (iv) To determine the suitability for...
40 CFR 52.70 - Identification of plan.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR
2010-07-01
... Hearings, Written Testimony, etc. I-2 Recommendations for attainment/Nonattainment designations II-1 Alaska... for the Fairbanks Municipal Utilities System IV-3 Testing Procedures V-1 Air Quality Data An amended... Control Plan Amendment (which includes Appendix A the Alaska Statutes Title 46, Chapter 14, Article 3...
26 CFR 148.1-5 - Constructive sale price.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR
2012-04-01
... of articles listed in Chapter 32 of the Internal Revenue Code (other than combinations) that embraces... section. For the rule applicable to combinations of two or more articles, see subdivision (iv) of this..., perforating, cutting, and dating machines, and other check protector machine devices; (o) Taxable cash...
26 CFR 148.1-5 - Constructive sale price.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR
2013-04-01
... of articles listed in Chapter 32 of the Internal Revenue Code (other than combinations) that embraces... section. For the rule applicable to combinations of two or more articles, see subdivision (iv) of this..., perforating, cutting, and dating machines, and other check protector machine devices; (o) Taxable cash...
26 CFR 148.1-5 - Constructive sale price.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR
2014-04-01
... of articles listed in Chapter 32 of the Internal Revenue Code (other than combinations) that embraces... section. For the rule applicable to combinations of two or more articles, see subdivision (iv) of this..., perforating, cutting, and dating machines, and other check protector machine devices; (o) Taxable cash...
Analysis of Fratricide in United States Naval Surface and Submarine Forces in the Second World War.
1999-09-01
22 3. Poisson Process Applicability 29 4 . Submarines ....31 IV. THE NATURE OF NAVAL FRATRICIDE 35 A. CAUSES 35 1. Misidentification 35 2...expect to see a result similar to Figure 2b: the 7 For details of the following discussion, see Devore, Chapter 3, and Ross, Chapter 5. 29 variance of...43 YC BRANT ARS 32 28 Sep 43 Y PATTERSON DD392 29 Sep 43 YN MCCALLA DD488 29 Sep 43 YN PT126 30 Sep 43 Y O’BANNON DD450 06 Oct 43 YC DORADO SS
Computer program for fast Karhunen Loeve transform algorithm
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Jain, A. K.
1976-01-01
The fast KL transform algorithm was applied for data compression of a set of four ERTS multispectral images and its performance was compared with other techniques previously studied on the same image data. The performance criteria used here are mean square error and signal to noise ratio. The results obtained show a superior performance of the fast KL transform coding algorithm on the data set used with respect to the above stated perfomance criteria. A summary of the results is given in Chapter I and details of comparisons and discussion on conclusions are given in Chapter IV.
Ho, Jean K; Nation, Daniel A
2018-05-04
To explore effects of the brain renin-angiotensin system (RAS) on cognition. Systematic review of experimental (non-human) studies assessing cognitive effects of RAS peptides angiotensin-(3-8) [Ang IV] and angiotensin-(1-7) [Ang-(1-7)] and their receptors, the Ang IV receptor (AT4R) and the Mas receptor. Of 450 articles identified, 32 met inclusion criteria. Seven of 11 studies of normal animals found Ang IV had beneficial effects on tests of passive or conditioned avoidance and object recognition. In models of cognitive deficit, eight of nine studies found Ang IV and its analogs (Nle 1 -Ang IV, dihexa, LVV-hemorphin-7) improved performance on spatial working memory and passive avoidance tasks. Two of three studies examining Ang-(1-7) found it benefited memory. Mas receptor removal was associated with reduced fear memory in one study. Studies of cognitive impairment show salutary effects of acute administration of Ang IV and its analogs, as well as AT4R activation. Brain RAS peptides appear most effective administered intracerebroventricularly, close to the time of learning acquisition or retention testing. Ang-(1-7) shows anti-dementia qualities. Copyright © 2018. Published by Elsevier Ltd.
42 CFR 483.70 - Physical environment.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR
2014-10-01
... any changes in this edition of the Code are incorporated by reference, CMS will publish notice in the Federal Register to announce the changes. (ii) Chapter 19.3.6.3.2, exception number 2 of the adopted... resident; (ii) A clean, comfortable mattress; (iii) Bedding appropriate to the weather and climate; and (iv...
AIDS, Alcohol & Health Care. Chapter 4.
ERIC Educational Resources Information Center
Acampora, Alfonso P., Ed.; Nebelkopf, Ethan, Ed.
This document contains 10 papers from the ninth World Conference of Therapeutic Communities (TC) that deal with a variety of health-related subjects. Papers include: (1) "AIDS among IV Drug Users: Epidemiology, Natural History & TC Experiences" (Don C. Des Jarlais, et al.); (2) "AIDS and Therapeutic Communities: Policy Implications" (Don C. Des…
17 CFR 4.24 - General disclosures required.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR
2013-04-01
... STATEMENT CANNOT DISCLOSE ALL THE RISKS AND OTHER FACTORS NECESSARY TO EVALUATE YOUR PARTICIPATION IN THIS... TREATED AS A COMMODITY CUSTOMER CLAIM FOR PURPOSES OF SUBCHAPTER IV OF CHAPTER 7 OF THE BANKRUPTCY CODE.../or swap dealer by an introducing broker (such as payment for order flow or soft dollar arrangements...
17 CFR 4.24 - General disclosures required.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR
2014-04-01
... STATEMENT CANNOT DISCLOSE ALL THE RISKS AND OTHER FACTORS NECESSARY TO EVALUATE YOUR PARTICIPATION IN THIS... TREATED AS A COMMODITY CUSTOMER CLAIM FOR PURPOSES OF SUBCHAPTER IV OF CHAPTER 7 OF THE BANKRUPTCY CODE.../or swap dealer by an introducing broker (such as payment for order flow or soft dollar arrangements...
17 CFR 4.24 - General disclosures required.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR
2012-04-01
... STATEMENT CANNOT DISCLOSE ALL THE RISKS AND OTHER FACTORS NECESSARY TO EVALUATE YOUR PARTICIPATION IN THIS... TREATED AS A COMMODITY CUSTOMER CLAIM FOR PURPOSES OF SUBCHAPTER IV OF CHAPTER 7 OF THE BANKRUPTCY CODE... and/or retail foreign exchange dealer by an introducing broker (such as payment for order flow or soft...
17 CFR 4.24 - General disclosures required.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR
2011-04-01
... STATEMENT CANNOT DISCLOSE ALL THE RISKS AND OTHER FACTORS NECESSARY TO EVALUATE YOUR PARTICIPATION IN THIS... TREATED AS A COMMODITY CUSTOMER CLAIM FOR PURPOSES OF SUBCHAPTER IV OF CHAPTER 7 OF THE BANKRUPTCY CODE... and/or retail foreign exchange dealer by an introducing broker (such as payment for order flow or soft...
EDExpress Application Processing, 1999-2000.
ERIC Educational Resources Information Center
Department of Education, Washington, DC.
This document is a comprehensive guide to electronic data exchange (EDE) of Title IV student financial aid application data to and from the U.S. Department of Education. An overview chapter defines terms for processing financial aid applications through EDE, explains the seven-step process for sending and receiving data using EDE, and describes…
2010-03-01
80 Discussion ...methods used to construct the survey questionnaire and discuss the data analysis methodology. Chapter IV will present the analysis of the data...2 provides a snapshot of the similarities and differences across various studies on new product development. The subsequent paragraphs will discuss
Federal Register 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014
2013-02-26
... has established under the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965, as amended (20 U.S.C. 6301..., cooperative education, school-based enterprises, entrepreneurship, community service learning, and job... DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION 34 CFR Chapter IV [Docket ID ED-2012-OVAE-0053] Final Requirements...
Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR
2011-07-01
...) VOCATIONAL REHABILITATION AND EDUCATION Post-9/11 GI Bill Definitions § 21.9505 Definitions. For the purposes... education that was substantially the same as programs of education offered to civilians; (ii) Served as a... enlistment agreement; or (iv) Counted for purposes of repayment of an education loan under 10 U.S.C. chapter...
40 CFR 147.51 - State-administered program-Class I, III, IV, and V wells.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR
2010-07-01
... (CONTINUED) WATER PROGRAMS (CONTINUED) STATE, TRIBAL, AND EPA-ADMINISTERED UNDERGROUND INJECTION CONTROL... elements, as submitted to EPA in the State's program application: (a) Incorporation by reference. The... (Regulations) (Rev. December 1980), as amended May 17, 1982, to add Chapter 9, Underground Injection Control...
2009-10-05
AND SUBTITLE Counterinsurgency Operations 5a. CONTRACT NUMBER 5b. GRANT NUMBER 5c. PROGRAM ELEMENT NUMBER 6. AUTHOR(S) 5d. PROJECT NUMBER 5e...VI-14 Voluntary Detainee Programs ......................................................................VI-14...Reintegration Program .....VI-22 iv JP 3-24 Table of Contents CHAPTER VII COMPONENT CONTRIBUTIONS TO COUNTERINSURGENCY Joint Counterinsurgency
Order and Containment in Concurrent System Design
2000-01-01
Simple. I created O.C. Jones with the help of Marshell D. Jones. iv Contents List of Figures vi List of Tables viii 1 Managing Inconsistency And Complexity...chapter. My extended family and friends provided immeasurable support. Marshell D. Jones re- minded me to take graduate school and life by the reins
21 CFR 312.110 - Import and export requirements.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR
2014-04-01
... drug has valid marketing authorization in Australia, Canada, Israel, Japan, New Zealand, Switzerland..., and § 1.101 of this chapter; or (3) The drug is being exported to Australia, Canada, Israel, Japan... specifications; (iv) The drug is not in conflict with the importing country's laws; (v) The outer shipping...
21 CFR 312.110 - Import and export requirements.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR
2012-04-01
... drug has valid marketing authorization in Australia, Canada, Israel, Japan, New Zealand, Switzerland..., and § 1.101 of this chapter; or (3) The drug is being exported to Australia, Canada, Israel, Japan... specifications; (iv) The drug is not in conflict with the importing country's laws; (v) The outer shipping...
21 CFR 312.110 - Import and export requirements.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR
2011-04-01
... drug has valid marketing authorization in Australia, Canada, Israel, Japan, New Zealand, Switzerland..., and § 1.101 of this chapter; or (3) The drug is being exported to Australia, Canada, Israel, Japan... specifications; (iv) The drug is not in conflict with the importing country's laws; (v) The outer shipping...
19 CFR 113.64 - International carrier bond conditions.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR
2010-04-01
... Merchandise, Supplies, Crew Purchases, Etc. The principal agrees to comply with all laws and Customs...)-(c)(1)(iv) of this chapter, incurs a penalty, duty, tax or other charge provided by law or regulation, the obligors (principal and surety, jointly and severally) agree to pay the sum upon demand by Customs...
The Unprincipled War: Looking at the War on Drugs
1993-06-18
Unidad Movid de Patrullaje Rural iv CHAPTER I INTRODUCTION Drug war - reality or rhetoric? Drugs from Latin America kill an estimated 10,000...PiP), the Peruvian equivalent to the U.S. Federal Bureau of Investigation; the Unidad Movil de Patrullaje Rural (UMOPR), the agency charged exclusively
Daily Migraine Prevention and Its Influence on Resource Utilization in the Military Health System
2006-08-01
Database and employed a one group pretest - posttest design of patients exposed to prevention. Each patient was followed over 18 months (6 months prior to...Framework ..............................................37 Chapter IV: Research Design and Methodology.............................38 Overview of Design...39 Data Collection ................................................................................41 Research Hypotheses
J. E. Winandy; R. S. Williams; A. W. Rudie; R. J. Ross
2008-01-01
This chapter describes 'integrated biomass technologies', a systematic approach for maximizing value, performance, resource sustainability, and profitability in the agriculture and forest products industries. The fundamental principles of integrated biomass technologies provide a global roadmap to a bio-based economy based on the systematic use of many less-...
Area 4 has layer IV in adult primates
García-Cabezas, Miguel Ángel; Barbas, Helen
2014-01-01
There are opposing views about the status of layer IV in primary motor cortex (area 4). Cajal described a layer IV in area 4 of adult humans. In contrast, Brodmann found layer IV in development but not in adult primates and called area 4 ‘agranular’. We addressed this issue in rhesus monkeys using the neural marker SMI-32, which labels neurons in lower layer III and upper V, but not in layer IV. SMI-32 delineated a central unlabeled cortical stripe in area 4 that corresponds to layer IV, which was populated with small interneurons also found in layer IV in ‘granular’ areas (such as area 46). We distinguished layer IV interneurons from projection neurons in the layers above and below using cellular criteria. The commonly used term ‘agranular’ for area 4 is also used for the phylogenetically ancient limbic cortices, confusing areas that differ markedly in laminar structure. This issue pertains to the systematic variation in the architecture across cortices, traced from limbic cortices through areas with increasingly more elaborate laminar structure. The principle of systematic variation can be used to predict laminar patterns of connections across cortical systems. This principle places area 4 and agranular anterior cingulate cortices at opposite poles of the graded laminar differentiation of motor cortices. The status of layer IV in area 4 thus pertains to core organizational features of the cortex, its connections and evolution. PMID:24735460
Rapid Intravenous Rehydration Therapy in Children With Acute Gastroenteritis: A Systematic Review.
Toaimah, Fatihi Hassan Soliman; Mohammad, Hala Mohammad Fathi
2016-02-01
Rapid intravenous (IV) rehydration is commonly used for the management of pediatric gastroenteritis in the emergency department. The current practice shows wide variation in the volume and rate of rapid IV hydration. The aim of this review was to assess the efficacy of rapid IV rehydration compared with standard method in children with gastroenteritis. MEDLINE (1946-2014), EMBASE (1974-2014), and CENTRAL via the Cochrane Library (Issue 8, 2014) were systematically searched to identify eligible studies. Inclusion criteria were randomized controlled trials of rapid IV rehydration in children with gastroenteritis. A total of 1513 articles were retrieved, and our inclusion criteria were met by 3 studies, with a total of 464 participants. The percentage of children who were successfully rehydrated and tolerated oral fluids at 2 to 4 hours after starting IV fluid therapy ranged from 69% to 100% in both rapid IV rehydration and standard method. Time to discharge ranged from 2 to 6 hours (rapid rehydration) versus 2 to 5 hours (standard rehydration). Emergency department revisits ranged from 3% to 16% (rapid rehydration) versus 5% to 14% (standard). Summarized results suggested that rapid IV rehydration may be associated with longer time-to-discharge and higher readmission rates. The new evidence fails to demonstrate superiority of large-volume (60 mL/kg/h) over standard (20 mL/kg/h) IV rehydration. Standard volume IV rehydration for 1 to 4 hours followed by oral hydration or maintenance IV fluids seems sufficient for most children with gastroenteritis requiring IV fluid administration. However, more evidence is needed to establish an optimal IV rehydration regimen.
Digital and multimedia forensics justified: An appraisal on professional policy and legislation
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Popejoy, Amy Lynnette
Recent progress in professional policy and legislation at the federal level in the field of forensic science constructs a transformation of new outcomes for future experts. An exploratory and descriptive qualitative methodology was used to critique and examine Digital and Multimedia Science (DMS) as a justified forensic discipline. Chapter I summarizes Recommendations 1, 2, and 10 of the National Academy of Sciences (NAS) Report 2009 regarding disparities and challenges facing the forensic science community. Chapter I also delivers the overall foundation and framework of this thesis, specifically how it relates to DMS. Chapter II expands on Recommendation 1: "The Promotion and Development of Forensic Science," and focuses chronologically on professional policy and legislative advances through 2014. Chapter III addresses Recommendation 2: "The Standardization of Terminology in Reporting and Testimony," and the issues of legal language and terminology, model laboratory reports, and expert testimony concerning DMS case law. Chapter IV analyzes Recommendation 10: "Insufficient Education and Training," identifying legal awareness for the digital and multimedia examiner to understand the role of the expert witness, the attorney, the judge and the admission of forensic science evidence in litigation in our criminal justice system. Finally, Chapter V studies three DME specific laboratories at the Texas state, county, and city level, concentrating on current practice and procedure.
Regional demand forecasting and simulation model: user's manual. Task 4, final report
DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)
Parhizgari, A M
1978-09-25
The Department of Energy's Regional Demand Forecasting Model (RDFOR) is an econometric and simulation system designed to estimate annual fuel-sector-region specific consumption of energy for the US. Its purposes are to (1) provide the demand side of the Project Independence Evaluation System (PIES), (2) enhance our empirical insights into the structure of US energy demand, and (3) assist policymakers in their decisions on and formulations of various energy policies and/or scenarios. This report provides a self-contained user's manual for interpreting, utilizing, and implementing RDFOR simulation software packages. Chapters I and II present the theoretical structure and the simulation of RDFOR,more » respectively. Chapter III describes several potential scenarios which are (or have been) utilized in the RDFOR simulations. Chapter IV presents an overview of the complete software package utilized in simulation. Chapter V provides the detailed explanation and documentation of this package. The last chapter describes step-by-step implementation of the simulation package using the two scenarios detailed in Chapter III. The RDFOR model contains 14 fuels: gasoline, electricity, natural gas, distillate and residual fuels, liquid gases, jet fuel, coal, oil, petroleum products, asphalt, petroleum coke, metallurgical coal, and total fuels, spread over residential, commercial, industrial, and transportation sectors.« less
BOOK REVIEW: Einstein's General Theory of Relativity—with Modern Applications in Cosmology
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Barrabès, C.
2008-09-01
The increasing prominence of general relativity in astrophysics and cosmology is reflected in the growing number of texts, particularly at the undergraduate level. A natural attitude before opening a new one is to ask i) what makes this different from those already published? And ii) does it follow the 'physics-first approach' as for instance the book by Hartle where the basic physical concepts are introduced first with as little formalism as possible, or does it follow the more traditional 'math-first approach' for which the mathematical formalism comes first and is then applied to phyics? As announced in the title, a distinctive feature of the book by Gron and Hervik is the space (almost half the book) devoted to cosmology and in particular to some of the most recent developments in this rapidly evolving field. It is also apparent that the authors have chosen, like the majority of current books on general relativity, the 'math-first approach'. The book is divided into six parts, each of them subdivided into chapters with part VI containing a few short technical appendices. The first part of the book briefly presents in chapter I the principles of relativity, Newtonian mechanics and the Newtonian theory of gravity. In chapter II, a short introduction to special relativity is given. It seems at first surprising that the four-dimensional structure of space-time is not more fully exploited so that the reader would gain familiarity early on with notions like 4-velocity, 4-momentum and the stress energy tensor. This is in fact postponed to part II as an illustration of the mathematical formalism. The second part is devoted to those elements of differential geometry needed in this kind of course. The authors' presentation is somewhat similar to that of the books by Misner, Thorne and Wheeler and by Straumann (2nd edition). Vectors and forms are treated separately and the formalism of differential forms is introduced in detail. The various kinds of differentiation on forms and on vectors (exterior covariant and Lie derivatives) are presented, and emphasis is given to the Cartan formalism as it is later systematically used to derive the curvature tensor and for solutions of the Einstein field equations. One also finds the properties of hypersurfaces, such as the intrinsic and extrinsic curvatures and the Gauss Codazzi relations. This makes this part of the book very useful and convenient since those important elements are gathered in one place. However the density of exposition in this part might appear a bit steep to a reader without some previous knowledge of differential geometry. Part III deals with Einstein's field equations, and their applications to gravitational waves and black holes. The field equations are derived from a variational principle, the geometrical part (Einstein tensor) from the Einstein Hilbert action, and the matter part (stress energy tensor) from a generic action integral for matter. Various examples of stress energy tensors and in particular, for fluids, are considered, and several are used later in cosmology (for instance quintessence and Lorentz invariant vacuum energy). A short chapter on the linear approximation and gravitational waves then follows and it is good to see a section on gravito-electromagnetism. This part ends with a chapter devoted to black holes which is perhaps the weakest part of the book as it is quite sketchy. However this is to be expected in a book with an emphasis on cosmology, and such topics are extensively described in other books. The rest of the book (parts IV and V) is essentially concerned with cosmology. The authors give a detailed description of the applications of the Einstein field equations to a universe with various matter contents, and present in a successful way the recent developments in this domain. The first chapter of part IV describes the standard homogeneous and isotropic cosmological model. It is followed by an interesting chapter dealing with universes composed of vacuum energy. There one finds, after the description of the Einstein static universe and the de Sitter solution, sections on inflation, on the Friedman Lemaître model and on models with quintessence and dark energy. This chapter ends with sections on cosmic density perturbations, temperature fluctations in the cosmic microwave background and on the history of our universe. With an additional chapter on anisotropic and homogeneous universes, part IV appears to be a very good and complete introduction to the basic and classical (i.e. non-quantum) elements of cosmology. In part V some advanced tools, such as Lie groups and the Lagrangian and Hamiltonian formalism are introduced and applied to cosmology. Also part V contains a chapter on the extrinsic curvature formalism for surface layers and its application to the recently introduced braneworld models. Finally it is a pleasant surprise to find an introduction to the Kaluza Klein theory as the last chapter of part V. This book by Gron and Hervik certainly has its place in any good library. It covers most of the classical aspects of the theory of general relativity. The authors have made the effort to discuss many observational aspects and to illustrate the different chapters with many problems. One might regret that the authors' style is generally rather terse and not enough space is always reserved for explanation of physical concepts and for motivations of the theory (for instance, why curvature is so fundamental). This book would be most appropriate for graduate students and I will definitely recommend it as a reference textbook as well as a useful complement to other textbooks on general relativity.
Negre, Amélie; Bensignor, Emmanuel; Guillot, Jacques
2009-02-01
The aim of this systematic review was to evaluate the efficacy of antifungal treatments for Malassezia dermatitis in dogs and, when possible, to propose recommendation for or against their use. Electronic searches were carried out using PubMed MEDLINE(R), CABDirect and CONSULTANT database. The volumes of Advances in Veterinary Dermatology, the proceedings of ESVD/ECVD and AAVD/ACVD congresses were hand-searched for studies relevant to this review. All articles and book chapters discussing treatment of Malassezia dermatitis were scanned for additional citations. Lastly, a request was sent to the Vetderm Listserv to share recent clinical trials. The analysis evaluated study design, methodology quality, subject enrolment quality, type of interventions and outcome measures. The searches identified 35 articles, and 14 trials that fulfilled the following selection criteria: (i) in vivo clinical trials, (ii) dogs showing clinical lesions of Malassezia dermatitis and (iii) enrolment of at least five dogs. Among these, only eight studies fulfilled the following additional criterion: (iv) prospective in vivo clinical trials reporting clinical and mycological outcome measures. A total number of 14 different treatment protocols included four blinded, randomized and controlled trials (quality of evidence grade A), four controlled studies lacking blinding and/or randomization (grade B), five open uncontrolled trials (grade C) and one descriptive study (grade D). This systematic review allowed us to recommend, with good evidence, the use of only one topical treatment of Malassezia dermatitis (2% miconazole nitrate +2% chlorhexidine, twice a week for 3 weeks) and with fair evidence the use of two systemic treatments with azole derivatives (ketoconazole, 10 mg kg(-1) day(-1) and itraconazole, 5 mg kg(-1) day(-1) for 3 weeks).
ERIC Educational Resources Information Center
Borus, Michael E.
An approach and methodology for the systematic measurement of the impact of employment-related social programs is presented in this primer. Chapter 1 focuses on evaluation as the third step (the first two being planning and operation) in the process of program implementation. Chapter 2 examines the impacts of social programs. Topics include…
The Parent's Handbook: Systematic Training for Effective Parenting. Third Edition.
ERIC Educational Resources Information Center
Dinkmeyer, Don; McKay, Gary D.
Systematic Training for Effective Parenting (STEP) provides a practical approach to parent-child relations. The handbook is organized into nine sessions that are meant to be taken for a week at a time. Chapter 1 asserts that all behavior occurs for a social purpose. Four goals of misbehavior, and four basic ingredients for building positive…
42 CFR 483.470 - Condition of participation: Physical environment.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR
2013-10-01
... climate; and (iv) Functional furniture appropriate to the client's needs, and individual closet space in... Fire Protection Association, 1 Batterymarch Park, Quincy, MA 02269. If any changes in this edition of... the changes. (ii) Chapter 19.3.6.3.2, exception number 2 of the adopted LSC does not apply to a...
42 CFR 483.470 - Condition of participation: Physical environment.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR
2011-10-01
..., comfortable, mattress; (iii) Bedding appropriate to the weather and climate; and (iv) Functional furniture... changes in this edition of the Code are incorporated by reference, CMS will publish notice in the Federal Register to announce the changes. (ii) Chapter 19.3.6.3.2, exception number 2 of the adopted LSC does not...
42 CFR 483.470 - Condition of participation: Physical environment.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR
2014-10-01
... climate; and (iv) Functional furniture appropriate to the client's needs, and individual closet space in... Fire Protection Association, 1 Batterymarch Park, Quincy, MA 02269. If any changes in this edition of... the changes. (ii) Chapter 19.3.6.3.2, exception number 2 of the adopted LSC does not apply to a...
42 CFR 483.70 - Physical environment.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR
2012-10-01
... changes in this edition of the Code are incorporated by reference, CMS will publish notice in the Federal Register to announce the changes. (ii) Chapter 19.3.6.3.2, exception number 2 of the adopted edition of the... resident; (ii) A clean, comfortable mattress; (iii) Bedding appropriate to the weather and climate; and (iv...
42 CFR 483.70 - Physical environment.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR
2013-10-01
... changes in this edition of the Code are incorporated by reference, CMS will publish notice in the Federal Register to announce the changes. (ii) Chapter 19.3.6.3.2, exception number 2 of the adopted edition of the... resident; (ii) A clean, comfortable mattress; (iii) Bedding appropriate to the weather and climate; and (iv...
42 CFR 483.70 - Physical environment.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR
2011-10-01
... changes in this edition of the Code are incorporated by reference, CMS will publish notice in the Federal Register to announce the changes. (ii) Chapter 19.3.6.3.2, exception number 2 of the adopted edition of the... resident; (ii) A clean, comfortable mattress; (iii) Bedding appropriate to the weather and climate; and (iv...
42 CFR 483.470 - Condition of participation: Physical environment.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR
2012-10-01
... climate; and (iv) Functional furniture appropriate to the client's needs, and individual closet space in... Fire Protection Association, 1 Batterymarch Park, Quincy, MA 02269. If any changes in this edition of... the changes. (ii) Chapter 19.3.6.3.2, exception number 2 of the adopted LSC does not apply to a...
Teacher's Guide to SERAPHIM Software IV Chemistry: A Modern Course.
ERIC Educational Resources Information Center
Bogner, Donna J.
Designed to assist chemistry teachers in selecting appropriate software programs, this publication is the fourth in a series of six teacher's guides from Project SERAPHIM, a program sponsored by the National Science Foundation. This guide is keyed to the chapters of the text "Chemistry: A Modern Course." Program suggestions are arranged…
40 CFR 265.228 - Closure and post-closure care.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR
2010-07-01
... detection system in accordance with §§ 264.221(c)(2)(iv) and (3) of this chapter and 265.226(b) and comply with all other applicable leak detection system requirements of this part; (3) Maintain and monitor the... or operator must: (1) Remove or decontaminate all waste residues, contaminated containment system...
21 CFR 145.170 - Canned peaches.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR
2010-04-01
... ingredients: (i) Natural and artificial flavors. (ii) Spice. (iii) Vinegar, lemon juice, or organic acids. (iv....22 of this chapter and a declaration of any spice or seasoning that characterizes the product; for example, “Spice added”, or in lieu of the word “Spice”, the common name of the spice, “Seasoned with...
21 CFR 145.135 - Canned fruit cocktail.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR
2010-04-01
... ingredients: (i) Natural and artificial flavors. (ii) Spice. (iii) Vinegar, lemon juice, or organic acids. (iv... product as specified in § 101.22 of this chapter and a declaration of any spice or seasoning that characterizes the product; for example, “Spice added”, or in lieu of the word “Spice”, the common name of the...
46 CFR 56.50-57 - Bilge piping and pumps, alternative requirements.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR
2010-10-01
... standards referred to in this section, which are contained in the Inter-governmental Maritime Consultative Organization (IMCO) Resolution A.265 (VIII), dated December 10, 1973, are incorporated by reference. This... chapter II of the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea, 1960” (Volume IV of the U.S...
Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR
2010-01-01
... 4 Accounts 1 2010-01-01 2010-01-01 false References. 2.2 Section 2.2 Accounts GOVERNMENT ACCOUNTABILITY OFFICE PERSONNEL SYSTEM PURPOSE AND GENERAL PROVISION § 2.2 References. (a) Subchapters III and IV of Chapter 7 of Title 31 U.S.C. (b) Title 5, United States Code. [45 FR 68375, Oct. 15, 1980, as...
Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR
2014-01-01
... 4 Accounts 1 2014-01-01 2013-01-01 true References. 2.2 Section 2.2 Accounts GOVERNMENT ACCOUNTABILITY OFFICE PERSONNEL SYSTEM PURPOSE AND GENERAL PROVISION § 2.2 References. (a) Subchapters III and IV of Chapter 7 of Title 31 U.S.C. (b) Title 5, United States Code. [45 FR 68375, Oct. 15, 1980, as...
Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR
2011-01-01
... 4 Accounts 1 2011-01-01 2011-01-01 false References. 2.2 Section 2.2 Accounts GOVERNMENT ACCOUNTABILITY OFFICE PERSONNEL SYSTEM PURPOSE AND GENERAL PROVISION § 2.2 References. (a) Subchapters III and IV of Chapter 7 of Title 31 U.S.C. (b) Title 5, United States Code. [45 FR 68375, Oct. 15, 1980, as...
Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR
2012-01-01
... 4 Accounts 1 2012-01-01 2012-01-01 false References. 2.2 Section 2.2 Accounts GOVERNMENT ACCOUNTABILITY OFFICE PERSONNEL SYSTEM PURPOSE AND GENERAL PROVISION § 2.2 References. (a) Subchapters III and IV of Chapter 7 of Title 31 U.S.C. (b) Title 5, United States Code. [45 FR 68375, Oct. 15, 1980, as...
Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR
2013-01-01
... 4 Accounts 1 2013-01-01 2013-01-01 false References. 2.2 Section 2.2 Accounts GOVERNMENT ACCOUNTABILITY OFFICE PERSONNEL SYSTEM PURPOSE AND GENERAL PROVISION § 2.2 References. (a) Subchapters III and IV of Chapter 7 of Title 31 U.S.C. (b) Title 5, United States Code. [45 FR 68375, Oct. 15, 1980, as...
30 CFR 950.15 - Approval of Wyoming regulatory program amendments.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR
2010-07-01
...), (ba), 3(b)(i); Ch II, §§ 3(a)(vi)(E), (M), (b)(xvi)(D), (xx), (v)(C); Ch IV, §§ 3(d)(vii), (e)(i)(H..., 2009 Chapter 11, Section 2(a)(vii)(A). [62 FR 9958, Mar. 5, 1997, as amended at 64 FR 53208, Oct. 1...
Criterion IV: Social and economic indicators of rangeland sustainability (Chapter 5)
Daniel W. McCollum; Louis E. Swanson; John A. Tanaka; Mark W. Brunson; Aaron J. Harp; L. Allen Torell; H. Theodore Heintz
2010-01-01
Social and economic systems provide the context and rationale for rangeland management. Sustaining rangeland ecosystems requires attention to the social and economic conditions that accompany the functioning of those systems. We present and discuss economic and social indicators for rangeland sustainability. A brief conceptual basis for each indicator is offered,...
Methods of Technological Forecasting,
1977-05-01
Trend Extrapolation Progress Curve Analogy Trend Correlation Substitution Analysis or Substitution Growth Curves Envelope Curve Advances in the State of...the Art Technological Mapping Contextual Mapping Matrix Input-Output Analysis Mathematical Models Simulation Models Dynamic Modelling. CHAPTER IV...Generation Interaction between Needs and Possibilities Map of the Technological Future — (‘ross- Impact Matri x Discovery Matrix Morphological Analysis
26 CFR 1.6042-3 - Dividends subject to reporting.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR
2012-04-01
... documentation of foreign status and definition of U.S. payor and non-U.S. payor) shall apply. The provisions of... the Internal Revenue Code (Code). (iv) Distributions or payments from sources outside the United States (as determined under the provisions of part I, subchapter N, chapter 1 of the Code and the...
The Economics of Managed Print and Imaging Services
2011-06-01
process are called poka - yokes , which are methods to prevent mistakes. This combination of controls is designed to make a system foolproof because it...must be reformatted prior to turn-in.” This sticker serves as a poka - yoke , as mentioned in Chapter IV. A breach of PII can also result from
20 CFR 410.214 - Conditions of entitlement; parent, brother, or sister.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR
2011-04-01
... MINE HEALTH AND SAFETY ACT OF 1969, TITLE IV-BLACK LUNG BENEFITS (1969- ) Requirements for Entitlement... years after the miner's death, whichever is later, or it is shown to the satisfaction of the... chapter), at the time of the miner's death. (c) In addition to the requirements set forth in paragraphs (a...
Naval Forces: Valuable Beyond the Sum of Their Parts
1993-06-18
International, June 1983, p. 32. CHAPTER IV 1. Robert 0. Crawshaw , "What is a Maritime Action Group?" U.S. Naval Institute Proceedings, January 1993, p. 29...Corps Gazette, November 1992. Cable, James. Gunboat Diplomacy 1919-1979, St. Martins Press, New York, NY, 1981. Crawshaw , Robert 0. "What is a Maritime
42 CFR 483.70 - Physical environment.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR
2010-10-01
... changes in this edition of the Code are incorporated by reference, CMS will publish notice in the Federal Register to announce the changes. (ii) Chapter 19.3.6.3.2, exception number 2 of the adopted edition of the... resident; (ii) A clean, comfortable mattress; (iii) Bedding appropriate to the weather and climate; and (iv...
42 CFR 483.470 - Condition of participation: Physical environment.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR
2010-10-01
..., comfortable, mattress; (iii) Bedding appropriate to the weather and climate; and (iv) Functional furniture... changes in this edition of the Code are incorporated by reference, CMS will publish notice in the Federal Register to announce the changes. (ii) Chapter 19.3.6.3.2, exception number 2 of the adopted LSC does not...
7 CFR 210.9 - Agreement with State agency.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR
2013-01-01
...; (iii) The child is a runaway child as defined in § 245.2 of this chapter; (iv) The child is a migrant... AGRICULTURE CHILD NUTRITION PROGRAMS NATIONAL SCHOOL LUNCH PROGRAM Requirements for School Food Authority... combination of the Child Nutrition Programs, that State agency shall provide each school food authority with a...
7 CFR 210.9 - Agreement with State agency.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR
2012-01-01
...; (iii) The child is a runaway child as defined in § 245.2 of this chapter; (iv) The child is a migrant... AGRICULTURE CHILD NUTRITION PROGRAMS NATIONAL SCHOOL LUNCH PROGRAM Requirements for School Food Authority... combination of the Child Nutrition Programs, that State agency shall provide each school food authority with a...
7 CFR 210.9 - Agreement with State agency.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR
2014-01-01
...; (iii) The child is a runaway child as defined in § 245.2 of this chapter; (iv) The child is a migrant... AGRICULTURE CHILD NUTRITION PROGRAMS NATIONAL SCHOOL LUNCH PROGRAM Requirements for School Food Authority... combination of the Child Nutrition Programs, that State agency shall provide each school food authority with a...
38 CFR 21.7720 - Course approval.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR
2012-07-01
... 38 Pensions, Bonuses, and Veterans' Relief 2 2012-07-01 2012-07-01 false Course approval. 21.7720... of Courses § 21.7720 Course approval. (a) Courses must be approved. (1) A course of education offered...)(iii), and (c)(2)(iv) apply. (3) A course approved under 38 U.S.C. chapter 36 is approved for purposes...
38 CFR 21.7720 - Course approval.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR
2011-07-01
... 38 Pensions, Bonuses, and Veterans' Relief 2 2011-07-01 2011-07-01 false Course approval. 21.7720... of Courses § 21.7720 Course approval. (a) Courses must be approved. (1) A course of education offered...)(iii), and (c)(2)(iv) apply. (3) A course approved under 38 U.S.C. chapter 36 is approved for purposes...
38 CFR 21.7720 - Course approval.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR
2014-07-01
... 38 Pensions, Bonuses, and Veterans' Relief 2 2014-07-01 2014-07-01 false Course approval. 21.7720... of Courses § 21.7720 Course approval. (a) Courses must be approved. (1) A course of education offered...)(iii), and (c)(2)(iv) apply. (3) A course approved under 38 U.S.C. chapter 36 is approved for purposes...
38 CFR 21.7720 - Course approval.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR
2013-07-01
... 38 Pensions, Bonuses, and Veterans' Relief 2 2013-07-01 2013-07-01 false Course approval. 21.7720... of Courses § 21.7720 Course approval. (a) Courses must be approved. (1) A course of education offered...)(iii), and (c)(2)(iv) apply. (3) A course approved under 38 U.S.C. chapter 36 is approved for purposes...
1984-05-01
growth toward lands already annexed and away from agricultural * lands until needed demands a sound basis upon which to render judgment. For the City...for Bureau of Land Management. Johnson, Patti 3. 1978 Patwin. In Handbook of North American Indians, Volume 8, California. Robert F. Heizer , ed
Mechanical Properties of Mass Concrete at Early Ages
1991-08-01
I.............. 15 WES UMAT Time-Dependent Material Properties Model.........15: CHAPTER IV: EXPERIMENTAL PROGRAM.................................. 17...Equationi.......................................41 WES UMAT Creep, Eqtation .................................. 42 Bazant Sinh-Double Power Law...and All ......... 42 7 UMAT Creep Equation Coefficients for Mixtures A2 and All .... 43 8 SDPL Creep Constants for Mixtures A2 and All
Systematic review of traditional Chinese medicine for geriatrics.
Takayama, Shin; Iwasaki, Koh
2017-05-01
The Japan Geriatrics Society revised its criteria for the medical treatment and safety of the elderly in 2015. The Japan Geriatrics Society guidelines contain a chapter for traditional Chinese medicine (TCM; traditional medicines in East Asian countries, such as China, Japan, Korea, Taiwan, Vietnam and Singapore), because it is widely used for elderly patients and is sometimes covered by national medical insurance in Japan. The updated guidelines should be improved based on a comprehensive, systematic review and evidence grading. TCM is rapidly expanding in the literature, and is under intensive investigation in clinical trials. The objective of the present trial was to review TCM systematically and reflect the results to update the TCM chapter of the Japan Geriatrics Society guidelines. Here, we introduce the results of the systemic review of TCM for geriatrics. Geriatr Gerontol Int 2017; 17: 679-688. © 2016 The Authors. Geriatrics & Gerontology International published by John Wiley & Sons Australia, Ltd on behalf of Japan Geriatrics Society.
ERIC Educational Resources Information Center
Hairston, Rosalina V., Ed.
This monograph discusses the care and maintenance of animals, suggests some alternative teaching strategies, and affirms the value of teaching biology as the study of living organisms, rather than dead specimens. The lessons in this monograph are intended as guidelines that teachers should adapt for their own particular classroom needs. Chapter 1,…
29 CFR 2510.3-16 - Definition of “plan administrator.”
Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR
2014-07-01
... organization's refusal to administer or fund contraceptive benefits) in accordance with § 2590.715-2713A(b)(1... contraceptive services required to be covered under § 2590.715-2713(a)(1)(iv) of this chapter to which the... contraceptive services. To the extent that the plan contracts with different third party administrators for...
21 CFR 155.191 - Tomato concentrates.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR
2010-04-01
... bicarbonate. (iv) Water, as provided for in paragraph (a)(1) of this section. (v) Spices. (vi) Flavoring. (3... that characterizes the product as specified in § 101.22 of this chapter and a declaration of any spice... “added spice” or, in lieu of the word “spice,” the common name of the spice. (iii) The label of...
Research 1960-1970 on Methods and Materials in Reading, II.
ERIC Educational Resources Information Center
Diederich, Paul B.
This bulletin summarizes and interprets some of the main findings of "Survey of the Literature on Methods and Materials in Reading," by Martha J. Maxwell and George Temp, Chapter IV of "The Information Base for Reading: A Critical Review of the Information Base for Current Assumptions Regarding the Status of Instruction and Achievement in Reading…
10 CFR 35.3045 - Report and notification of a medical event.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR
2010-01-01
... administration of a dose or dosage to the wrong individual or human research subject; (iv) An administration of a... a patient or human research subject in which the administration of byproduct material or radiation... method listed in § 30.6(a) of this chapter, the licensee shall submit a written report to the appropriate...
46 CFR 160.051-7 - Design and performance of Coastal Service inflatable liferafts.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR
2012-10-01
... diameter of the buoyancy chambers is greater than 500 mm (19.5 in). (g) Stability (IMO LSA Code, chapter IV/4.2.5). Each Coastal Service inflatable liferaft must either meet the stability criteria in § 160.151-17(a) or be fitted with water-containing stability pockets meeting the following requirements: (1...
Federal Register 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014
2011-10-04
... transportation services. The final rule also makes an administrative change to a cross-reference. DATES....S.-flag vessels under DoD contracts for transportation services documented under chapter 121, title... cross-reference to 252.211-7006 at 212.301(f)(iv)(D) to reflect the correct title of the clause. III...
1982-05-01
Thomas P. Kuchar 9. PERFORMING ORGANIZATION NAME AND ADDRESS 10. PROGRAM ELEMENT. PROJECT, TASK Stddent,HDQA, MILPERCEN (DAPC-OPP-E) AREA 6 WORK UNIT...of Financing ................................... 50 Business Practice Information Interchange .................. 50 Program Description...51 Other Types of Credit Exchange Programs .................... 52 Chapter Summary ............................................ 53 IV REM-EDY OPTIONS
Studies in Mathematics, Volume IV. Geometry.
ERIC Educational Resources Information Center
Kutuzov, B. V.
This book is a translation of a Russian text. The translation is exact, and the language used by the author has not been brought up to date. The volume is probably most useful as a source of supplementary materials for high school mathematics. It is also useful for teachers to broaden their mathematical background. Chapters included in the text…
40 CFR 147.2400 - State-administered program-Class I, II, III, IV, and V wells.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR
2011-07-01
... Indian lands, is the program administered by the Washington Department of Ecology, approved by EPA..., chapter 43.21A (Bureau of National Affairs, 1980 Laws), entitled “Department of Ecology,” as amended by...) The Memorandum of Agreement between EPA Region X and the Washington Department of Ecology, signed by...
40 CFR 147.2400 - State-administered program-Class I, II, III, IV, and V wells.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR
2010-07-01
... Indian lands, is the program administered by the Washington Department of Ecology, approved by EPA..., chapter 43.21A (Bureau of National Affairs, 1980 Laws), entitled “Department of Ecology,” as amended by...) The Memorandum of Agreement between EPA Region X and the Washington Department of Ecology, signed by...
45 CFR 305.63 - Standards for determining substantial compliance with IV-D requirements.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR
2013-10-01
...) Separation of cash handling and accounting functions, § 302.20 of this chapter; and (4) Notice of collection... must use or attempt to use at least one enforcement technique available under State law in addition to... is not appropriate in a particular case, and the State uses at least one enforcement technique...
45 CFR 305.63 - Standards for determining substantial compliance with IV-D requirements.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR
2012-10-01
...) Separation of cash handling and accounting functions, § 302.20 of this chapter; and (4) Notice of collection... must use or attempt to use at least one enforcement technique available under State law in addition to... is not appropriate in a particular case, and the State uses at least one enforcement technique...
45 CFR 305.63 - Standards for determining substantial compliance with IV-D requirements.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR
2014-10-01
...) Separation of cash handling and accounting functions, § 302.20 of this chapter; and (4) Notice of collection... must use or attempt to use at least one enforcement technique available under State law in addition to... is not appropriate in a particular case, and the State uses at least one enforcement technique...
45 CFR 305.63 - Standards for determining substantial compliance with IV-D requirements.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR
2011-10-01
...) Separation of cash handling and accounting functions, § 302.20 of this chapter; and (4) Notice of collection... must use or attempt to use at least one enforcement technique available under State law in addition to... is not appropriate in a particular case, and the State uses at least one enforcement technique...
Federal Register 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014
2010-09-22
... the CBOE Volatility Index Futures to the Definition of a Futures Reference Asset in Chapter IV... products linked to CBOE Volatility Index Futures (``VIX Futures''). The text of the proposed rule change is... for the trading of options on Index-Linked Securities to include products linked to CBOE Volatility...
Space Power: Military Imperatives in Australia’s Environment
1989-03-01
Sheet, p. 3. 28. ibid. p. 6. 29. ibid, p. 6. 30. ibid. p. 6. NOTES CHAPTER IV (Pages 32-63) 1. Philip Kotler . Marketing Management. 1V88, p. 33. 2...Maxwell AFB, Alabama: Air War College, March 1985. Kotler , Philip . Marketing Management. New Jerspy: Prentice Hall, 6th edition, 1986. Latham, Donald C
Primary Education in Pakistan. Part IV. Annexes to the Analysis.
ERIC Educational Resources Information Center
Development Associates, Inc., Arlington, VA.
The fourth part of a four-part analysis and assessment of Pakistan's system of primary education presents annexes to the analysis that was reported in the second part of the overall report. Five annexes are included: (A) Acronyms; (B) Scope of Work; (C) Persons Interviewed; (D) Chapter Annexes; and (E) Bibliography. A number of charts and diagrams…
10 CFR 52.79 - Contents of applications; technical information in final safety analysis report.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR
2011-01-01
...) A cyber security plan in accordance with the criteria set forth in § 73.54 of this chapter; (iv) A... cyber security plan; and (v) Each applicant who prepares a physical security plan, a safeguards contingency plan, a training and qualification plan, or a cyber security plan, shall protect the plans and...
40 CFR 147.2400 - State-administered program-Class I, II, III, IV, and V wells.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR
2013-07-01
... Indian lands, is the program administered by the Washington Department of Ecology, approved by EPA..., chapter 43.21A (Bureau of National Affairs, 1980 Laws), entitled “Department of Ecology,” as amended by...) The Memorandum of Agreement between EPA Region X and the Washington Department of Ecology, signed by...
40 CFR 147.2400 - State-administered program-Class I, II, III, IV, and V wells.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR
2012-07-01
... Indian lands, is the program administered by the Washington Department of Ecology, approved by EPA..., chapter 43.21A (Bureau of National Affairs, 1980 Laws), entitled “Department of Ecology,” as amended by...) The Memorandum of Agreement between EPA Region X and the Washington Department of Ecology, signed by...
40 CFR 147.2400 - State-administered program-Class I, II, III, IV, and V wells.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR
2014-07-01
... Indian lands, is the program administered by the Washington Department of Ecology, approved by EPA..., chapter 43.21A (Bureau of National Affairs, 1980 Laws), entitled “Department of Ecology,” as amended by...) The Memorandum of Agreement between EPA Region X and the Washington Department of Ecology, signed by...
25 CFR 162.214 - How and when will BIA decide whether to approve an agricultural lease?
Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR
2010-04-01
... writing that the lease is in the best interest of the Indian landowners. In making that determination, we..., utilities, and other essential community services; (iv) The availability of judicial forums for all criminal... them of their right to appeal the decision under part 2 of this chapter. Copies of agricultural leases...
Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR
2011-04-01
... 18 Conservation of Power and Water Resources 1 2011-04-01 2011-04-01 false Hearings on... and conditions or prescriptions for licenses or exemptions, pursuant to sections 4(e), 18, and 30(c... days after the applicant received it. (iv) Notwithstanding any other provision in title 18, chapter I...
Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR
2010-10-01
... scouting one week prior to the first day of the refuge hunt. Hunters may enter the hunt zones by foot or... nontoxic shot (see § 32.2(k)) while hunting duck, goose, swan, coot, and rail. 5. You may erect portable... unload and either case or disassemble firearms (see § 27.42(b) of this chapter) in vehicles. iv. We...
21 CFR 178.3780 - Polyhydric alcohol esters of long chain monobasic acids.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR
2013-04-01
... chloride copolymer articles complying with § 177.1980 of this chapter that contact food of Types I, II, IV... 1,050 to 1,700. The esters are produced by the reaction of either ethylene glycol or glycerol with... chain alpha-olefins, the unreacted carboxylic acids in the formation of the glycerol esters being...
21 CFR 178.3780 - Polyhydric alcohol esters of long chain monobasic acids.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR
2010-04-01
... chloride copolymer articles complying with § 177.1980 of this chapter that contact food of Types I, II, IV... 1,050 to 1,700. The esters are produced by the reaction of either ethylene glycol or glycerol with... chain alpha-olefins, the unreacted carboxylic acids in the formation of the glycerol esters being...
21 CFR 178.3780 - Polyhydric alcohol esters of long chain monobasic acids.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR
2012-04-01
... chloride copolymer articles complying with § 177.1980 of this chapter that contact food of Types I, II, IV... 1,050 to 1,700. The esters are produced by the reaction of either ethylene glycol or glycerol with... chain alpha-olefins, the unreacted carboxylic acids in the formation of the glycerol esters being...
21 CFR 178.3780 - Polyhydric alcohol esters of long chain monobasic acids.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR
2014-04-01
... § 177.1980 of this chapter that contact food of Types I, II, IV-B, VI-B, VII-B, and VIII identified in... produced by the reaction of either ethylene glycol or glycerol with long chain monobasic acids containing... carboxylic acids in the formation of the glycerol esters being neutralized with calcium hydroxide to produce...
21 CFR 178.3780 - Polyhydric alcohol esters of long chain monobasic acids.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR
2011-04-01
... chloride copolymer articles complying with § 177.1980 of this chapter that contact food of Types I, II, IV... 1,050 to 1,700. The esters are produced by the reaction of either ethylene glycol or glycerol with... chain alpha-olefins, the unreacted carboxylic acids in the formation of the glycerol esters being...
Report for 2011 from the Bordeaux IVS Analysis Center
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Charlot, Patrick; Bellanger, Antoine; Bourda, Geraldine; Collioud, Arnaud; Baudry, Alain
2012-01-01
This report summarizes the activities of the Bordeaux IVS Analysis Center during the year 2011. The work focused on (i) regular analysis of the IVS-R1 and IVS-R4 sessions with the GINS software package; (ii) systematic VLBI imaging of the RDV sessions and calculation of the corresponding source structure index and compactness values; (iii) imaging of the sources observed during the 2009 International Year of Astronomy IVS observing session; and (iv) continuation of our VLBI observational program to identify optically-bright radio sources suitable for the link with the future Gaia frame. Also of importance is the enhancement of the IVS LiveWeb site which now comprises all IVS sessions back to 2003, allowing one to search past observations for session-specific information (e.g. sources or stations).
Radiation curing: Science and technology
DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)
Pappas, S.P.
1992-01-01
The science and technology of radiation curing have progressed substantially within the last 20 years. Nevertheless, radiation-curable compositions typically command relatively small shares in many of their competitive markets. This situation signifies that potential advantages of radiation curing are not generally perceived to overcome their limitations. An important objective of this book is to address this issue, within the scope of the subjects offered, by providing the present state of knowledge and by identifying the directions and challenges for future studies. The first chapter introduces radiation curing. Chapter 2 offers the first systematic presentation of inorganic and organometallic photoinitiators. Chaptersmore » 3 and 4 present the analytical techniques of photocalorimetry and real-time infrared spectroscopy, respectively. Recent advances in resin technology are offered in Chapters 5 and 6, which constitute the first comprehensive accounts of (meth)acrylated silicones and vinyl ethers, respectively. Radiation-curable coatings, printing inks, and adhesives are discussed in Chapters 7-9, respectively. Chapter 10 offers a discussion on photopolymer imaging systems.« less
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Kuo, Meng-Wei
Semiconductor nanowires are important components in future nanoelectronic and optoelectronic device applications. These nanowires can be fabricated using either bottom-up or top-down methods. While bottom-up techniques can achieve higher aspect ratio at reduced dimension without having surface and sub-surface damage, uniform doping distributions with abrupt junction profiles are less challenging for top-down methods. In this dissertation, nanowires fabricated by both methods were systematically investigated to understand: (1) the in situ incorporation of boron (B) dopants in Si nanowires grown by the bottom-up vapor-liquid-solid (VLS) technique, and (2) the impact of plasma-induced etch damage on InGaAs p +-i-n+ nanowire junctions for tunnel field-effect transistors (TFETs) applications. In Chapter 2 and 3, the in situ incorporation of B in Si nanowires grown using silane (SiH4) or silicon tetrachloride (SiCl4) as the Si precursor and trimethylboron (TMB) as the p-type dopant source is investigated by I-V measurements of individual nanowires. The results from measurements using a global-back-gated test structure reveal nonuniform B doping profiles on nanowires grown from SiH4, which is due to simultaneous incorporation of B from nanowire surface and the catalyst during VLS growth. In contrast, a uniform B doping profile in both the axial and radial directions is achieved for TMBdoped Si nanowires grown using SiCl4 at high substrate temperatures. In Chapter 4, the I-V characteristics of wet- and dry-etched InGaAs p+-i-n+ junctions with different mesa geometries, orientations, and perimeter-to-area ratios are compared to evaluate the impact of the dry etch process on the junction leakage current properties. Different post-dry etch treatments, including wet etching and thermal annealing, are performed and the effectiveness of each is assessed by temperaturedependent I-V measurements. As compared to wet-etched control devices, dry-etched junctions have a significantly higher leakage current and a current kink in the reverse bias regime, which is likely due to additional trap states created by plasma-induced damage during the Cl2/Ar/H2 mesa isolation step. These states extend more than 60 nm from the mesa surface and can only be partially passivated after a thermal anneal at 350°C for 20 minutes. The evolution of the electrical properties with post-dry etch treatments indicates that the shallow and deep-level trap states resulting from ion-induced point defects, arsenic vacancies and hydrogen-dopant complexes are the primary cause of degradation in the electrical properties of the dry-etched junctions.
ERIC Educational Resources Information Center
Stansfield, Claire; Brunton, Ginny; Rees, Rebecca
2014-01-01
Background: When literature searching for systematic reviews, it is good practice to search widely across different information sources. Little is known about the contributions of different publication formats (e.g. journal article and book chapter) and sources, especially for studies of people's views. Method: Studies from four reviews spanning…
Criteria for Developing a Successful Privatization Project
1989-05-01
conceptualization and planning are required when pursuing privatization projects. In fact, privatization project proponents need to know how to...selection of projects for analysis, methods of acquiring information about these projects, and the analysis framwork . Chapter IV includes the analysis. A...performed an analysis to determine cormion conceptual and creative approaches and lessons learned. This analysis was then used to develop criteria for
The State of Asian Pacific America: Transforming Race Relations. A Public Policy Report, Volume IV.
ERIC Educational Resources Information Center
Ong, Paul M., Ed.
The papers in this collection respond to the importance of race in U.S. society by providing a comprehensive, multidisciplinary empirical analysis of the diverse ways in which Asian Pacific Americans are redefining and transforming contemporary U.S. race relations. Following a preface by Don T. Nakanishi and J. D. Hokoyama, the chapters are: (1)…
Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR
2010-07-01
... and operate each internal and external floating roof gasoline storage tank according to the applicable... (b) Equip each internal floating roof gasoline storage tank according to the requirements in § 60... the requirements in § 60.112b(a)(1)(iv) through (ix) of this chapter; and (c) Equip each external...
[Diagnosis and treatment of gender identity disorder].
Yamauchi, Toshio
2004-02-01
According to DSM-IV criteria, gender identity disorder(GID) is characterized as follows: 1) Strong, persistent cross-gender identification. 2) Persistent discomfort with one's assigned sex or the Sense of inappropriateness in that gender role. 3) Not due to an intersex condition. In this chapter, symptoms, diagnosis and treatment of GID are briefly described. Possible pathogenesis of GID is also discussed.
21 CFR 155.190 - Canned tomatoes.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR
2010-04-01
... necessary to compensate for the tartness resulting from such added acid. (iv) Salt. (v) Spices, spice oils... § 101.22 of this chapter. (b) A declaration of any added spice, seasoning, or vegetable ingredient that...) “spice(s)”, “seasoning(s)”, or the name(s) of the vegetable(s) used or in lieu of the word(s) “spice(s...
Fixed and Data Adaptive Kernels in Cohen’s Class of Time-Frequency Distributions
1992-09-01
translated into its associated analytic signal by using the techniques discussed in Chapter Four. 1. Wigner - Ville Distribution function PS = wvd (data,winlen...step,begin,theend) % PS = wvd (data,winlen,step,begin,theend) % ’wvd.ml returns the Wigner - Ville time-frequency distribution % for the input data...12 IV. FIXED KERNEL DISTRIBUTIONS .................................................................. 19 A. WIGNER - VILLE DISTRIBUTION
Phellinus noxius in Guam, Saipan, Yap, Palau, Pohnpei and Kosrae [Chapter IV
Phil G. Cannon; Ned B. Klopfenstein; Mee-Sook Kim; Yuko Ota; Norio Sahashi; Robert L. Schlub; Gibson Santos; Rodasio Samuel; Francis Ruegorong; Maxson Nithan; Blair Charley; Erick Waguk; Roland Quitugua; Ashley Lehman; Konrad Engleberger; Victor Guerrero; Sid Cabrerra; Manny Tenorio; Arnold Route
2014-01-01
Phellinus noxius has a reputation of being an aggressive root rot pathogen on many forest tree species in parts of Southeast Asia and its symptoms and signs have been well documented. Previous reports from Micronesia indicated that this fungal pathogen is responsible for considerable damage in Saipan and likely present in Kosrae and Pohnpei. In this present...
38 CFR 21.4250 - Course and licensing and certification test approval; jurisdiction and notices.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR
2012-07-01
... (other than a flight course) not leading to a standard college degree, it must also approve the class... chooses to approve a resident course (other than a flight course) not leading to a standard college degree.... chapter 30, 32, 33, or 35 offered by an institution of higher learning not located in a State; (iv) Any...
38 CFR 21.4250 - Course and licensing and certification test approval; jurisdiction and notices.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR
2013-07-01
... (other than a flight course) not leading to a standard college degree, it must also approve the class... chooses to approve a resident course (other than a flight course) not leading to a standard college degree.... chapter 30, 32, 33, or 35 offered by an institution of higher learning not located in a State; (iv) Any...
38 CFR 21.4250 - Course and licensing and certification test approval; jurisdiction and notices.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR
2014-07-01
... (other than a flight course) not leading to a standard college degree, it must also approve the class... chooses to approve a resident course (other than a flight course) not leading to a standard college degree.... chapter 30, 32, 33, or 35 offered by an institution of higher learning not located in a State; (iv) Any...
Electrostatic Discharge Initiation Experiments using PVDF Pressure Transducers
1991-12-01
ignition sensitivity. The results are discussed within the context of a preliminary model of electrostatic initiation. iii/iv NAVSWC TR 91-666 CONTENTS...Chapter Page 1 INTRODUCTION .......................................... 1-1 TWO PHASE IGNITION MODEL ....................... 1-1 SENSITIZING FACTORS...is necessary to establish effective techniques to reduce the hazards associated with ESD ignition. TWO-PHASE IGNITION MODEL A model has been proposed
Federal Register 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014
2013-05-17
... Program, Scientific Advisory Board (SAB). This notice is published in accordance with Section 10(a)(2) of the Federal Advisory Committee Act (Pub. L. 92-463). DATES: Thursday, June 13, 2013 from 9:00 a.m. to..., Subtitle A, Part IV, Chapter 172, Sec. 2904. The full agenda follows: 9:00 a.m. Convene Mr. Joseph Francis...
Careers (A Course of Study). Unit IV: Applying for the Job.
ERIC Educational Resources Information Center
Turley, Kay
Designed to enable special needs students to write resumes and complete application forms with employable accuracy, this set of activities on applying for a job is the fourth unit in a nine-unit secondary level careers course intended to provide handicapped students with the knowledge and tools necessary to succeed in the world of work. Chapter 1…
Federal Register 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014
2011-01-12
... Stock Market, LLC to Establish a $5 Strike Price Program January 6, 2011. Pursuant to Section 19(b)(1... given that, on January 3, 2011, The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC (``NASDAQ'' or ``Exchange'') filed with the... Proposed Rule Change The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC proposes to amend Chapter IV, Securities Traded on NOM...
Federal Register 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014
2011-04-06
... Stock Market, LLC To Expand the $2.50 Strike Price Program March 31, 2011. Pursuant to Section 19(b)(1... given that, on March 29, 2011, The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC (``NASDAQ'' or ``Exchange'') filed with the... Change The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC proposes to amend Chapter IV, Supplementary Material to Section 6...
The Origins and Development of the National Training Center 1976-1984
1992-01-01
The Environmental Impact Statement ................................... 30 Chapter IV - Ironing Out the Early Problems...brigades of 2,500 or even battalions of 600. Public and private groups concerned for aviation safevy, communications regulation, and environmental ...experimenting with desert training along the lines of General Gorman’s concept. During the summer of 1976, that command developed a "desert environmental
Project CHECO Southeast Asia Report. Project RED HORSE
1969-09-01
It 0,Il 1IC1I lll Examination of C’urrentI,,,,,,,,[ I prations IIR / IE IP 0 R IT - PROJECT RED HORSE 1 SEPTEMBER 1969 HQ PACAF Directorate...3 CHAPTER II RED HORSE ORGANIZATIONS IN SOUTHEAST ASIA .................. 5 Introduction...RED HORSE Combat Defense Teams....................... ...... 59 III. 555th CES (HR) Projects...................................... 62 IV. 820th CES
Culture and Psychiatric Diagnosis
Lewis-Fernández, Roberto; Aggarwal, Neil Krishan
2015-01-01
Since the publication of DSM-IV in 1994, a number of components related to psychiatric diagnosis have come under criticism for their inaccuracies and inadequacies. Neurobiologists and anthropologists have particularly criticized the rigidity of DSM-IV diagnostic criteria that appear to exclude whole classes of alternate illness presentations as well as the lack of attention in contemporary psychiatric nosology to the role of contextual factors in the emergence and characteristics of psychopathology. Experts in culture and mental health have responded to these criticisms by revising the very process of diagnosis for DSM-5. Specifically, the DSM-5 Cultural Issues Subgroup has recommended that concepts of culture be included more prominently in several areas: an introductory chapter on Cultural Aspects of Psychiatric Diagnosis –composed of a conceptual introduction, a revised Outline for Cultural Formulation, a Cultural Formulation Interview that operationalizes this Outline, and a glossary on cultural concepts of distress—as well as material directly related to culture that is incorporated into the description of each disorder. This chapter surveys these recommendations to demonstrate how culture and context interact with psychiatric diagnosis at multiple levels. A greater appreciation of the interplay between culture, context, and biology can help clinicians improve diagnostic and treatment planning. PMID:23816860
DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)
Kambeitz, Manuel
This thesis presents an analysis of excited states of B0, B+ and B0 s mesons, decaying to B mesons while emitting a pion or kaon. They are reconstructed from their decay products and a selection is performed to discard wrongly reconstructed B(s) mesons with the multivariate analysis software NeuroBayes, as described in chapter 5. In the training process, the sPlot method and measured and simulated data are used. Chapter 6 describes how the properties of excited B(s) are determined by an unbinned maximum likelihood t to their mass spectra. The systematic uncertainties determined in this analysis are described in chaptermore » 7. The results of this thesis are presented in chapter 8 and a conclusion is given in chapter 9. The results shown in this thesis have been published before in [1].« less
Cirocchi, Roberto; Kelly, Michael Denis; Griffiths, Ewen A; Tabola, Renata; Sartelli, Massimo; Carlini, Luigi; Ghersi, Stefania; Di Saverio, Salomone
2017-12-01
The incidence of duodenal perforation after ERCP ranges from 0.09% to 1.67% and mortality up to 8%. This systematic review was registered in Prospective Register of Systematic Reviews, PROSPERO. Stapfer classification of ERCP-related duodenal perforations was used. The systematic search yielded 259 articles. Most frequent post-ERCP perforation was Stapfer type II (58.4%), type I second most frequent perforation (17.8%) followed by Stapfer type III in 13.2% and type IV in 10.6%. Rate of NOM was lowest in Stapfer type I perforations (13%), moderate in type III lesions (58.1%) and high in other types of perforations (84.2% in type II and 84.6% in IV). In patients underwent early surgical treatment (<24 h from ERCP) the most frequent operation was simple duodenal suture with or without omentopexy (93.7%). In patients undergoing late surgical treatment (>24 h from ERCP) interventions performed were more complex. In type I lesions post-operative mortality rate was higher in patients underwent late operation (>24 h). In type I lesions, failure of NOM occurred in 42.8% of patients. In type II failure of NOM occurred in 28.9% of patients and in type III there was failure of NOM in only 11.1%, none in type IV. Postoperative mortality after NOM failure was 75% in type I, 22.5% in type II and none died after surgical treatment for failure of NOM in type III perforations. This systematic review showed that in patients with Stapfer type I lesions, early surgical treatment gives better results, however the opposite seems true in Stapfer III and IV lesions. Copyright © 2017 Royal College of Surgeons of Edinburgh (Scottish charity number SC005317) and Royal College of Surgeons in Ireland. Published by Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Kawazoe, Masayuki
A novel mechanism of selective adsorption of rubber molecules onto carbon black surface in a binary immiscible rubber blend solution has been proposed in this dissertation. The phenomenon leads to uneven distribution of carbon black to the specific polymer in the blend and the obtained electrically conductive composite showed drastic reduction of percolation threshold concentration (PTC). The mechanism and the feature of conductive network formation have much potential concerning both fundamental understanding and industrial application to improve conductive polymer composites. In chapter I, carbon black filled conductive polymer composites are briefly reviewed. Then, in chapter II, a mechanism of rubber molecular confinement into carbon black aggregate structure is introduced to explain the selective adsorption of a specific rubber onto carbon black surface in an immiscible rubber solution blend (styrene butadiene rubber (SBR) and acrylonitrile butadiene rubber (NBR) with toluene or chloroform). Next, in chapters III and IV, polymers with various radius of gyration (Rg) and carbon blacks with various aggregate structure are examined to verify the selective adsorption mechanism. Finally, in chapter V, the novel mechanism was applied to create unique meso-/micro-unit conductive network in carbon black dispersed SBR/NBR composites.
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Struck, Dawn N.
This thesis is a study of my current body of work, both formally and conceptually. It begins with an Introduction, explaining the origin of the term hybrid and the distinct advantages as well as disadvantages hybridization has on a species. It also discusses the effects incurred by the environment on plants and humans. Chapter II, A Curious Collection of Biomorphic Forms, provides an overview of the concepts and interplay between the surface treatments of the forms and their sculpted interior elements and how certain forms reveal, while other forms hide themselves from the viewer. It also confers the motivations behind the work in relation to botany, entomology, anatomy and human traits. Chapter III, Process and Material, describes the production techniques used in the work, including choice of clay, building techniques, glazes and firing temperatures. It also explains the surface treatments as they pertain to the overall form and feeling of certain pieces. Chapter IV, Influences, explores some of the artistic, historic and scientific influences in the use of natural forms and highlights some of the sources of inspiration for my work.
Jenkins, Jill A.; Tiersch, Terrence R.
2011-01-01
Although cryopreservation of sperm has become an accepted technique for selective breeding and genetic improvement in livestock industries, no systematic approach is available for banking germplasm of aquatic species (i.e. embryos, semen and ova). The intent of this chapter is not to provide recommendations for specific measures to eliminate particular pathogens and subsequent diseases, but rather to develop a general framework and strategies for facing the new and unexpected. This chapter presents microbiological and quality assurance concerns for a cryopreservation program. In particular, the chapter identifies organisms transmittable in semen of animals, microorganisms and diseases of importance to aquatic species, pathogen detection issues, methods for prevention and control and how sperm quality can be assessed.
CHAPTER 9: USING CENSUS DATA TO APPROXIMATE NEIGHBORHOOD EFFECTS
INTRODUCTION Despite the development of innovative neighborhood data collection methods, such as systematic social observation (1, 2), and the utilization of novel administrative data sources including delinquent tax records, homelessness shelter utilization, reports of housing ...
Undergraduate Research and Economic Development: A Systems Approach in Wisconsin
ERIC Educational Resources Information Center
Van Galen, Dean; Schneider-Rebozo, Lissa; Havholm, Karen; Andrews, Kris
2015-01-01
This chapter presents the state of Wisconsin and the University of Wisconsin System as an ongoing case study for best practices in systematic, intentional, statewide programming and initiatives connecting undergraduate research and economic development.
Siaw, Fei-Lu; Chong, Kok-Keong
2013-01-01
This paper presents a new systematic approach to analyze all possible array configurations in order to determine the most optimal dense-array configuration for concentrator photovoltaic (CPV) systems. The proposed method is fast, simple, reasonably accurate, and very useful as a preliminary study before constructing a dense-array CPV panel. Using measured flux distribution data, each CPV cells' voltage and current values at three critical points which are at short-circuit, open-circuit, and maximum power point are determined. From there, an algorithm groups the cells into basic modules. The next step is I-V curve prediction, to find the maximum output power of each array configuration. As a case study, twenty different I-V predictions are made for a prototype of nonimaging planar concentrator, and the array configuration that yields the highest output power is determined. The result is then verified by assembling and testing of an actual dense-array on the prototype. It was found that the I-V curve closely resembles simulated I-V prediction, and measured maximum output power varies by only 1.34%.
A Systematic Method of Interconnection Optimization for Dense-Array Concentrator Photovoltaic System
Siaw, Fei-Lu
2013-01-01
This paper presents a new systematic approach to analyze all possible array configurations in order to determine the most optimal dense-array configuration for concentrator photovoltaic (CPV) systems. The proposed method is fast, simple, reasonably accurate, and very useful as a preliminary study before constructing a dense-array CPV panel. Using measured flux distribution data, each CPV cells' voltage and current values at three critical points which are at short-circuit, open-circuit, and maximum power point are determined. From there, an algorithm groups the cells into basic modules. The next step is I-V curve prediction, to find the maximum output power of each array configuration. As a case study, twenty different I-V predictions are made for a prototype of nonimaging planar concentrator, and the array configuration that yields the highest output power is determined. The result is then verified by assembling and testing of an actual dense-array on the prototype. It was found that the I-V curve closely resembles simulated I-V prediction, and measured maximum output power varies by only 1.34%. PMID:24453823
Geology of the USSR (Chapter IV).
1979-10-05
upper part, contuilrng carbon/ coals , is related to averaqe/mean Carboniferous period. However, similar carbon/ coals were brouq!t hy Jackson’s...V.Lant integument and soil formation in archipelago very unfavorably manifests itself very cold and short summer, and also permanent destruction and...and finally by the maritime Ueposits of Cenomanian tier. Furthermore, in archipplago are known the traces of development supposedly Lower Carboniferous
ERIC Educational Resources Information Center
Hutchins, Clayton D.; Munse, Albert R.; Booher, Edna D.
1961-01-01
For a period of more than 25 years, this series of publications has provided an authoritative and reasonably comprehensive source of information about Federal activities in education. The present bulletin, Federal Funds for Education, 1958-59 and 1959-60, is the 15th in the series. It describes educational programs supported by the Federal…
Modeling and Error Analysis of a Superconducting Gravity Gradiometer.
1979-08-01
fundamental limit to instrument - -1- sensitivity is the thermal noise of the sensor . For the gradiometer design outlined above, the best sensitivity...Mapoles at Stanford. Chapter IV determines the relation between dynamic range, the sensor Q, and the thermal noise of the cryogenic accelerometer. An...C.1 Accelerometer Optimization (1) Development and optimization of the loaded diaphragm sensor . (2) Determination of the optimal values of the
ERIC Educational Resources Information Center
Kortendick, James J.; Stone, Elizabeth W.
A major way of upgrading the profession of librarianship is through a post-master's education program. This data base for the curriculum development of such a program utilized two data-gathering instruments: (1) a questionnaire and (2) interviews. The data are presented under three-headings: (1) questionnaire results, Chapters III, IV, V and VI;…
Federal Register 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014
2010-08-10
...\\ Id. \\11\\ Id. Under Chapter IV, Section 3(i) of the BOX Rules, Exchange-Traded Fund Shares (``ETFs... traded on BOX: The ETFs must (i) be traded on a national securities exchange; (ii) be defined as an ``NMS... specified non-U.S. currency or currencies deposited with the trust or similar entity when aggregated in some...
An Analysis of the United States Air Force Energy Savings Performance Contracts
2007-12-01
key element of the ESPC system. Chapter IV uses the standard contracting processes to review the USAF implementations of strategic purchasing with...process and each level facilitates regionalization, which is the current implementation method of strategic purchasing for energy service management...the existing regulations that are inconsistent with the ESPC intent , and 3) to formulate substitute regulations consistent with laws governing Federal
Federal Register 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014
2011-06-30
... expiration month and series for each class of approved stock index options, and that the Exchange may open... to the rules in place for the listing of expiration months and series in stock or exchange-traded-fund (``ETF'') options.\\4\\ \\4\\ See Phlx Rule 1012(a)(1)(A); see also Nasdaq Rules Chapter IV, Section 6...
1985-12-01
shows Good’s 2 data between 500 m and 40 km. Good obtained thisCn profile by differential temperature measurement between two balloon-borne microthermal ...Cn profiles. However, they are difficult to obtain by remote measurements. In Chapters IV and V, I presented a profile measured by microthermal probes
The Goal of Motivation in the Military. Soldier Satisfaction or Soldier Performance
1978-06-09
soldier’s (E- 1 through E-,4) perceptions of 18 job-related factors, his/her level of performance and-" FOR" 1473 EDfTON Or I NOV 65 Is OBSOLETE UJCLAS...iv LIST OF FIGURES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . v CHAPTER 1 . THE PROBLEM AND ITS SETTING . ..... ....... .... 1 INTRODUCTION...81 RECOMKM•DATION .83. , . * 3 SELECTED BIBLIOGRAPHY . . . . . . . . . . .......... . . 84 liii LIST OF TABLES Table Page 1
19 CFR 141.113 - Recall of merchandise released from Customs and Border Protection custody.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR
2010-04-01
... communicate that fact to the CBP port director who will demand the redelivery of the product to CBP custody... marking with country of origin; (ii) Textile Fiber Products Identification Act (15 U.S.C. 70); (iii) Wool Products Labeling Act (15 U.S.C. 68); (iv) Fur Products Labeling Act (15 U.S.C. 69); and (v) Chapter 91...
ERIC Educational Resources Information Center
Noss, Richard
This document, the second part of the third volume of a study concerned with the role of institutions of higher education in the development of countries in South-East Asia, discusses the problems aroused by language in the region. Chapters I-IV cover assumptions of the study, common problems of the region, current solutions, and future outlook.…
Long Range Surveillance Units (LRSU): The Past, Present, and Future
1990-03-27
learned very well the lessons of the past and has put the human element back in the intelligence collection business . In 1986 the Army revitalized...has learned very well the lessons of the past and has put the human element back in the intelligence collection business . In 1986 the Army revitalized...USAREUR ------------------- 13 Methods of Insertion -------------------- 15 CHAPTER IV. EQUIPMENT ISSUES ------------------------ 18 (GORTEX, OPTICS
Biofluid lubrication for artificial joints
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Pendleton, Alice Mae
This research investigated biofluid lubrication related to artificial joints using tribological and rheological approaches. Biofluids studied here represent two categories of fluids, base fluids and nanostructured biofluids. Base fluids were studied through comparison of synthetic fluids (simulated body fluid and hyaluronic acid) as well as natural biofluids (from dogs, horses, and humans) in terms of viscosity and fluid shear stress. The nano-structured biofluids were formed using molecules having well-defined shapes. Understanding nano-structured biofluids leads to new ways of design and synthesis of biofluids that are beneficial for artificial joint performance. Experimental approaches were utilized in the present research. This includes basic analysis of biofluids' property, such as viscosity, fluid shear stress, and shear rate using rheological experiments. Tribological investigation and surface characterization were conducted in order to understand effects of molecular and nanostructures on fluid lubrication. Workpiece surface structure and wear mechanisms were investigated using a scanning electron microscope and a transmission electron microscope. The surface topography was examined using a profilometer. The results demonstrated that with the adding of solid additives, such as crown ether or fullerene acted as rough as the other solids in the 3-body wear systems. In addition, the fullerene supplied low friction and low wear, which designates the lubrication purpose of this particular particle system. This dissertation is constructed of six chapters. The first chapter is an introduction to body fluids, as mentioned earlier. After Chapter II, it examines the motivation and approach of the present research, Chapter III discusses the experimental approaches, including materials, experimental setup, and conditions. In Chapter IV, lubrication properties of various fluids are discussed. The tribological properties and performance nanostructured biofluids are discussed in Chapter V, followed by summary and conclusions in Chapter VI.
Materials for energy, drug, and information storage
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Cheng, Peifu
It is generally recognized that H2O adsorption on a porous material would inhibit H2 adsorption. However, Chapter 3 reports that stable H2O-functionalized ZIF-8(a representative MOF), which was obtained by the simple water treatment of ZIF-8 at ambient temperature, can increase its H2 adsorption heat from 5.2 to 10.1 kJ/mol. As a result, the reversible H2 capacity at ambient temperature increased by 77%. A suitable isotherm equation for C2H2 adsorption on various MOFs has not been found. Chapter 4 demonstrates that Dubinin-Astakhov equation can be exploited as a general isotherm model to depict C2H 2 adsorption on MOF-5, ZIF-8, HKUST-1, and MIL-53. Furthermore, it was found that the adsorption of C2H2 on the defected MIL-53 is stronger than that on MIL-53 without defection, reflected by adsorption-heat increase from 19.3 to 25.1 kJ/mol. Chapter 5 finds that the adsorption of CO2 on the defected ZIF-8 is stronger than that on ZIF-8 without defection, reflected by initial adsorption-heat increase from 16.0 to 22.8 kJ/mol. As a result, the specific reversible CO2 capacity per surface area increased with increasing defects. A novel strategy was developed to enhance the hydrophilicity on the external surface of ZIF-8 without reducing or blocking the internal pores in Chapter 6. A simple ball-milling approach combined with water treatment results in a significantly higher cell viability without compromising its hydroxyurea loading and release capacity. It's a challenge to build a memristor with odd-symmetric I--V features. In Chapter 7, a novel strategy, in which two same asymmetric switch components can be combined as a symmetric device, is reported to create an odd-symmetric memristor. Furthermore, with this strategy, the surface-sulphurization was performed on both sides of a Ag foil, leading to a Ag2S/Ag/Ag2S odd-symmetric memristor consisting of two asymmetric Ag2S/Ag memristive switches. Chapter 8 demonstrate that 2H phase of bulk MoS2 possessed an ohmic feature, whereas 1T phase of exfoliated MoS2 nanosheets exhibited a unique memristive behaviour due to voltage-dependent resistance change. Furthermore, an ideal odd-symmetric memristor with odd-symmetric I--V characteristics was successfully fabricated by the 1T phase MoS2 nanosheets via combining two asymmetric switches anti-serially.
Wang, Zhao; Shen, Xiaofei
2017-10-01
This meta-analysis aimed to illustrate the efficacy and safety of combined topical and intravenous (IV) tranexamic acid (TXA) for blood loss control in primary total knee arthroplasty (TKA) patients. In April 2017, a systematic computer-based search was conducted in PubMed, EMBASE, Web of Science, Cochrane Database of Systematic Reviews, and Google database. Data on patients prepared for TKA surgery in studies that compared combined topical and IV TXA versus placebo, topical, or IV TXA alone were retrieved. The primary endpoint was the need for transfusion, total blood loss, hemoglobin drop, and the occurrence of deep venous thrombosis (DVT), pulmonary embolism (PE), and the infection. After testing for publication bias and heterogeneity between studies, data were aggregated for random-effects models when necessary. Seven clinical studies were ultimately included in the meta-analysis. Compared with IV TXA and control group, combined TXA was associated with less need for transfusion, blood loss, and hemoglobin drop (P < .05). There was no significant difference between the combined TXA and topical TXA in terms of the need for transfusion, total blood loss, and hemoglobin drop (P > .05). There was no significant difference between the complications (DVT, PE, and infection) between the combined TXA, IV TXA, topical TXA, and control group. Current meta-analysis suggests that the combined IV and topical TXA was superior than IV TXA or control group. There is still need for more studies to identify whether combined TXA was superior than topical TXA alone.
Report for 2012 from the Bordeaux IVS Analysis Center
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Charlot, Patrick; Bellanger, Antoine; Bouffet, Romuald; Bourda, Geraldine; Collioud, Arnaud; Baudry, Alain
2013-01-01
This report summarizes the activities of the Bordeaux IVS Analysis Center during the year 2012. The work focused on (i) regular analysis of the IVS-R1 and IVS-R4 sessions with the GINS software package; (ii) systematic VLBI imaging of the RDV sessions and calculation of the corresponding source structure index and compactness values; (iii) investigation of the correlation between astrometric position instabilities and source structure variations; and (iv) continuation of our VLBI observational program to identify optically-bright radio sources suitable for the link with the future Gaia frame. Also of importance is the 11th European VLBI Network Symposium, which we organized last October in Bordeaux and which drew much attention from the European and International VLBI communities.
USDA-ARS?s Scientific Manuscript database
Nezara viridula is a historically global pest of high value cash crops. Chapter 7 is a comprehensive report of the biology, global distribution, insect/host plant associations, higher systematics, semiochemistry, and management of this pest. This report will be a cornerstone resource for future re...
Ingegnoli, Francesca; Schioppo, Tommaso; Allanore, Yannick; Caporali, Roberto; Colaci, Michele; Distler, Oliver; Furst, Daniel E; Hunzelmann, Nicolas; Iannone, Florenzo; Khanna, Dinesh; Matucci-Cerinic, Marco
2018-04-04
Systemic sclerosis (SSc) is an autoimmune chronic disease characterized by vascular impairment, immune dysfunction and collagen deposition. Raynaud's phenomenon (RP) and digital ulcers (DU) are prominent features of SSc. Intravenous (IV) iloprost (ILO), according to the recently updated EULAR recommendations, is indicated for RP after failure of oral therapy. Moreover, IV ILO could be useful in DU healing. IV ILO is currently available mainly on the European market approved for RP secondary to SSc with 3-5 days infusion cycle. Unfortunately, data published varies regarding regimen (dosage, duration and frequency). Up to now, ILO has been studied in small cohorts of patients and in few randomized controlled trials. A systematic review of studies on IV ILO in patients with SSc complicated by DU and RP was performed. Insufficient data were available to perform a meta-analysis according to the GRADE system. We performed a three-stage internet-based Delphi consensus exercise. Three major indications were identified for IV ILO usage in SSc: RP non-responsive to oral therapy, DU healing, and DU prevention. IV ILO should be administered between 0.5 and 2.0ng/kg/min according to patient tolerability with a frequency depending on the indication. Although these suggestions are supported by this expert group to be used in clinical setting, it will be necessary to formally validate the present suggestions in future clinical trials. Copyright © 2018 Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.
Bowel perforation in type IV vascular Ehlers-Danlos syndrome. A systematic review.
El Masri, H; Loong, T-H; Meurette, G; Podevin, J; Zinzindohoue, F; Lehur, P-A
2018-05-01
Spontaneous gastrointestinal (GI) perforation is a well-known complication occurring in patients suffering from Type IV vascular Ehlers-Danlos syndrome (EDS IV). The aim of the present study was to review the current literature on spontaneous GI perforation in EDS IV and illustrate the surgical management and outcome when possible. A systematic review of all the published data on EDS IV patients with spontaneous GI perforation between January 2000 and December 2015 was conducted using three major databases PUBMED, EMBASE, and Cochrane Central Register of Controlled Trails. References of the selected articles were screened to avoid missing main articles. Twenty-seven published case reports and four retrospective studies, including 31 and 527 cases, respectively, matched the search criteria. A case from our institution was added. Mean age was 26 years (range 6-64 years). The most frequent site of perforation was the colon, particularly the sigmoid, followed by small bowel, upper rectum, and finally stomach. The majority of cases were initially managed with Hartmann's procedure. In recurrent perforations, total colectomy was performed. The reperforation rate was considerably higher in the "partial colectomy with anastomosis" group than in the Hartmann group. Colonic perforation is the most common spontaneous GI perforation in EDS IV patients. An unexpected fragility of the tissues should raise the possibility of a connective tissue disorder and prompt further investigation with eventual management of these high-risk patients with a multidisciplinary team approach in dedicated centres. In the emergency setting, a Hartmann procedure should be performed.
Optical and Photothermal Behaviors of Colloidal and Self-Assembled Magnetic-Plasmonic Nanostructures
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Liu, Kai
This dissertation is based on numerous efforts in exploring the capabilties of numerical simulation for investigating novel optical phenomena in different colloidal plasmonic systems. The dissertation includes five chapters. Chapter 1 contains a general introduction to the fundamentals of plasmonic behaviors in colloidal clusters and bottom-up self-assembly methods for manufacturing colloidal clusters which include magnetic based and DNA-assisted pathways. Chapter 2 presents a systematic comparison of optical and thermodynamic properties of near-infrared colloidal nanoparticles, including SiO2 Au core-shell, Au nanocage and Au nanorod, and an example of the nanobubble-based photothermal therapy application. In Chapter 3, a optical phenomenon named Fano resonance is demonstrated in a colloidal heptamer design which consists of seven Fe 3O4 Au core-shell nanoparticles. The incorporation of the magnetic core enables a magnetic-assisted self-assembly process which will be discussed after the photonic analysis. In Chapter 4, the optical behaviors in a 1D magnetic-plasmonic chain are explored. A demonstration of the magnetic-based self-assembly of this 1D chain is given. Chapter 5 is focused on the study of the chiral optical responses in a helical nanoscale system which follows a 3D helical arrangement of Fe3O4 Au core-shell nanoparticles.
ERIC Educational Resources Information Center
Badger, Henry G.; Kelly, Frederick J.; Greenleaf, Walter J.
1938-01-01
The statistical compilations found in this bulletin are based on data gathered by means of two questionnaires--one on faculty, students and degrees; and the other on receipts, expenditures, and property. These questionnaires were sent to all the 1,706 institutions listed in Office of Education Bulletin 1936, No. 1, "Educational Directory:…
Proof-of-Concept Part Task Trainer for Close Air Support Procedures
2016-06-01
TVDL Tactical Video Down Link VE Virtual Environment VR Virtual Reality WTI Weapons and Tactics Instructor xvii ACKNOWLEDGMENTS I would first...in training of USMC pilots for close air support operations? • What is the feasibility of developing a prototype virtual reality (VR) system that...Chapter IV provides a review of virtual reality (VR)/ virtual environment (VE) and part-task trainers currently used in military training
ERIC Educational Resources Information Center
Stephens, E. Robert; And Others
An extensive study, reported in three separately published sections, was made to determine primary aspects of the current consolidation and redistricting of local school districts. Basic procedures used to gather information included a survey of related literature, visitations to county and intermediate educational agencies in Iowa and other…
Increasing Slew Performance of Reaction Wheel Attitude Control Systems
2013-09-01
vectors in any arbitrary direction creates the momentum envelope (Chapter IV). The shape of the reaction wheel momentum envelope is a polyhedron [15...performance. This procedural limitation further reduces the operable reaction wheel momentum space polyhedron to the largest inscribed sphere, which...respective plane. These minima are also the global minima, each marked in magenta. The four-wheel polyhedron is again shown in three orthogonal views in
2008-03-01
investigated, as well as the methodology used . Chapter IV presents the data collection and analysis procedures, and the resulting analysis and...interpolate the data, although a non-interpolating model is possible. For this research Design and Analysis of Computer Experiments (DACE) is used ...followed by the analysis . 4.1. Testing Approach The initial SMOMADS algorithm used for this research was acquired directly from Walston [70]. The
U.S. Biodefense & Homeland Security: Toward Detection & Attribution
2006-12-01
Agency (EPA) and FBI hazardous material teams worked side-by-side, searching 280 barrels containing 635 bags of quarantined mail that had been...hazardous material teams searched 280 barrels containing 635 bags of quarantined mail that had been seized as evidence. The final letter was addressed to...Chapter IV. He provided important research material and fresh ideas based on his expertise as Scientist-in-Residence of the Center for
An Empirical Examination of Counterdrug Interdiction Program Effectiveness.
1997-01-01
inversely correlated with the street price index. Chapter IV examines the time dependence of the street price index and argues that interdiction activities...essentially asymptotic behavior in which the cumulative distribution function, for large values of the independent variable, converges to an inverse power-law...log(S) /log(M). Such an inverse power-law relation between unit purchase price and purchase volume is indeed observed within the STRIDE data
Scalable, Flexible and Active Learning on Distributions
2016-09-01
enthusiasm about widely varying research ideas was inspiring. Junier Oliva always knew the right way to think about something when I got stuck. Tzu -Kuo...109 Bibliography 113 iii iv Chapter 1 Introduction Traditional machine learning approaches focus on learning problems defined on...with Tzu -Kuo (TK) Huang. 2 et al. 2012; Ntampaka, Trac, Sutherland, Battaglia, et al. 2015; Jin 2016; Jin et al. 2016; Sutherland, J. B. Oliva, et al
Goldhaber, Martin B.; Banwart, Steven A.
2015-01-01
Soil formation reflects the complex interaction of many factors, among the most important of which are (i) the nature of the soil parent material, (ii) regional climate, (iii) organisms, including humans, (iv) topography and (v) time. These processes operate in Earth's critical zone; the thin veneer of our planet where rock meets life. Understanding the operation of these soil-forming factors requires an interdisciplinary approach and is a necessary predicate to charactering soil processes and functions, mitigating soil degradation and adapting soil management to environmental change. In this chapter, we discuss how these soil-forming factors operate both singly and in concert in natural and human modified environments. We emphasize the role that soil organic matter plays in these processes to provide context for understanding the benefits that it bestows on humanity.
DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)
Farideh, A.
1981-01-01
This study examines the oil industry in Iran from the early discovery of oil nearly two hundred years ago in Mazandaran (north part) to the development of a giant modern industry in the twentieth century. Chapter I presents a brief historical setting to introduce the reader to the importance of oil in Iran. It focuses on the economic implications of the early oil concessions in the period 1901 to 1951. Chapter II discusses the nationalization of the Iranian oil industry and creation of NIOC in 1951 and the international political and economic implication of these activities. Chapter III explains themore » activities of NIOC in Iran. Exploration and drilling, production, exports, refineries, natural gas, petrochemicals and internal distributions are studied. Chapter IV discusses the role of the development planning of Iran. A brief presentation of the First Development Plan through the Fifth Development Plan is given. Sources and uses of funds by plan organization during these Five Plans is studied. The Iran and Iraq War is also studied briefly, but the uncertainty of its resolution prevents any close analysis of its impact on the Iranian oil industry. One conclusion, however, is certain; oil has been a vital resource in Iran's past and it will remain the lifetime of its economic development in the future.« less
An Application of the PMI Model at the Project Level Evaluation of ESEA Title IV-C Projects.
ERIC Educational Resources Information Center
McBeath, Marcia
All of the papers presented as part of a symposium concerned the application of the Planning, Monitoring, and Implementation Model (PMI) to the evaluation of the District of Columbia Public Schools' programs supported by the Elementary Secondary Education Act (ESEA) Title IV-C. PMI was developed to provide a model for systematic evaluation of…
Training Feedback Handbook. Research Product 83-7.
ERIC Educational Resources Information Center
Burnside, Billy L.; And Others
This handbook is designed to assist training developers and evaluators in structuring their collection of feedback data. Addressed first are various methods for collecting feedback data, including informal feedback, existing unit performance records, questionnaires, structured interviews, systematic observation, and testing. The next chapter, a…
Unraveling Structure-Property Relationships in Polymer Blends for Intelligent Materials Design
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Irwin, Matthew Tyler
Block polymers provide an accessible route to structured, composite materials by combining two or more components with disparate mechanical, chemical, and electrical properties into a single bulk material with nanoscale domains. However, the characteristic lengthscale of these systems is limited, and the choice of components is restricted to those that are able to undergo microstructural ordering at accessible temperatures. This thesis details routes to overcoming these limitations through the addition of a lithium salt, a blend of homopolymers, or both. Chapter 2 describes a study wherein complex sphere phases such as the Frank-Kasper sigma phase can be observed in otherwise disordered asymmetric block polymers through the addition of a lithium salt. Chapter 3 discusses the development and characterization of a ternary polymer blend of an AB diblock copolymer and A and B homopolymers doped with a lithium salt. Detailed characterization showed that doping blends that are otherwise disordered with lithium salt induced microstructural ordering and largely recovers the phase behavior of traditional ternary polymer blends. A systematic study of the ionic conductivity of the blends at a fixed salt concentration demonstrates that, at a given composition, disordered, yet highly structured blends consistently exhibit better conductivity than polycrystalline morphologies with long range order. Chapter 4 extends the methodology of Chapter 3 and details a systematic study of the effects of cross-linker concentration on the performance of polymer electrolyte membranes produced via polymerization-induced microphase separation that exhibit a highly structured, globally disordered microstructure. Finally, Chapter 5 details efforts to develop a water filtration membrane using a polyethylene template derived from a polymeric bicontinuous microemulsion. Throughout all of this work, the goal is to better understand structure-property relationships at the molecular level in order to ultimately inform design criteria for materials where simultaneous control over morphology and mechanical, chemical, or electrical properties is important.
Geology and ore deposits of the Leadville mining district, Colorado
Emmons, S.F.; Irving, J.D.; Loughlin, G.F.
1927-01-01
Adequate treatment of so large and so extensively developed a district as that of Leadville necessitates a voluminous report, in which the practical questions of prime interest to the commercial world can not be systematically answered until the data on which they depend are discussed. Many readers will no doubt wish to turn at once to the chapter on ore reserves, which will give them an appraisal of the district, without bothering with geologic detail. For those who wish a brief general account, a summary of the principal chapters of the report is presented below.
Griessenauer, Christoph J; Medin, Caroline; Maingard, Julian; Chandra, Ronil V; Ng, Wyatt; Brooks, Duncan Mark; Asadi, Hamed; Killer-Oberpfalzer, Monika; Schirmer, Clemens M; Moore, Justin M; Ogilvy, Christopher S; Thomas, Ajith J; Phan, Kevin
2018-02-01
Mechanical thrombectomy has become the standard of care for management of most large vessel occlusion (LVO) strokes. When patients with LVO present with minor stroke symptomatology, no consensus on the role of mechanical thrombectomy exists. A systematic review and meta-analysis were performed to identify studies that focused on mechanical thrombectomy, either as a standalone treatment or with intravenous tissue plasminogen activator (IV tPA), in patients with mild strokes with LVO, defined as a baseline National Institutes of Health Stroke Scale score ≤5 at presentation. Data on methodology, quality criteria, and outcome measures were extracted, and outcomes were compared using odds ratio as a summary statistic. Five studies met the selection criteria and were included. When compared with medical therapy without IV tPA, mechanical thrombectomy and medical therapy with IV tPA were associated with improved 90-day modified Rankin Scale (mRS) score. Among medical patients who were not eligible for IV tPA, those who underwent mechanical thrombectomy were more likely to experience good 90-day mRS than those who were not. There was no significant difference in functional outcome between mechanical thrombectomy and medical therapy with IV tPA, and no treatment subgroup was associated with intracranial hemorrhage or death. In patients with mild strokes due to LVO, mechanical thrombectomy and medical therapy with IV tPA led to better 90-day functional outcome. Mechanical thrombectomy plays an important role in the management of these patients, particularly in those not eligible for IV tPA. Copyright © 2017 Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.
Progress in coherent lithography using table-top extreme ultraviolet lasers
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Li, Wei
Nanotechnology has drawn a wide variety of attention as interesting phenomena occurs when the dimension of the structures is in the nanometer scale. The particular characteristics of nanoscale structures had enabled new applications in different fields in science and technology. Our capability to fabricate these nanostructures routinely for sure will impact the advancement of nanoscience. Apart from the high volume manufacturing in semiconductor industry, a small-scale but reliable nanofabrication tool can dramatically help the research in the field of nanotechnology. This dissertation describes alternative extreme ultraviolet (EUV) lithography techniques which combine table-top EUV laser and various cost-effective imaging strategies. For each technique, numerical simulations, system design, experiment result and its analysis will be presented. In chapter II, a brief review of the main characteristics of table-top EUV lasers will be addressed concentrating on its high power and large coherence radius that enable the lithography application described herein. The development of a Talbot EUV lithography system which is capable of printing 50nm half pitch nanopatterns will be illustrated in chapter III. A detailed discussion of its resolution limit will be presented followed by the development of X-Y-Z positioning stage, the fabrication protocol for diffractive EUV mask, and the pattern transfer using self- developed ion beam etching, and the dose control unit. In addition, this dissertation demonstrated the capability to fabricate functional periodic nanostructures using Talbot EUV lithography. After that, resolution enhancement techniques like multiple exposure, displacement Talbot EUV lithography, fractional Talbot EUV lithography, and Talbot lithography using 18.9nm amplified spontaneous emission laser will be demonstrated. Chapter IV will describe a hybrid EUV lithography which combines the Talbot imaging and interference lithography rendering a high resolution interference pattern whose lattice is modified by a custom designed Talbot mask. In other words, this method enables filling the arbitrary Talbot cell with ultra-fine interference nanofeatures. Detailed optics modeling, system design and experiment results using He-Ne laser and table top EUV laser are included. The last part of chapter IV will analyze its exclusive advantages over traditional Talbot or interference lithography.
Crystallisation and crystal forms of carbohydrate derivatives
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Lennon, Lorna
This thesis is focused on the synthesis and solid state analysis of carbohydrate derivatives, including many novel compounds. Although the synthetic chemistry surrounding carbohydrates is well established in the literature, the crystal chemistry of carbohydrates is less well studied. Therefore this research aims to improve understanding of the solid state properties of carbohydrate derivatives through gaining more information on their supramolecular bonding. Chapter One focuses on an introduction to the solid state of organic compounds, with a background to crystallisation, including issues that can arise during crystal growth. Chapter Two is based on glucopyranuronate derivatives which are understudied in terms of their solid state forms. This chapter reports on the formation of novel glucuronamides and utilising the functionality of the amide bond for crystallisation. TEMPO oxidation was completed to form glucopyranuronates by oxidation of the primary alcohol groups of glucosides to the carboxylic acid derivatives, to increase functionality for enhanced crystal growth. Chapter Three reports on the synthesis of glucopyranoside derivatives by O-glycosylation reactions and displays crystal structures, including a number of previously unsolved acetate protected and deprotected crystal structures. More complex glycoside derivatives were also researched in an aim to study the resultant supramolecular motifs. Chapter Four contains the synthesis of aryl cellobioside derivatives including the novel crystal structures that were solved for the acetate protected and deprotected compounds. Research was carried out to determine if 1-deoxycellodextrins could act as putative isostructures for cellulose. Our research displays the presence of isostructural references with 1-deoxycellotriose shown to be similar to cellulose III11, 1-deoxycellotetraose correlates with cellulose IV11 and 1-deoxycellopentose shows isostructurality similar to that of cellulose II. Chapter Five contains the full experimental details and spectral characterisation of all novel compounds synthesised in this project and relevant crystallographic information.
ERIC Educational Resources Information Center
Siebert, Fred S.; And Others
A systematic understanding of the press requires an understanding of the social and political structures within which the press operates. This book discusses four theories that have determined the kind of press the Western world has had: authoritarian, libertarian, socially responsible, and Soviet communist. Each chapter discusses press…
ERIC Educational Resources Information Center
Prakasha, Veda
This digest explores the question, What types of activities and experiences should a good learning environment offer to the young child to help him grow normally and happily? Part 1 focuses on basic considerations in the development of early childhood care and education (ECCE) curricula. Four chapters concern: (1) the learning needs of the young…
ERIC Educational Resources Information Center
National Archives and Records Administration, 2015
2015-01-01
The Assistant Secretary for Elementary and Secondary Education adopts final requirements for the School Improvement Grants (SIG) program, authorized under section 1003(g) of title I of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965, as amended (ESEA). These final requirements make changes to the current SIG program requirements and implement…
The Shock and Vibration Digest. Volume 13, Number 12
1981-12-01
Resulting Unsteady Forces and Flow Phenomenon. Part III 26 BOOK REVIEWS STATISTICAL ENERGY ANALYSIS Chapter IV considers the problems of estimating J OF...stress, acceleration, modes. Statistical energy analysis (SEA), which is and pressure; estimations of the average system expressed in terms of random...by F.C. Nelson, SVD, 13 (8), pp 30-31 (Aug 1981) Lyons, R.H., Statistical Energy Analysis of Dynamic Systems, MIT Press, Cambridge, MA; Revieed by H
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Di Guilmi, Corrado; Gallegati, Mauro; Landini, Simone
2017-04-01
Preface; List of tables; List of figures, 1. Introduction; Part I. Methodological Notes and Tools: 2. The state space notion; 3. The master equation; Part II. Applications to HIA Based Models: 4. Financial fragility and macroeconomic dynamics I: heterogeneity and interaction; 5. Financial fragility and macroeconomic Dynamics II: learning; Part III. Conclusions: 6. Conclusive remarks; Part IV. Appendices and Complements: Appendix A: Complements to Chapter 3; Appendix B: Solving the ME to solve the ABM; Appendix C: Specifying transition rates; Index.
[Alcohol-related cognitive impairment and the DSM-5].
Walvoort, S J W; Wester, A J; Doorakkers, M C; Kessels, R P C; Egger, J I M
2016-01-01
It is evident from the dsm-iv-tr that alcohol-related impairment is extremely difficult to classify accurately. As a result, cognitive deficits can easily be overlooked. The dsm-5, however, incorporates a new category, namely 'neurocognitive disorders', which may lead to significant improvements in clinical practice. To compare the classification of alcohol-related cognitive dysfunction in dsm-iv-tr and dsm-5 and to discuss the clinical relevance of the revised classification in the dsm-5. We compare the chapters of the dsm-iv-tr and the dsm-5 concerning alcohol-related cognitive impairment and describe the changes that have been made. The dsm-5 puts greater emphasis on alcohol-related neurocognitive impairment. Not only does dsm-5 distinguish between the degree of severity (major or minor neurocognitive disorder), it also distinguishes between the type of impairment (non-amnestic-type versus confabulating-amnestic type). It also makes a distinction between the durations of impairment (behavioural and/or persistent disorders). The dsm-5 gives a clearer description of alcohol-related neurocognitive dysfunction than does dsm-iv-tr and it stresses the essential role of neuropsychological assessment in the classification, diagnosis, and treatment of neurocognitive disorders.
Helder, Onno; van den Hoogen, Agnes; de Boer, Coby; van Goudoever, Johannes; Verboon-Maciolek, Malgosia; Kornelisse, René
2013-06-01
Bloodstream infections are associated with increased morbidity and mortality in very low birth weight infants admitted to neonatal intensive care units. To evaluate the available evidence for the effectiveness of non-pharmacological bloodstream infection-preventive measures in infants admitted to a neonatal intensive care unit. A systematic review of randomized, controlled trials, controlled clinical trials, interrupted time series and pretest-posttest studies. PubMed, CINAHL, Web-of-Science, Cochrane Central Register of Controlled Trials, and Embase were searched. The systematic review was carried out according to the guidelines of the Center for Reviews and Dissemination. The methodological quality of the individual studies was evaluated with the quantitative evaluation form of McMaster University. The review included randomized, controlled trials, controlled clinical trials, interrupted time series, and pre-posttest studies published from January 1990 to January 2011. Quantitative pooling of the results was not feasible due to the high heterogeneity of the interventions, methods and outcome measures. Instead, we present the studies in tabular form and provide a narrative account of the study characteristics and results. Fifteen studies out of 288 generated hits were selected and categorized as research on: hand hygiene (5), intravenous (IV) bundles (4), closed IV sets/patches/filters (4), surveillance (1), and percutaneously inserted central catheter teams (1). IV bundles including proper insertion and proper maintenance showed to be the most effective intervention for preventing bloodstream infection in infants; in three out of four studies on IV bundles, a statistically significant reduction of bloodstream infections was mentioned. Although the methodological quality of most studies was not very robust, we conclude that IV bundles may decrease bloodstream infections in infants. However, differences in IV bundle components and in practices limited the underpinning evidence. There is limited evidence that the introduction of a percutaneously inserted central catheter team results in bloodstream infection reduction. Hand hygiene promotion increases hand hygiene among healthcare workers, but there is inconclusive evidence that this intervention subsequently leads to a bloodstream infection reduction in infants. Future studies must be well designed, with standardized outcome measures. Copyright © 2012 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.
ERIC Educational Resources Information Center
Clanchy, Kelly M.; Tweedy, Sean M.; Boyd, Roslyn
2011-01-01
Aim: This systematic review compares the validity, reliability, and clinical use of habitual physical activity (HPA) performance measures in adolescents with cerebral palsy (CP). Method: Measures of HPA across Gross Motor Function Classification System (GMFCS) levels I-V for adolescents (10-18y) with CP were included if at least 60% of items…
Tick control: trapping, biocontrol, host management and other alternative strategies
Ginsberg, Howard S.; Edited by Sonenshine, Daniel E.; Roe, R. Michael
2014-01-01
Biology of Ticks is the most comprehensive work on tick biology and tick-borne diseases. This second edition is a multi-authored work, featuring the research and analyses of renowned experts across the globe. Spanning two volumes, the book examines the systematics, biology, structure, ecological adaptations, evolution, genomics and the molecular processes that underpin the growth, development and survival of these important disease-transmitting parasites. Also discussed is the remarkable array of diseases transmitted (or caused) by ticks, as well as modern methods for their control. This book should serve as a modern reference for students, scientists, physicians, veterinarians and other specialists. Volume I covers the biology of the tick and features chapters on tick systematics, tick life cycles, external and internal anatomy, and others dedicated to specific organ systems, specifically, the tick integument, mouthparts and digestive system, salivary glands, waste removal, salivary glands, respiratory system, circulatory system and hemolymph, fat body, the nervous and sensory systems and reproductive systems. Volume II includes chapters on the ecology of non-nidicolous and nidicolous ticks, genetics and genomics (including the genome of the Lyme disease vector Ixodes scapularis) and immunity, including host immune responses to tick feeding and tick-host interactions, as well as the tick's innate immune system that prevents and/or controls microbial infections. Six chapters cover in depth the many diseases caused by the major tick-borne pathogens, including tick-borne protozoa, viruses, rickettsiae of all types, other types of bacteria (e.g., the Lyme disease agent) and diseases related to tick paralytic agents and toxins. The remaining chapters are devoted to tick control using vaccines, acaricides, repellents, biocontrol, and, finally, techniques for breeding ticks in order to develop tick colonies for scientific study.
ERIC Educational Resources Information Center
Foskett, Nick
This document is a chapter in "The Principles and Practice of Educational Management," which aims to provide a systematic and analytical introduction to the study of educational management. The structure of the book reflects the main substantive areas of educational leadership and management, and most of the major themes are covered in the…
ERIC Educational Resources Information Center
West-Burnham, John
This document is a chapter in "The Principles and Practice of Educational Management," which aims to provide a systematic and analytical introduction to the study of educational management. The structure of the book reflects the main substantive areas of educational leadership and management, and most of the major themes are covered in…
Piaget's Theory: A Psychological Critique.
ERIC Educational Resources Information Center
Brown, Geoffrey; Desforges, Charles
The authors offer a detailed and systematic critique of Piaget's theory of cognitive development, examining it in relation to other theories of development. Chapter 1 points out some of the problems in building and evaluating scientific theories and considers contrasting approaches to cognitive development (including those which focus on…
Sandroff, Brian M; Motl, Robert W; Scudder, Mark R; DeLuca, John
2016-09-01
Cognitive dysfunction is highly prevalent, disabling, and poorly-managed in persons with multiple sclerosis (MS). Recent evidence suggests that exercise might have beneficial effects on cognition in this population. The current systematic, evidence-based review examined the existing literature on exercise, physical activity, and physical fitness effects on cognition in MS to accurately describe the current status of the field, offer recommendations for clinicians, and identify study-specific and participant-specific characteristics for providing future direction for ongoing MS research. We performed an open-dated search of Medline, PsychInfo, and CINAHL in December 2015. The search strategy involved using the terms 'exercise' OR 'physical activity' OR 'physical fitness' OR 'aerobic' OR 'resistance' OR 'balance' OR 'walking' OR 'yoga' OR 'training' OR 'rehabilitation' AND 'multiple sclerosis'. Articles were eliminated from the systematic review if it was a review article, theoretical paper, or textbook chapter; did not involve persons with MS; involved only persons with pediatric-onset MS; did not involve neuropsychological outcomes; did not include empirical data to evaluate outcomes; involved pharmacological interventions; or was not available in English. The selected articles were first classified as examining exercise, physical activity, or physical fitness, and were then randomly assigned to 2 independent reviewers who rated each article for level of evidence based on American Academy of Neurology criteria. Reviewers further completed a table to characterize important elements of each study (i.e., intervention characteristics), the cognitive domain(s) that were targeted, participant-specific characteristics, outcome measures, and study results. The present review resulted in 26 studies on the effects of exercise, physical activity, and physical fitness on cognition in persons with MS. This included 1 Class I study, 3 Class II studies, 8 Class III studies, and 14 Class IV studies. Of the 26 total studies, 6 were randomized controlled trials. Overall, there is conflicting evidence for the effects of exercise on cognition in MS, and overall positive, but not definitive evidence for the effects of physical activity and physical fitness, respectively, on cognition in this population. Collectively, there is insufficient well-designed research to definitively conclude that exercise, physical activity, and physical fitness are effective for improving cognition in MS. This is based, in part, on methodological issues of Class I and II studies, such as inclusion of cognition as a secondary outcome (35 % of reviewed studies), poorly-developed exercise interventions, and paucity of research that included cognitively-impaired MS samples. However, promising evidence from Class III and Class IV studies may be useful for informing the development of better intervention research.
2012-01-01
sepsis 14/175 (8%), 14/79 (18%); septic shock 16/175 (9%), 16/79 (20%) Miller et al . (20) 2006 1995 2005 Retro review/level IV/grade B 70 Center, 30 US...deaths, 97 autopsies 43/97 (44%) fungal elements identified Sharma et al . (22) 2006 2000 2004 Retro review/ level IV/grade A Single center; India Five...2,857,476 (G1%) Esper et al . (43) 2006 1979 2003 Retro review/level IV/grade A US/NR Factors that may influence health care disparities on incidence of
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Ippolito, Louis J.
1989-01-01
The NASA Propagation Effects Handbook for Satellite Systems Design provides a systematic compilation of the major propagation effects experienced on space-Earth paths in the 10 to 100 GHz frequency band region. It provides both a detailed description of the propagation phenomenon and a summary of the impact of the effect on the communications system design and performance. Chapter 2 through 5 describe the propagation effects, prediction models, and available experimental data bases. In Chapter 6, design techniques and prediction methods available for evaluating propagation effects on space-Earth communication systems are presented. Chapter 7 addresses the system design process and how the effects of propagation on system design and performance should be considered and how that can be mitigated. Examples of operational and planned Ku, Ka, and EHF satellite communications systems are given.
ERIC Educational Resources Information Center
Far West Lab. for Educational Research and Development, San Francisco, CA.
This report on Phase IV, of a four-phase study, provided for the development of evaluation templates and instruments to be used by the California Department of Education to facilitate systematic assessment of state funded educational technology programs and projects. These assessment documents comprised the major data collection sources for the…
DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)
Perry, R.W.; Schuller, C.R.; Lindell, M.K.
1980-06-01
The purpose of this report is to provide a comprehensive examination of existing research on community organizations and community political systems. These findings will be integrated into a framework for understanding the variety of social and political responses which may be manifest in small communities facing the prospect of hosting a major nuclear facility. The principal focus is on the formation and behavior of social groups in communities, particularly politically oriented social movements or community action groups. This analysis is set on the context of a community experiencing social stress. Most of the discussion which follows is based on anmore » extrapolation from the large body of reseach literature on the topics in sociology, political science, and psychology. Chapter I examines the community political systems which are the arena in which local action groups will operate. Chapter II focuses on the internal conditions necessary for the formation and maintenance of community action groups. Chapter III reviews the research literature on the social environment of organizations in communities and the external conditions which are necessary to maintain organizations over time. Chapter IV develops a logic whereby the community consensus model can be adopted to particular social movement organizations and community actions groups. Chapter V examines changes in aspects of the environment which can be a function of the operation of movement organizations, and changes in the structure and tactics of movement organizations which appear to be a response to the environment.« less
Chance-Constrained Missile-Procurement and Deployment Models for Naval Surface Warfare
2005-03-01
II iv . Missions in period II are assigned so that period-II scenarios are satisfied with a user-specified probability IIsp , which may depend on...feasible solution of RFFAM will successfully cover the period-II demands with probability IIsp if the MAP is followed (see Corollary 1 in Chapter...given set of scenarios D , and in particular any IIsp -feasible subset. Therefore, assume that the remainder vectors ˆsjr are listed in non-increasing
Nine Days to Oder: An Alternate NATO Strategy for Central Region, Europe.
1980-06-01
in the formulation of the air campaign plans. To all these colleagues in the profession of arms, the authors offer their thanks. ii TABLE OF CONTENTS ...Risk Assessment ...................... 144 iv TABLE OF CONTENTS CONTINUED Page XI. THE COST OF THE ALTERNATE STRATEGY ... ........... ... 149 XII. PACT...Encyclopedia of Military History, p. 261. 2. Basil Liddell Hart, The Sword and the Pen, p. 319. 3. Ibid., p. 318. 3 CHAPTER II SOVIET STRATEGY AND PACT
An Overview of Cellular Telecommunications
1991-03-01
34 photophone " in 1880, and he achieved successful wireless transmission of intelligible human speech over distances up to 700 feet [Ref. 7:p. 24]. Such a feat...both natural and man-made noise, and produced the desirable "capture effect ", in which the receiver will recognize the stronger of two competing signals...Ref. 7 :p. 58]. The operational effects that this decision had on the cellular industry will be discussed in chapter IV under the Economic/Cost
Project CHECO Southeast Asia Report. COIN in Thailand, January 1967 - December 1968
1969-03-26
communists were not strategically ready for such overt action against the American presence. It was thought that the policy of avoiding direct attacks on...specialists suggested that the bullet may have been manufactured in China. 27 CHAPTER IV U.S. ASSISTANCE Strategically and tactically, the kingdom of...inte- grated with the Thai Air Operations Center, the Border Patrol Police ( BPP ), and CMP units at Mukdahan/Sakon Nakhon and NKP. Medical civic action
1988-12-01
and barium peroxide. The eperimental design includes barium carbonate as a precursor since it is a comronly used starting material for the ccupound...Kerans, Materials Laboratory, for his assistance in designing this project. I would also like to thank Tim Peterson for his patient instructing. I...the design of the devices used for taking measurements was detailed. Chapter IV showed the results of each type of measurement on each individual
Analysis of Mission Effectiveness: Modern System Architecture Tools for Project Developers
2017-12-01
operator input and scripted instructions to describe low-level flow. Note that the case study in Chapter IV describes one pass through evaluation...capability of the sensors. A constraint on the case study is that each sensor type must cover the entire operations area. Cost is a function of 53...completed. 5. Assessment This case study focuses on the first recursive refinement phase completed in a multi-phase effort to demonstrate the effects
1982-07-20
02NOCuOH Any mechanism suggested for the nitration of aromatic systems by titanium(IV) nitrate must take into account the observed similarity, in...occurs. -26- References 1. For recent reviews see (a) R. B. Moodie and K. Schofield, Accounts Chem. Res., 1976, 9, 287; (b) G. A. Olah and S. J. Kuhn...Ithaca, N.Y., 1969, Chapter VI; L. M. Stock, Prog. Phys. Org. Chem., 1976, 12, 21; J. G. Hoggett , R. B. Moodie, J. R. Penton, and K. Schofield
New Partnerships for Improvement.
ERIC Educational Resources Information Center
Bell, Les
This document is a chapter in "The Principles and Practice of Educational Management," which aims to provide a systematic and analytical introduction to the study of educational management. The structure of the book reflects the main substantive areas of educational leadership and management, and most of the major themes are covered in the…
Risk and Protective Factors, Longitudinal Research, and Bullying Prevention
ERIC Educational Resources Information Center
Ttofi, Maria M.; Farrington, David P.
2012-01-01
This chapter presents the results from two systematic/meta-analytic reviews of longitudinal studies on the association of school bullying (perpetration and victimization) with adverse health and criminal outcomes later in life. Significant associations between the two predictors and the outcomes are found even after controlling for other major…
Chapter 22: Marbled Murrelet Food Habits and Prey Ecology
Esther E. Burkett
1995-01-01
Information on food habits of the Marbled Murrelet (Brachyramphus marmoratus) was compiled from systematic studies and anecdotal reports from Alaska to California. Major differences between the winter and summer diets were apparent, with euphausiids and mysids becoming more dominant during winter and spring. The primary invertebrate prey items were...
ERIC Educational Resources Information Center
Bell, Les; Bush, Tony
This document is a chapter in "The Principles and Practice of Educational Management," which aims to provide a systematic and analytical introduction to the study of educational management. The structure of the book reflects the main substantive areas of educational leadership and management, and most of the major themes are covered in the…
Need Assessment: Winnowing Expressed Concerns for Critical Needs. A Training Manual.
ERIC Educational Resources Information Center
Eastmond, Jefferson N.
A procedure is given for determining various concerns for the identification of priority needs or important problems. Chapters deal with procedures for harvesting educational concerns, illustrations of the systematic harvesting of concerns, concerns classification and analysis, and conducting the need assessment. A diagram of the procedure for…
Student Selection for Selective Educational Programs Using Multiple Criteria.
ERIC Educational Resources Information Center
Jenkins, Jerry A.
This paper shows that multiple sources of data reflecting educational progress may be used with relative ease to systematically, objectively, and accurately place students in selective educational programs, such as those funded under Chapter 1 of the Education Consolidation and Improvement Act, using readily available commercial microcomputer…
Appraisal and Performance Management.
ERIC Educational Resources Information Center
Middlewood, David
This document is a chapter in "The Principles and Practice of Educational Management," which aims to provide a systematic and analytical introduction to the study of educational management. The structure of the book reflects the main substantive areas of educational leadership and management, and most of the major themes are covered in…
Managing the Curriculum for Student Learning.
ERIC Educational Resources Information Center
Preedy, Margaret
This document is a chapter in "The Principles and Practice of Educational Management," which aims to provide a systematic and analytical introduction to the study of educational management. The structure of the book reflects the main substantive areas of educational leadership and management, and most of the major themes are covered in the…
Professional Development and Professionalism.
ERIC Educational Resources Information Center
Bolam, Ray
This document is a chapter in "The Principles and Practice of Educational Management," which aims to provide a systematic and analytical introduction to the study of educational management. The structure of the book reflects the main substantive areas of educational leadership and management, and most of the major themes are covered in…
Managing for Equal Opportunities.
ERIC Educational Resources Information Center
Coleman, Marianne
This document is a chapter in "The Principles and Practice of Educational Management," which aims to provide a systematic and analytical introduction to the study of educational management. The structure of the book reflects the main substantive areas of educational leadership and management, and most of the major themes are covered in…
Vision and Strategic Planning.
ERIC Educational Resources Information Center
Lumby, Jacky
This document is a chapter in "The Principles and Practice of Educational Management," which aims to provide a systematic and analytical introduction to the study of educational management. The structure of the book reflects the main substantive areas of educational leadership and management, and most of the major themes are covered in the…
Educational Management: Theory and Practice.
ERIC Educational Resources Information Center
Bush, Tony
This document is a chapter in "The Principles and Practice of Educational Management," which aims to provide a systematic and analytical introduction to the study of educational management. The structure of the book reflects the main substantive areas of educational leadership and management, and most of the major themes are covered in the…
Resource Acquisition and Allocation.
ERIC Educational Resources Information Center
Anderson, Lesley
This document is a chapter in "The Principles and Practice of Educational Management," which aims to provide a systematic and analytical introduction to the study of educational management. The structure of the book reflects the main substantive areas of educational leadership and management, and most of the major themes are covered in the…
Monitoring and Evaluating Learning.
ERIC Educational Resources Information Center
Briggs, Ann R. J.
This document is a chapter in "The Principles and Practice of Educational Management," which aims to provide a systematic and analytical introduction to the study of educational management. The structure of the book reflects the main substantive areas of educational leadership and management, and most of the major themes are covered in the…
Efficiency, Equity and Autonomy.
ERIC Educational Resources Information Center
Levacic, Rosalind
This document is a chapter in "The Principles and Practice of Educational Management," which aims to provide a systematic and analytical introduction to the study of educational management. The structure of the book reflects the main substantive areas of educational leadership and management, and most of the major themes are covered in the…
Governance, Autonomy and Accountability in Education.
ERIC Educational Resources Information Center
Glatter, Ron
This document is a chapter in "The Principles and Practice of Educational Management," which aims to provide a systematic and analytical introduction to the study of educational management. The structure of the book reflects the main substantive areas of educational leadership and management, and most of the major themes are covered in the…
Autonomy and Self-Management: Concepts and Evidence.
ERIC Educational Resources Information Center
Caldwell, Brian J.
This document is a chapter in "The Principles and Practice of Educational Management," which aims to provide a systematic and analytical introduction to the study of educational management. The structure of the book reflects the main substantive areas of educational leadership and management, and most of the major themes are covered in…
External Evaluation and Inspection.
ERIC Educational Resources Information Center
Fidler, Brian
This document is a chapter in "The Principles and Practice of Educational Management," which aims to provide a systematic and analytical introduction to the study of educational management. The structure of the book reflects the main substantive areas of educational leadership and management, and most of the major themes are covered in…
Managing Change To Improve Learning.
ERIC Educational Resources Information Center
Busher, Hugh
This document is a chapter in "The Principles and Practice of Educational Management," which aims to provide a systematic and analytical introduction to the study of educational management. The structure of the book reflects the main substantive areas of educational leadership and management, and most of the major themes are covered in the…
ERIC Educational Resources Information Center
Cheng, Yin Cheong
This document is a chapter in "The Principles and Practice of Educational Management," which aims to provide a systematic and analytical introduction to the study of educational management. The structure of the book reflects the main substantive areas of educational leadership and management, and most of the major themes are covered in the…
Communication Incompetencies: A Theory of Training Oral Performance Behavior.
ERIC Educational Resources Information Center
Phillips, Gerald M.
Arguing that the most effective method to help shy people develop essential social and communication skills is a modification of the way these people perform, this book proposes a system which includes skills training, cognitive restructuring, and systematic relaxation. The book's 12 chapters are as follows: (1) Understanding Communication…
AV Instruction; Technology, Media, and Methods. Fifth Edition.
ERIC Educational Resources Information Center
Brown, James W.; And Others
This textbook provides an overview of media used for instruction and communication. Chapters cover the following subject areas: (1) media and the systematic approach to teaching and learning; (2) media and individualized learning; (3) the community as a learning center; (4) choosing, using, and producing media; (5) displaying, and some…
Sport-specific outcomes after anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction.
Warner, Stephen J; Smith, Matthew V; Wright, Rick W; Matava, Matthew J; Brophy, Robert H
2011-08-01
Although anterior cruciate ligament (ACL) reconstruction has been studied extensively in the literature, sport-specific outcomes have not been well-documented. The purpose of this systematic review was to assess sport-specific outcomes after ACL reconstruction in the literature. We performed a systematic review of the literature to identify studies reporting sport-specific outcomes after primary ACL reconstruction. Included studies were required to have reported standardized outcomes after primary ACL reconstruction for a single sport or comparing between different sports. In total 8 studies conformed to all inclusion criteria: 2 Level II studies, 1 Level III study, and 5 Level IV case series. Only 1 study reported comparisons of standardized outcomes between different sports, whereas 7 studies reported standardized outcomes in a single sport. Return to activity was the most common sport-specific outcome reported and varied from 19% (soccer) to 100% (bicycling and rugby), although the methods of measuring this outcome differed. Whereas return to activity after ACL reconstruction appears more likely for bicycling and jogging than for cutting and pivoting sports such as soccer and football, the literature on sport-specific outcomes from ACL reconstruction is limited with minimal data. Further studies are needed to report sport-specific outcomes and return to play after ACL reconstruction. Level IV, systematic review of Level II, III, and IV studies. Copyright © 2011 Arthroscopy Association of North America. Published by Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.
Groundwater in geologic processes, 2nd edition
Ingebritsen, Steven E.; Sanford, Ward E.; Neuzil, Christopher E.
2006-01-01
Interest in the role of Groundwater in Geologic Processes has increased steadily over the past few decades. Hydrogeologists and geologists are now actively exploring the role of groundwater and other subsurface fluids in such fundamental geologic processes as crustal heat transfer, ore deposition, hydrocarbon migration, earthquakes, tectonic deformation, diagenesis, and metamorphism.Groundwater in Geologic Processes is the first comprehensive treatment of this body of inquiry. Chapters 1 to 4 develop the basic theories of groundwater motion, hydromechanics, solute transport, and heat transport. Chapter 5 applies these theories to regional groundwater flow systems in a generic sense, and Chapters 6 to 13 focus on particular geologic processes and environments. Relative to the first edition of Groundwater in Geologic Processes , this second edition includes a much more comprehensive treatment of hydromechanics (the coupling of groundwater flow and deformation). It also includes new chapters on "compaction and diagenesis," "metamorphism," and "subsea hydrogeology." Finally, it takes advantage of the substantial body of published research that has appeared since the first edition in 1998. The systematic presentation of theory and application, and the problem sets that conclude each chapter, make this book ideal for undergraduate- and graduate-level geology courses (assuming that the students have some background in calculus and introductory chemistry). It also serves as an invaluable reference for researchers and other professionals in the field
Review of Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy: A Practitioner's Guide.
Papouchis, Nicholas
2006-01-01
Reviews the book, Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy: A Practitioner's Guide by Nancy McWilliams (see record 2004-16060-000). Nancy McWilliams' book on analytic therapy is her latest contribution to the training needs of young clinicians. The book is organized into chapters that address fundamental issues clinical trainees typically face as they work with patients. To establish the context for describing psychoanalytic work, the first chapter defines what she means by psychoanalytic therapy. The three chapters that follow address what McWilliams means by a psychoanalytic sensibility: how the therapist may be prepared for doing therapy and how the client may be prepared for the experience of psychoanalytic psychotherapy. The next three chapters address the maintenance of boundaries and basic therapy processes. Two case examples follow in chapters eight and nine, and each example is a richly evocative description of the complexity of psychoanalytic psychotherapy. The last three chapters of the book deal with the ancillary lessons of psychoanalytic therapy, the occupational hazards and gratifications of the work, and a final chapter on self-care. This is an excellent book, but it should be read together with other texts on psychoanalytic psychotherapy that describe the treatment process systematically in more technical terms. This is a book written for clinicians in training or for experienced clinicians to use in working with clinical trainees. In this sense, Nancy McWilliams has more than achieved her goal of writing a book that will introduce clinical trainees to the psychoanalytic sensibility of doing psychoanalytic psychotherapy. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2010 APA, all rights reserved).
Biological and ecological responses to carbon-based nanomaterials
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Ratnikova, Tatsiana A.
This dissertation examines the biological and ecological responses to carbon nanoparticles, a major class of nanomaterials which have been mass produced and extensively studied for their rich physical properties and commercial values. Chapter I of this dissertation offers a comprehensive review on the structures, properties, applications, and implications of carbon nanomaterials, especially related to the perspectives of biological and ecosystems. Given that there are many types of carbon nanomaterials available, this chapter is focused on three major types of carbon-based nanomaterials only, namely, fullerenes, single walled and multi-walled carbon nanotubes. On the whole organism level, specifically, Chapter II presents a first study on the fate of fullerenes and multiwalled carbon nanotubes in rice plants, which was facilitated by the self assembly of these nanomaterials with NOM. The aspects of fullerene uptake, translocation, biodistribution, and generational transfer in the plants were examined and quantified using bright field and electron microscopy, FT-Raman, and FTIR spectroscopy. The uptake and transport of fullerene in the plant vascular system were attributed to water transpiration, convection, capillary force, and the fullerene concentration gradient from the roots to the leaves of the plants. On the cellular level, Chapter III documents the differential uptake of hydrophilic C60(OH)20 vs. amphiphilic C70-NOM complex in Allium cepa plant cells and HT-29 colon carcinoma cells. This study was conducted using a plant cell viability assay, and complemented by bright field, fluorescence and electron microscopy imaging. In particular, C60(OH)20 and C70-NOM showed contrasting uptake in both the plant and mammalian cells, due to their significant differences in physicochemistry and the presence of an extra hydrophobic plant cell wall in the plant cells. Consequently, C60(OH)20 was found to induce toxicity in Allium cepa cells but not in HT-29 cells, while C70-NOM was toxic to HT-29 cells but not to the plant cells. Along with the biophysical study presented in Chapter III, Chapter IV further delineates the toxicological consequences of cell exposure to C 60(OH)20. The cytoprotective properties of C60(OH) 20 against copper were demonstrated using a double-exposure system: HT-29 cells were first exposed to C60(OH)20 and then to copper, a physicologically essential element and a major toxin. Using cell viability, proliferation, and intracellular reactive oxygen species (ROS) production assays, I demonstrated the inhibition of copper-induced cell damage and ROS production by C60(OH)20. Neutralization of copper ions by C60(OH)20 in the extracellular space, as well as adsorption and uptake of the nanoparticles surface-modified by the cell medium were identified as plausible mechanisms for the cytoprotective activities of C60(OH)20 against copper. Extended from the cellular studies in Chapters III and IV, Chapter V and VI show molecular-level inhibitions of two major cellular processes -- DNA amplification and MT polymerization -- by C60(OH) 20. Such inhibitions were mainly attributed to the formation of hydrogen bonding between the nanoparticles and the hydrogens of the triphosphate tail of the nucleotide/DNA or the tubulin heterodimers, the building blocks of microtubules. Specifically, in Chapter V, the effect of C60(OH) 20 on the amplification of an HSTF gene was examined using PCR and real-time PCR, whereas in Chapter VI circular dichroism spectroscopy, GTP hydrolysis assay, and ITC measurements were utilized to examine the effect of C 60(OH)20 on MT polymerization. In both cases, the experimental results were confirmed and substantiated by molecular dynamics simulations. (Abstract shortened by UMI.)
Molecular epidemiology of Methicillin-resistant Staphylococcus aureus in Africa: a systematic review
Abdulgader, Shima M.; Shittu, Adebayo O.; Nicol, Mark P.; Kaba, Mamadou
2015-01-01
Methicillin-resistant Staphylococcus aureus (MRSA) infections are a serious global problem, with considerable impact on patients and substantial health care costs. This systematic review provides an overview on the clonal diversity of MRSA, as well as the prevalence of Panton-Valentine leukocidin (PVL)-positive MRSA in Africa. A search on the molecular characterization of MRSA in Africa was conducted by two authors using predefined terms. We screened for articles published in English and French through to October 2014 from five electronic databases. A total of 57 eligible studies were identified. Thirty-four reports from 15 countries provided adequate genotyping data. CC5 is the predominant clonal complex in the healthcare setting in Africa. The hospital-associated MRSA ST239/ST241-III [3A] was identified in nine African countries. This clone was also described with SCCmec type IV [2B] in Algeria and Nigeria, and type V [5C] in Niger. In Africa, the European ST80-IV [2B] clone was limited to Algeria, Egypt and Tunisia. The clonal types ST22-IV [2B], ST36-II [2A], and ST612-IV [2B] were only reported in South Africa. No clear distinctions were observed between MRSA responsible for hospital and community infections. The community clones ST8-IV [2B] and ST88-IV [2B] were reported both in the hospital and community settings in Angola, Cameroon, Gabon, Ghana, Madagascar, Nigeria, and São Tomé and Príncipe. The proportion of PVL-positive MRSA carriage and/or infections ranged from 0.3 to 100% in humans. A number of pandemic clones were identified in Africa. Moreover, some MRSA clones are limited to specific countries or regions. We strongly advocate for more surveillance studies on MRSA in Africa. PMID:25983721
Strategies toward High Performance Organic Photovoltaic Cell: Material and Process
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Kim, Bong Gi
The power conversion efficiency of organic photovoltaic (OPV) cells has been rapidly improved during the last few years and currently reaches around 10 %. The performance is evenly governed by absorption, exciton diffusion, exciton dissociation, carrier transfer, and collection efficiencies. Establishing a better understanding of OPV device physics combined with the development of new materials for each executive step contributes to this dramatic improvement. This dissertation focuses mainly on material design and development to correlate the intrinsic properties of organic semiconductors and the OPV performance. The introductory Chapter 1 briefly reviews the motivation of OPV research, its working mechanism, and representative organic materials for OPV application. Chapter 2 discusses the modulation of conjugated polymer's (CP's) absorption behavior and an efficient semi-empirical approach to predict CP's energy levels from its constituent monomers' HOMO/LUMO values. A strong acceptor lowered both the HOMO and LUMO levels of the CP, but the LUMO dropped more rapidly which ultimately produced a narrowed band-gap in the electron donating/accepting alternating copolymer system. In addition, the energy level difference between the CP and the constituent monomers converged to a constant value, providing an energy level prediction tool. Chapter 3 illustrates the systematic investigation on the relationship between the molecular structure of an energy harvesting organic dye and the exciton dissociation efficiency. The study showed that the quantum yield decreased as the exciton binding energy increases, and dipole moment direction should be properly oriented in the dye framework in order to improve photo-current generation when used in a dye sensitized photovoltaic device. Chapter 4 demonstrates the ultrasonic-assisted self-assembly of CPs in solution, rapidly and efficiently. Ultrasonication combined with dipolar media accelerated CP's aggregation, and the effect of CP's aggregation on the enhancement of OPV performance by promoting photo-current generation and increasing carrier mobility was systematically investigated. The correlation between the chemical structure of a CP and it aggregation behavior is further described in Chapter 5. To promote CP aggregate, a planar chain conformation was advantageous and CP aggregation improved hole mobility in the OPV device. However, thermally induced CP aggregates caused strong charge recombination, resulting in open circuit voltage drop. In Chapter 6, a novel polymer design principle to enable directed CP alignment is discussed. Regulating chain planarity and preventing massive crystallization of CP achieved by the developed molecular design principle allowed directed CP alignment under small shear flow.
Kovrugin, Vadim M; Colmont, Marie; Terryn, Christine; Colis, Silviu; Siidra, Oleg I; Krivovichev, Sergey V; Mentré, Olivier
2015-03-02
The PbO-NiO-SeO2 ternary system was fully studied using constant hydrothermal conditions at 473 K. It yields the establishment of the corresponding phase diagram using a systematic assignment of reaction products by both powder and single-crystal X-ray diffraction. It leads to the preparation of three novel lead nickel selenites, α-PbNi(SeO3)2 (I), β-PbNi(SeO3)2 (II), and PbNi2(SeO2OH)2(SeO3)2 (III), and one novel lead cobalt selenite, α-PbCo(SeO3)2 (IV), which have been structurally characterized. The crystal structures of the α-forms I, IV, and III are based on a 3D complex nickel selenite frameworks, whereas the β-PbNi(SeO3)2 modification (II) consists of nickel selenite sheets stacked in a noncentrosymmetric structure, second-harmonic generation active. The pH value of the starting solution was shown to play an essential role in the reactive processes. Magnetic measurements of I, III, and IV are discussed.
Geodetic imaging of tectonic deformation with InSAR
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Fattahi, Heresh
Precise measurements of ground deformation across the plate boundaries are crucial observations to evaluate the location of strain localization and to understand the pattern of strain accumulation at depth. Such information can be used to evaluate the possible location and magnitude of future earthquakes. Interferometric Synthetic Aperture Radar (InSAR) potentially can deliver small-scale (few mm/yr) ground displacement over long distances (hundreds of kilometers) across the plate boundaries and over continents. However, Given the ground displacement as our signal of interest, the InSAR observations of ground deformation are usually affected by several sources of systematic and random noises. In this dissertation I identify several sources of systematic and random noise, develop new methods to model and mitigate the systematic noise and to evaluate the uncertainty of the ground displacement measured with InSAR. I use the developed approach to characterize the tectonic deformation and evaluate the rate of strain accumulation along the Chaman fault system, the western boundary of the India with Eurasia tectonic plates. I evaluate the bias due to the topographic residuals in the InSAR range-change time-series and develope a new method to estimate the topographic residuals and mitigate the effect from the InSAR range-change time-series (Chapter 2). I develop a new method to evaluate the uncertainty of the InSAR velocity field due to the uncertainty of the satellite orbits (Chapter 3) and a new algorithm to automatically detect and correct the phase unwrapping errors in a dense network of interferograms (Chapter 4). I develop a new approach to evaluate the impact of systematic and stochastic components of the tropospheric delay on the InSAR displacement time-series and its uncertainty (Chapter 5). Using the new InSAR time-series approach developed in the previous chapters, I study the tectonic deformation across the western boundary of the India plate with Eurasia and evaluated the rate of strain accumulation along the Chaman fault system (Chapter 5). I also evaluate the co-seismic and post-seismic displacement of a moderate M5.5 earthquake on the Ghazaband fault (Chapter 6). The developed methods to mitigate the systematic noise from InSAR time-series, significantly improve the accuracy of the InSAR displacement time-series and velocity. The approaches to evaluate the effect of the stochastic components of noise in InSAR displacement time-series enable us to obtain the variance-covariance matrix of the InSAR displacement time-series and to express their uncertainties. The effect of the topographic residuals in the InSAR range-change time-series is proportional to the perpendicular baseline history of the set of SAR acquisitions. The proposed method for topographic residual correction, efficiently corrects the displacement time-series. Evaluation of the uncertainty of velocity due to the orbital errors shows that for modern SAR satellites with precise orbits such as TerraSAR-X and Sentinel-1, the uncertainty of 0.2 mm/yr per 100 km and for older satellites with less accurate orbits such as ERS and Envisat, the uncertainty of 1.5 and 0.5mm/yr per 100 km, respectively are achievable. However, the uncertainty due to the orbital errors depends on the orbital uncertainties, the number and time span of SAR acquisitions. Contribution of the tropospheric delay to the InSAR range-change time-series can be subdivided to systematic (seasonal delay) and stochastic components. The systematic component biases the displacement times-series and velocity field as a function of the acquisition time and the non-seasonal component significantly contributes to the InSAR uncertainty. Both components are spatially correlated and therefore the covariance of noise between pixels should be considered for evaluating the uncertainty due to the random tropospheric delay. The relative velocity uncertainty due to the random tropospheric delay depends on the scatter of the random tropospheric delay, and is inversely proportional to the number of acquisitions, and the total time span covered by the SAR acquisitions. InSAR observations across the Chaman fault system shows that relative motion between India and Eurasia in the western boundary is distributed among different faults. The InSAR velocity field indicates strain localization on the Chaman fault and Ghazaband fault with slip rates of ~8 and ~16 mm/yr, respectively. High rate of strain accumulation on the Ghazaband fault and lack of evidence for rupturing the fault during the 1935 Quetta earthquake indicates that enough strain has been accumulated for large (M>7) earthquake, which threatens Balochistan and the City of Quetta. Chaman fault from latitudes ~29.5 N to ~32.5 N is creeping with a maximum surface creep rate of 8 mm/yr, which indicates that Chaman fault is only partially locked and therefore moderate earthquakes (M<7) similar to what has been recorded in last 100 years are expected.
Botero-Franco, Diana; Palacio-Ortíz, Juan David; Arroyave-Sierra, Pilar; Piñeros-Ortíz, Sandra
2016-01-01
The Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (DSM) and the International Statistical Classification of Diseases and related health problems (ICD) integrate the diagnostic criteria commonly used in psychiatric practice, but the DSM-IV-TR was insufficient for current clinical work. The DSM-5 was first made public in May at the Congress of the American Psychiatric Association, and it includes changes to some aspects of Child Psychiatry, as many of the conditions that were at the beginning in chapter of infancy, childhood and adolescence disorders have been transferred to other chapters and there are new diagnostic criteria or new terms are added. It is therefore important to provide it to Psychiatrists who attend children in order to assess the changes they will be facing in the nomenclature and classification in pursuit of a better classification of the childhood psychopathology. Copyright © 2016. Publicado por Elsevier España.
Recurrent instability after revision anterior shoulder stabilization surgery.
Friedman, Lisa Genevra Mandeville; Griesser, Michael J; Miniaci, Anthony A; Jones, Morgan H
2014-03-01
The purpose of this study was to perform a systematic review of the literature to compare outcomes of revision anterior stabilization surgeries based on technique. This study also sought to compare the impact of bone defects on outcomes. A systematic review of the electronic databases PubMed, Cochrane Central Register of Controlled Trials, and Scopus was performed in July 2012 and March 2013. Of 345 articles identified in the search, 17 studies with Level I to IV Evidence satisfied the inclusion criteria and were analyzed according to PRISMA (Preferred Reporting Items for Systematic Reviews and Meta-Analyses) guidelines. Recurrent instability was defined as redislocation, resubluxation, or a positive apprehensive test after revision surgery. Procedures were categorized as arthroscopic Bankart repair, open Bankart repair, Bristow-Latarjet procedure, and other open procedures. In total, 388 shoulders were studied. Male patients comprised 74.1% of patients, 66.7% of cases involved the dominant shoulder, the mean age was 28.2 years, and the mean follow-up period was 44.2 months. The surgical procedures classified as "other open procedures" had the highest rate of recurrent instability (42.7%), followed by arthroscopic Bankart repair (14.7%), the Bristow-Latarjet procedure (14.3%), and open Bankart repair (5.5%). Inconsistent reporting of bone defects precluded drawing significant conclusions. A number of different procedures are used to address recurrent instability after a primary operation for anterior shoulder instability has failed. There is significant variability in the rate of recurrent instability after revision anterior shoulder stabilization surgery. Level IV, systematic review of Level I to IV studies. Copyright © 2014 Arthroscopy Association of North America. Published by Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.
Fundamentals of Condensed Matter Physics Marvin L. Cohen and Steven G. Louie
DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)
Devanathan, Ram
This graduate level textbook on Condensed Matter Physics is written lucidly by two leading luminaries in this field. The volume draws its material from the graduate course in condensed matter physics that has been offered by the authors for several decades at the University of California, Berkeley. Cohen and Louie have done an admirable job of guiding the reader gradually from elementary concepts to advanced topics. The book is divided into four main parts that have four chapters each. Chapter 1 presents models of solids in terms of interacting atoms, which is appropriate for the ground state, and excitations tomore » describe collective effects. Chapter 2 deals with the properties of electrons in crystalline materials. The authors introduce the Born-Oppenheimer approximation and then proceed to the periodic potential approximation. Chapter 3 discusses energy bands in materials and covers concepts from the free electron model to the tight binding model and periodic boundary conditions. Chapter 4 starts with fixed atomic cores and introduces lattice vibrations, phonons, and the concept of density of states. By the end of this part, the student should have a basic understanding of electrons and phonons in materials. Part II presents electron dynamics and the response of materials to external probes. Chapter 5 covers the effective Hamiltonian approximation and the motion of the electron under a perturbation, such as an external field. The discussion moves to many-electron interactions and the exchange-correlation energy in Chapter 6, the widely-used Density Functional Theory (DFT) in chapter 7, and the dielectric response function in Chapter 8. The next two parts of the book cover advanced topics. Part III begins with a discussion of the response of materials to photons in Chapter 9. Chapter 10 goes into the details of electron-phonon interactions in different materials and introduces the polaron. Chapter 11 presents electron dynamics in a magnetic field and Chapter 12 discusses electrical and thermal transport in materials. Part IV takes the reader further into many body effects, superconductivity, and nanoscale materials. The authors introduce Feynman diagrams and many-body perturbation theory in Chapter 13, theories of superconductivity in Chapter 14, magnetism in Chapter 15, and low dimensional systems in Chapter 16. The first two parts are required reading for the beginner planning to perform DFT calculations. The advanced student interested in conducting research in condensed matter physics will benefit from continuing on to the last two parts. There is a set of problems at the end of each part. The narrative is aided by equations and detailed figures. References at the end of the book direct the reader to relevant books and review articles for each chapter. The inside covers include a periodic table and a useful list of fundamental physical constants. The authors present the underlying mathematics elegantly, which makes the textbook quite readable for those with a good mathematical background. Students lacking a firm footing in math will find the terrain rough after Chapter 1. This field has seen many good undergraduate textbooks including those by Kittel and by Ashcroft and Mermin. This volume fills the need for a rigorous graduate level textbook, and is a required addition to the bookshelf of every condensed matter physicist. Cohen and Louie have brought refreshing clarity to a challenging subject and made it eminently accessible to the motivated student.« less
Isidore of Seville on the origins and meanings of medical terms.
Dirckx, John H
2007-12-01
Early in the 7th century of our era, the prelate and scholar Isidore of Seville compiled a Latin encyclopedia of classical learning that retained its popularity throughout the Middle Ages and into early modern times. This work, called Origines seu Etymologiae, treats many of its topics by tracing (often fancifully and incorrectly) the histories of their terms. From Book IV, which deals with medicine, 3 chapters containing glossaries of acute, chronic, and cutaneous diseases are here translated.
An Application of Response Surface Methodology to a Macroeconomic Model.
1985-12-01
L21,ILI,ISl ,KI,SBI,PYl ,MI,P11,Q1 double precision TE,TW,TC,TN,TR,G,W2,R2,T,H,NP,NL,N8,NE,FR, :: & PF,LB A double precision CLI, SCLI ,PCL1IDL1 ,WlLl...TCLI-TNLI- SCLI )*PILI/PRLI) & .0.012*FR)+0.5*R1 PR=0.5*(-131. 17+2.32.PI)+0.5*PR *The monetary sector is omitted (See Chapter IV) C L1=0.5*(0.14*(M-TW
More Can Be Done to Improve the Department of Agriculture’s Commodity Donation Program.
1981-07-09
the method it used is sound and not misleading. (See p. 23 and app. IV.) Tow Shoot v 4 i Contents Page DIGEST i CHAPTER INTRODUCTION 1 Program...vege- table purchases. Poultry--"Planned purchases of broilers under the Docket Proposal constitute about 0.75 percent of projected marketings and are...purchases of broilers under the Docket Mix would constitute less than 1 percent of the market during the period of pur- chase and are, hence, not
Tactical Tomahawk RGM-109E/UGM-109E Missile (TACTOM)
2015-12-01
2004: Operational Requirements Document for Tomahawk Weapons Systems Baseline IV signed. TACTOM is authorized in Chapter 2 of this system level ...5124.8 3290.3 6885.4 6390.4 1 APB Breach Confidence Level Confidence Level of cost estimate for current APB: 51% The estimate to support this program...Development Estimate Changes PAUC Production Estimate Econ Qty Sch Eng Est Oth Spt Total 1.365 -0.015 0.324 0.117 0.000 -0.716 0.000 0.104 -0.186 1.179
2016-12-01
chosen rather than complex ones , and responds to the criticism of the DTA approach. Chapter IV provides three separate case studies in defense R&D...defense R&D projects. To this end, the first section describes the case study method and the advantages of using simple models over more complex ones ...the analysis lacked empirical data and relied on subjective data, the analysis successfully combined the DTA approach with the case study method and
Tunneling Microscopy of Submonolayer Adsorbates on Si(111)
1989-10-01
and B are both trivalent and are both found in the same column of the periodic table. At 1/3 ML coverage on Si(1 11), both induce the identical...the theoretical and experimental status of trivalent metal adsorption 6 on Si(1 11) that existed prior to our experiments. Chapters IV and V present...formed by evaporating 500A of chromium and 1000A of platinum on each face. The transducer must then be poled by immersing it in tetrachloroethane and
The Government of Indonesian Daerahs.
1960-09-12
in 1959 modifying Law No 1 of 1S57. A translation of Law No 1 of 1957 appears in JPRS Translation 921-N, Texts of Indonesian Law No 32 (on Fiscal...Government of the Regions of East Indonesia, which was issued by the former State of East Indonesia and which appears as Item No 44 in the 1950 Statute...Chapter I. FOREWORD Part IV, Articles 131 through 133 of the Provisional Constitution of the Republic of Indonesia (which appears as No 56 in the
2016-03-16
PIs at Boise State University. . . . 39 3.16 Phase noise measurement results via mm-wave test bed. . . . . . . . 40 iv Chapter 1 Foreword WIRELESS...enabling the PI to acquire various testing 1 and measurement equipment that can be used to enhance instructional, research, and outreach activities at...etc. Although the Digital Signal Processing and Communication Laboratory (DSPCL) at CSUB was equipped with basic testing and measurement equipment and
Review of Natural Phenomena Hazard (NPH) Assessments for the DOE Hanford Site
DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)
Snow, Robert L.; Ross, Steven B.
2011-09-15
The purpose of this review is to assess the need for updating Natural Phenomena Hazard (NPH) assessments for the DOE's Hanford Site, as required by DOE Order 420.1B Chapter IV, Natural Phenomena Hazards Mitigation, based on significant changes in state-of-the-art NPH assessment methodology or site-specific information. This review is an update and expansion to the September 2010 review of PNNL-19751, Review of Natural Phenomena Hazard (NPH) Assessments for the Hanford 200 Areas (Non-Seismic).
Alternative conceptions of introductory geoscience students and a method to decrease them
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Kortz, Karen Melissa
College students often leave introductory geoscience courses with alternative conceptions, and these alternative conceptions are a barrier to their grasp of geological conceptions. This dissertation clarifies the problem and suggests pedagogical strategies for correcting it. It is an integration of research on students' conceptions of geoscience topics with the application of that knowledge to the development of materials to change these conceptions to be more scientifically accurate. This research identifies and documents alternative conceptions students have in several key geoscience topics and the consequences of these alternative conception in terms of preventing understanding. After documenting the alternative conceptions, I investigate their sources. In addition, I develop ways in which the alternative conceptions can be addressed in classrooms in terms of non-traditional teaching techniques, and I assess the success of these methods. Chapter 1 addresses alternative conceptions in general introductory geoscience topics. I use known student alternative conceptions to develop a series of interactive materials to help reduce students' alternative conceptions. After their development, I assess the efficacy of these materials, and my research indicates that they are successful in helping students better learn the geoscience concepts. Chapter 2 deals with a particularly difficult topic for students---that of phylogenetic systematics. Students have an intuitive way of categorizing organisms, and this categorization is different from the system used by experts within the field. My investigation indicates the conceptual change required of students to fully understand the topic leads to great difficulties with learning. Drawing upon results of the research in Chapter 1, I developed and assessed interactive materials to help students better understand phylogenetic systematics. Using the insight gained from Chapters 1 and 2, Chapters 3 and 4 further examine students' conceptions in an area critical to understanding geology: rocks and their formation. My research indicates that students view rocks as objects independent from the processes that form and change them. In addition, I document students' alternative conceptions of rocks. Using these alternative conceptions, I look more deeply into the underlying factors that cause the difficulties students have with learning rocks, their formation, and their importance to the geosciences.
Hiller, W; Heuser, J; Fichter, M M
2000-01-01
This study evaluates the classification of pain from the perspective of the DSM-IV system. Of 60 in-patients with long-standing and disabling pain syndromes, 29 with pain disorder (PD) and 31 with pain as part of a multiple somatization syndrome (MSS) were compared before and after a structured cognitive-behavioral treatment. It was hypothesized that MSS patients show more psychological distress, are more severely disabled, and respond less to the treatment. Both groups were similar with respect to sociodemographic status, history of pain symptomatology and comorbidity with DSM-IV mental disorders. The results show that MSS patients had higher levels of affective and sensoric pain sensations as well as more pain-related disabilities. They were also less successful during treatment to reduce their pain-related depression and anxiety. Psychosocial functioning was improved only by PD patients, but remained almost unchanged in the MSS group. However, there were no group differences concerning general depression and hypochondriasis, dysfunctional attitudes towards body and health, and use of pain coping strategies. It is concluded that the DSM-IV distinction between 'pure' pain disorder and syndromes involving pain plus multiple somatoform symptoms cannot generally be confirmed, but further studies of validation are needed. Copyright 2000 European Federation of Chapters of the International Association for the Study of Pain.
A Data Based Gymnasium: A Systematic Approach to Physical Education for the Handicapped.
ERIC Educational Resources Information Center
Dunn, John M.; And Others
The authors describe a data based physical education curriculum designed for low incidence severely handicapped students by Oregon State University in conjunction with Teaching Research. Chapter 1 provides a brief introduction to the physical education curriculum and the Teaching Research model with emphasis placed on the importance of…
The Art of Showing Art. Revised and Updated.
ERIC Educational Resources Information Center
Reeve, James K.
This book focuses attention on the art objects collections and how to display them. Designing the effective placement of objects is an easily learned art. Starting with the basics, the book takes the reader step by step through a systematic method, to solutions for display problems. The first chapter covers basic concepts of display including…
Historically Black Colleges and Universities: Their Place in American Higher Education.
ERIC Educational Resources Information Center
Roebuck, Julian B.; Murty, Komanduri S.
Issues related to historically black colleges and universities (HBCUs) are addressed from a broad analytical perspective, including the history and development of HBCUs, and their current descriptions, structure, and functions. The first five chapters systematize the widely scattered literature on the subject of HBCUs by describing the scope of…
ERIC Educational Resources Information Center
Ketteridge, Steve, Ed.; Marshall, Stephanie, Ed.; Fry, Heather, Ed.
This handbook provides guidance about controlling and directing an academic career by suggesting systematic approaches to key areas of responsibility and activity. It explores management and leadership in higher education, developing and promoting research and teaching, and coping with the changing university environment. The chapters of part 1,…
ERIC Educational Resources Information Center
Seligman, Linda
This book presents an overview of the major types of mental disorders, accompanied by treatment models that are structured, comprehensive, grounded in research, and likely to be effective. Chapter topics are: (1) "Introduction to Effective Treatment Planning"; (2) "Mental Disorders in Infants, Children, and Adolescents"; (3) "Situationally…
ERIC Educational Resources Information Center
California State Dept. of Education, Sacramento.
This handbook provides information that administrators of maintenance and operations in California schools can use in systematically planning and scheduling school facility support services. The first unit, chapter 1, is designed to help members of school district governing boards establish board policies, regulations, and procedures. Topics…
Physical Fitness: A Way of Life. Second Edition.
ERIC Educational Resources Information Center
Getchell, Bud
The basics of physical fitness and information for developing a systematic program of exercise and physical activity for the individual are outlined. This book is divided into three major areas. Part one contains chapters dealing with basic physical fitness, understanding the human body and its needs, and methods of appraising individual fitness.…
ERIC Educational Resources Information Center
Waryas, Diane E.
2015-01-01
This chapter explores the importance of systematic evaluation of co-curricular activities directed at graduate- and professional- school students. Approaches to assessment and benefits of sound practice are presented along with the critical role that institutional researchers can play.
Systems Engineering Applied to Training.
ERIC Educational Resources Information Center
Silvern, Leonard C.
Written for training directors and human resource developers who have had experience and now need a systematic way to plan new programs, this book presents a new way of thinking about human learning and of organizing programs which has been developed from the systems engineering field. A first chapter explains what is meant by "systems"…
Resource Guide for Crisis Management in Schools.
ERIC Educational Resources Information Center
LaPointe, Richard T.; And Others
A crisis can occur at any time, whether or not a school's staff plans for it. This resource guide is a compilation of user-friendly examples of policies, procedures, guidelines, checklists, and forms to help Virginia schools develop and implement a systematic crisis-management plan. Chapter 1 provides an introductory overview of the essential…
School Leadership in Context--Societal and Organisational Cultures.
ERIC Educational Resources Information Center
Dimmock, Clive; Walker, Allan
This document is a chapter in "The Principles and Practice of Educational Management," which aims to provide a systematic and analytical introduction to the study of educational management. The structure of the book reflects the main substantive areas of educational leadership and management, and most of the major themes are covered in…
Chapter 3. Malpai Borderlands prehistory
Paul R. Fish; Suzanne K. Fish
2006-01-01
Systematic archaeology in the Malpai Borderlands begins with D. D. Gaillard's (1896) map of the elevated Cloverdale Playa beachline in the San Luis Valley. During his involvement with the U.S.-Mexico International Border Survey, Gailard was drawn to this feature by local ranchers' reports of a massive Native American dam. Familiar with the scale of...
Thirty Points about Motivation from Skinner's Book "Verbal Behavior"
ERIC Educational Resources Information Center
Sundberg, Mark L.
2013-01-01
Skinner discussed the topic of motivation in every chapter of the book "Verbal Behavior" (1957), usually with his preferred terminology of ''deprivation, satiation, and aversive stimulation.'' In the current paper, direct quotations are used to systematically take the reader through 30 separate points made by Skinner…
Budgeting and Resource Allocation at Princeton University, Vol. 2.
ERIC Educational Resources Information Center
Herring, Carol P.; And Others
A supplement to a project begun to devise methods of handling budgeting in a more systematic way in the Princeton setting, this final report examines budgeting procedures that have been revised, discusses new procedures that have been implemented, and explains procedures now in use at Princeton. Chapter I provides an overview of the Priorities…
Selecting, Preparing and Developing the School District Superintendent.
ERIC Educational Resources Information Center
Carter, David S. G.; And Others
Although there are about 15,000 school districts in the United States, each headed by a superintendent, research on the superintendency has not been systematic and dynamic. This book presents a synthesis of research on the superintendency. Chapters include the following: (1) "Smoke, Mirrors, or Reality: Another Instructional Leader" (Shirley M.…
Mokin, Maxim; Kass-Hout, Tareq; Kass-Hout, Omar; Dumont, Travis M; Kan, Peter; Snyder, Kenneth V; Hopkins, L Nelson; Siddiqui, Adnan H; Levy, Elad I
2012-09-01
Strokes secondary to acute internal carotid artery (ICA) occlusion are associated with extremely poor prognosis. The best treatment approach to acute stroke in this setting is unknown. We sought to determine clinical outcomes in patients with acute ischemic stroke attributable to ICA occlusion treated with intravenous (IV) systemic thrombolysis or intra-arterial endovascular therapy. Using the PubMed database, we searched for studies that included patients with acute ischemic stroke attributable to ICA occlusion who received treatment with IV thrombolysis or intra-arterial endovascular interventions. Studies providing data on functional outcomes beyond 30 days and mortality and symptomatic intracerebral hemorrhage (sICH) rates were included in our analysis. We compared the proportions of patients with favorable functional outcomes, sICH, and mortality rates in the 2 treatment groups by calculating χ(2) and confidence intervals for odds ratios. We identified 28 studies with 385 patients in the IV thrombolysis group and 584 in the endovascular group. Rates of favorable outcomes and sICH were significantly higher in the endovascular group than the IV thrombolysis-only group (33.6% vs 24.9%, P=0.004 and 11.1% vs 4.9%, P=0.001, respectively). No significant difference in mortality rate was found between the groups (27.3% in the IV thrombolysis group vs 32.0% in the endovascular group; P=0.12). According to our systematic review, endovascular treatment of acute ICA occlusion results in improved clinical outcomes. A higher rate of sICH after endovascular treatment does not result in increased overall mortality rate.
Loubani, Osama M; Green, Robert S
2015-06-01
The aim of this study was to collect and describe all published reports of local tissue injury or extravasation from vasopressor administration via either peripheral intravenous (IV) or central venous catheter. A systematic search of Medline, Embase, and Cochrane databases was performed from inception through January 2014 for reports of adults who received vasopressor intravenously via peripheral IV or central venous catheter for a therapeutic purpose. We included primary studies or case reports of vasopressor administration that resulted in local tissue injury or extravasation of vasopressor solution. Eighty-five articles with 270 patients met all inclusion criteria. A total of 325 separate local tissue injury and extravasation events were identified, with 318 events resulting from peripheral vasopressor administration and 7 events resulting from central administration. There were 204 local tissue injury events from peripheral administration of vasopressors, with an average duration of infusion of 55.9 hours (±68.1), median time of 24 hours, and range of 0.08 to 528 hours. In most of these events (174/204, 85.3%), the infusion site was located distal to the antecubital or popliteal fossae. Published data on tissue injury or extravasation from vasopressor administration via peripheral IVs are derived mainly from case reports. Further study is warranted to clarify the safety of vasopressor administration via peripheral IVs. Copyright © 2015 Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.
MRI and CT contrast media extravasation: A systematic review.
Heshmatzadeh Behzadi, Ashkan; Farooq, Zerwa; Newhouse, Jeffery H; Prince, Martin R
2018-03-01
This systematic review combines data from multiple papers on contrast media extravasation to identify factors contributing to increased extravasation risk. Data were extracted from 17 papers reporting 2191 extravasations in 1,104,872 patients (0.2%) undergoing computed tomography (CT) or magnetic resonance imaging (MRI). Extravasation rates were 0.045% for gadolinium-based contrast agents (GBCA) and nearly 6-fold higher, 0.26% for iodinated contrast agents. Factors associated with increased contrast media extravasations included: older age, female gender, using an existing intravenous (IV) instead of placing a new IV in radiology, in-patient status, use of automated power injection, high injection rates, catheter location, and failing to warm up the more viscous contrast media to body temperature. Contrast media extravasation is infrequent but nearly 6 times less frequent with GBCA for MRI compared with iodinated contrast used in CT.
Benzodiazepine use in seizure emergencies: A systematic review.
Haut, Sheryl R; Seinfeld, Syndi; Pellock, John
2016-10-01
The aim of this review was to systematically examine safety and efficacy outcomes, as well as patient/caregiver satisfaction, from clinical studies in pediatric and adult patients treated with benzodiazepines (BZDs) through various administration routes in response to seizure emergencies. A literature search was conducted to identify articles describing the use of various routes of administration (RoAs) of BZDs for the treatment of seizure emergencies through April 21, 2015, using Embase™ and PubMed®. Eligible studies included (a) randomized controlled trials or (b) controlled nonrandomized clinical trials, either retrospective or prospective. Outcome assessments reviewed were 1) time to administration, 2) time to seizure termination, 3) rate of treatment failure, 4) prevention of seizure recurrence, 5) patient and caregiver treatment satisfaction, 6) adverse events related to BDZ treatment or RoA, and 7) respiratory adverse events. Seventy-five studies evaluated safety and efficacy using individual or comparator BDZs of various RoAs for treating seizure emergencies in all-aged patients with epilepsy. Buccal, intranasal (IN), or intramuscular (IM) BZDs were often more rapidly administered compared with rectal and intravenous (IV) formulations. Time to seizure termination, seizure recurrence rates, and adverse events were generally similar among RoAs, whereas nonrectal RoAs resulted in greater patient and caregiver satisfaction compared with rectal RoA. Results of this systematic literature review suggest that nonrectal and non-IV BZD formulations provide equal or improved efficacy and safety outcomes compared with rectal and IV formulations for the treatment of seizure emergencies. Copyright © 2016. Published by Elsevier Inc.
Basalt fiber reinforced polymer composites: Processing and properties
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Liu, Qiang
A high efficiency rig was designed and built for in-plane permeability measurement of fabric materials. A new data derivation procedure to acquire the flow fluid pattern in the experiment was developed. The measurement results of the in-plane permeability for basalt twill 31 fabric material showed that a high correlation exists between the two principal permeability values for this fabric at 35% fiber volume fraction. This may be the most important scientific contribution made in this thesis. The results from radial measurements corresponded quite well with those from Unidirectional (UD) measurements, which is a well-established technique. No significant differences in mechanical properties were found between basalt fabric reinforced polymer composites and glass composites reinforced by a fabric of similar weave pattern. Aging results indicate that the interfacial region in basalt composites may be more vulnerable to environmental damage than that in glass composites. However, the basalt/epoxy interface may have been more durable than the glass/epoxy interface in tension-tension fatigue because the basalt composites have significantly longer fatigue life. In this thesis, chapter I reviews the literature on fiber reinforced polymer composites, with concentration on permeability measurement, mechanical properties and durability. Chapter II discusses the design of the new rig for in-plane permeability measurement, the new derivation procedure for monitoring of the fluid flow pattern, and the permeability measurement results. Chapter III compares the mechanical properties and durability between basalt fiber and glass fiber reinforced polymer composites. Lastly, chapter IV gives some suggestions and recommendations for future work.
Anomalous Moessbauer Fraction in Superparamagnetic Systems.
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Mohie-Eldin, Mohie-Eldin Yehia
The biological molecule ferritin and its proven synthetic counterpart polysaccharide iron complex (P.I.C.) have been shown to contain small (<100 ^circ in diameter) antiferromagnetic cores at their centers. Mossbauer studies of these molecules have revealed an anomalous drop in the Mossbauer fraction (f-factor) as the temperature rises above 30^ circK for mammalian ferritin and 60 ^circK for P.I.C. Above the blocking temperature, superparamagnetic relaxation results in the disappearance of hyperfine splitting. This thesis investigates and attempts to resolve this Lamb-Mossbauer f-Factor anomaly in these superparamagnetically relaxing systems. Chapter I deals with a basic review of theories of Mossbauer spectroscopy and superparamagnetism. The analogies in the composition of the two molecules is examined in Chapter II. The long range order technique of magnetization measurements is used in Chapter III to compare magnetic properties of both molecules and to verify the suggestion that the P.I.C. molecule is a good "biomimic" to ferritin based on the identification of ferrihydrite as the major mineral in both, by short range probing techniques such as X-ray diffraction. The anomaly is confirmed in P.I.C.'s Mossbauer spectra in Chapter IV. Different absorbers are used to experimentally investigate the absorber thickness effect on the Mossbauer spectra. The anomaly persists for thin absorbers. Also in Chapter V, data that is treated with FFT procedures to eliminate the thickness effect still exhibit this anomaly. We then investigated the effect of superparamagnetic relaxation on the f-factor. In Chapter VI, spin-lattice relaxation was excluded based upon a calculation of the rate of energy transfer from the spin system to the lattice. We introduce a theory in Chapter VII based on the following process as a plausible explanation of the anomaly: Superparamagnetic relaxation brings about a dynamical displacement of the Mossbauer nucleus through magnetostriction. These displacements produce a Doppler broadening of the Mossbauer spectrum that reduces the apparent f-factor. The temperature dependence of the theoretically calculated f-factor agrees qualitatively with experiment. Finally, there is semi-quantitative agreement if the as yet unknown dimensionless magnetostriction constant were to be on the order of 10^{-3} .
A Review of Curriculum History and the Conceptual Framework of Curriculum History in Turkey
ERIC Educational Resources Information Center
Aktan, Sümer
2015-01-01
Curriculum is generally defined based on the philosophical perspectives of the individuals. One of the definitions of curriculum states that curriculum is a field of academic study and research, having an intrinsic research systematic, theory, and tradition. From this perspective, this study is designed as three main chapters. The first chapter…
ERIC Educational Resources Information Center
1975
The two volume final report of the South Dakota Statewide Core Curriculum, Career Ladder, and Challenge System Project, coordinating associated health and nursing education on a statewide basis to achieve a more systematic production and utilization of health manpower, is presented. Volume 1 includes five chapters: (1) and (2) outlining funding…
Mechanics of Cutting and Boring. Part 7. Dynamics and Energetics of Axial Rotation Machines,
1981-12-01
systematic analytical scheme that can be used to facilitate future work on the mechanics of cutting and boring machines. In the industrial sector, rock...Proceedings. Chapter 66, p. 1149-1158. Mellor, M. and I. Hawkes (1972) How to rate a hard-rock borer. World Construction, Sept, p. 21-23. (Also in Ingenieria
Structured On-the-Job Training: Unleashing Employee Experience in the Workplace. Second Edition.
ERIC Educational Resources Information Center
Jacobs, Ronald L.
This book presents detailed guidelines for conducting structured on-the-job training (S-OJT), which is training based on the premise that OJT can be structured and planned so as to produce more predictable and reliable training outcomes. Together, the book's 15 chapters systematically examine the topics of meeting the demand for employee…
The University of Texas at El Paso Writing Assessment, Fall 1983: A Report.
ERIC Educational Resources Information Center
Dick, John A. R.; And Others
Intended for use in curriculum planning, course development, and program evaluation, this report contains data from a study of the writing abilities of entering freshman students at the University of Texas at El Paso. The first chapter of the report provides background information concerning the need for systematic assessment of the writing…
Constructing and Reconstructing the "Rural School Problem": A Century of Rural Education Research
ERIC Educational Resources Information Center
Biddle, Catharine; Azano, Amy Price
2016-01-01
This chapter examines 100 years of rural education research in the context of the demographic, migratory, economic, and social changes that have affected rural America in the past century. The authors conducted a systematic review of the literature on rural teacher recruitment, retention, and training as a case study to examine the constancy and…
Inertia critical layers and their impacts on nongeostrophic baroclinic instability
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Shen, Bo-Wen
We investigate the effects of critical levels (CLs) on a baroclinic flow over mountains, nongeostrophic (NG) inertia critical layer instability, and NG baroclinic instability (BI) in a three-layer atmosphere with a small Richardson number (Ri) in the middle layer. We develop a numerical wave decomposition method in Chapter 2, which is found to be useful in determining the reflection coefficient (Ref) numerically when the flow system is too complicated to obtain Ref analytically. Effects of CLs on flow over mountains are studied both analytically and numerically in Chapter 3. We define the effective inertia critical level (ICL) as the height above which inertia-gravity waves attenuate significantly. Based on numerical simulations with a broad range of Rossby number (Ro) and Ri, four wave regimes are found: (a) Regime I: inertia- gravity waves. The flow behaves like unsheared inertia- gravity waves and the effective lower ICL plays a similar role as the classical critical level (CCL) does in a nonrotating flow. (b) Regime II: combined inertia-gravity waves and baroclinic lee waves. These waves behave like those in Regime I below the lower effective ICL, and like baroclinic lee waves near the CCL. (c) Regime III: combined evanescent and baroclinic lee waves. These waves still behave like baroclinic lee waves near the CCL, but are trapped near the surface. (d) Regime IV: transient waves. NG baroclinic instability exists, as evidenced by the positive domain-averaged north-south heat flux. Wave regime IV is further investigated in Chapter 5. We identify the NG baroclinic instability in Chapter 3 as an inertia critical layer (ICLY) instability. The role of the upper inertia critical level in this instability has been studied by choosing a periodic mountain. When only the CCL and upper ICL are present in the domain, the mesoscale ICLY instability tends to occur. For a periodic mountain ridge, the ICLY instability selects the mountain's tvavelength as its wavelength of maximum growth. For an isolated mountain ridge, the NG baroclinic lee wave is established in the beginning for flows with small Ri, which then develops its own upper ICL. The stability of Lindzen and Tung's (1976, hereafter LT76) type of three-layer nonrotating/rotating atmosphere is discussed in Chapter 6. We first investigate the transient dynamics of wave ducting by a numerical model. The adjustment time for waves to be ducted depends on the atmospheric structure and horizontal wavelength. Second, we study the effects of Coriolis force on LT76's wave ducting mechanism, and show that a wave with wavelength on the order of 100 km is hardly ducted. (Abstract shortened by UMI.)
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Shemper, Bianca Sadicoff
The research presented in this dissertation involves the design of polymers for biomaterials and for coatings applications. The development of non-wettable, hard UV-curing, or reactive coatings is discussed. The biomaterials section involves the syntheses of linear and star-like polymers of the functionalized monomer poly(propylene glycol) monomethacrylate (PPGM) via atom transfer radical polymerization (ATRP) (Chapter II). Its copolymerization with a perfluoroalkyl ethyl methacrylate monomer (1H,1H,2H,2H-heptadecafluorodecyl methacrylate) and the syntheses of linear and star-like amphiphilic copolymers containing the fluorinated monomer and poly(ethyleneglycol) methyl ether methacrylate (MPEGMA) are discussed in Chapter III. The four-arm amphiphilic block copolymer obtained showed unique associative properties leading to micellization in selective solvents. Chapter IV includes research involving the design of films with low surface energy by incorporating fluorine into the polymer. The synthesis, characterization and polymerization of a perfluoroalkylether-substituted methacrylic acid (C8F7) are discussed, and the properties of coatings obtained after its photopolymerization on different substrates are evaluated to confirm formation of low-surface energy polymeric coatings. Subsequently, hard coatings based on methyl (alpha-hydroxymethyl)acrylate (MHMA) were prepared via photopolymerization using UV-light. Firstly, mechanistic investigations into the photopolymerization behavior of (alpha-hydroxymethyl)acrylates (RHMA's) are reported (Chapter V). RHMA derivatives were photopolymerized with various multifunctional acrylates and methacrylates and the effect of crosslinker type and degree of functionality on photopolymerization rates and conversions was investigated. Then, in Chapter VI the synthesis of a series of new crosslinkers is described and their photopolymerization kinetics was investigated in bulk. The effect of these novel crosslinkers on the photopolymerization kinetics and coatings properties of MHMA systems is then shown in Chapter VII. This chapter also includes the effect of the presence of synthetic clay in these systems and the preparation of nanocomposite-based films. The final chapter of this dissertation involves the design of reactive coatings for biomedical applications. The syntheses and characterization of novel functionalized methacrylates containing succinimide ester groups susceptible to derivatization with amine-containing species were accomplished. Photopolymerization of these monomers led to formation of hydrogels and derivatization of the hydrogel surfaces with the tripeptide RGD (arginine-glycine-aspartic acid) was successfully achieved.
Hayashi, Shogo; Naito, Munekazu; Hirai, Shuichi; Terayama, Hayato; Miyaki, Takayoshi; Itoh, Masahiro; Fukuzawa, Yoshitaka; Nakano, Takashi
2013-09-01
There are many reports on variations in the inferior vena cava (IVC), particularly double IVC (DIVC) and left IVC (LIVC). However, no systematic report has recorded iliac vein (IV) flow patterns in the DIVC and LIVC. In this study, we examined IV flow patterns in both DIVC and LIVC observed during gross anatomy courses conducted for medical students and in previously reported cases. During the gross anatomy courses, three cases of DIVC and one case of LIVC were found in 618 cadavers. The IV flow pattern from these four cases and all other previously reported cases can be classified into one of the following three types according to the vein into which the internal iliac vein drained: the ipsilateral external IV; confluence of the ipsilateral external IV and IVC; and the communicating vein, which connects the IVC and the contralateral IVC or its iliac branch. This classification, which is based on the internal IV course, is considered to be useful because IV variations have the potential to cause clinical problems during related retroperitoneal surgery, venous interventional radiology, and diagnostic procedures for pelvic cancer.
The O IV and S IV intercombination lines in solar and stellar ultraviolet spectra
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Cook, J. W.; Keenan, F. P.; Dufton, P. L.; Kingston, A. E.; Pradhan, A. K.; Zhang, H. L.; Doyle, J. G.; Hayes, M. A.
1995-01-01
New calculations of O IV electron density diagnostic emission-line ratios involving the 1399.8, 1401.2, 1404.8, and 14076.4 A transitions are presented. A comparison of these calculations with observational data from a quiet solar region, a sunspot, and an active region obtained with the High Resolution Telescope and Spectrograph (HRTS), two flares observed with the SO82B spectrograph on board Skylab, and Hubble Space Telescope (HST) observations by the Goddard High Resolution Spectrograph (GHRS) of Capella, gives good results using the ratio R(sub 1) = I(1407.4 A)/I(1401.2 A). However, the electron density obtained using the ratio R(sub 2) = I(1407.4 A)/I(1404.8 A) is often an order of magnitude smaller. The O IV 1404.8 A line is blended with the S IV 1404.8 A line, and we investigate whether this ratio may still be used as a density diagnostic if the S IV 1406.1 A line intensity is used to correct for the presence of S IV 1404.8 A, using previous S IV calculations by Dufton et al. We still find systematic differences compared to density determinations from line ratios that do not involve the O IV 1404.8 A line, which we suggest are due to errors in earlier theoretical calculations of the S IV atomic data, and also possibly to previously unconsidered fluorescent pumping of the upper level of the S IV 1404.8 A transition.
Effects of Mineral Compositions on Matrix Diffusion and Sorption of 75Se(IV) in Granite.
Yang, Xiaoyu; Ge, Xiangkun; He, Jiangang; Wang, Chunli; Qi, Liye; Wang, Xiangyun; Liu, Chunli
2018-02-06
Exploring the migration behaviors of selenium in granite is critical for the safe disposal of radioactive waste. The matrix diffusion and sorption of 75 Se(IV) (analogue for 79 Se) in granite were systematically studied to set reliable parameters in this work. Through-diffusion and batch sorption experiments were conduct with four types of Beishan granite. The magnitudes of the obtained apparent diffusion coefficient (D a ) values are of the following order: monzogranite > granodiorite-2 > granodiorite-1, which is opposite to the sequence of the K d values obtained from both the diffusion model and batch sorption experiments. The EPMA results of the granitic flakes showed that there was no obvious enrichment of Se(IV) on quartz, microcline and albite. Only biotite showed a weak affinity for Se(IV). Macroscopic sorption behaviors of Se(IV) on the four types of granite were identical with the sequence of the granitic biotite contents. Quantitative fitting results were also provided. XPS and XANES spectroscopy data revealed that bidentate inner-sphere complexes were formed between Se(IV) and Fe(III). Our results indicate that biotite can be representative of the Se(IV) sorption in complex mineral assemblages such as granite, and the biotite contents are critically important to evaluate Se(IV) transport in granite.
Lombardo, Franco; Berellini, Giuliano; Labonte, Laura R; Liang, Guiqing; Kim, Sean
2016-03-01
We present a systematic evaluation of the Wajima superpositioning method to estimate the human intravenous (i.v.) pharmacokinetic (PK) profile based on a set of 54 marketed drugs with diverse structure and range of physicochemical properties. We illustrate the use of average of "best methods" for the prediction of clearance (CL) and volume of distribution at steady state (VDss) as described in our earlier work (Lombardo F, Waters NJ, Argikar UA, et al. J Clin Pharmacol. 2013;53(2):178-191; Lombardo F, Waters NJ, Argikar UA, et al. J Clin Pharmacol. 2013;53(2):167-177). These methods provided much more accurate prediction of human PK parameters, yielding 88% and 70% of the prediction within 2-fold error for VDss and CL, respectively. The prediction of human i.v. profile using Wajima superpositioning of rat, dog, and monkey time-concentration profiles was tested against the observed human i.v. PK using fold error statistics. The results showed that 63% of the compounds yielded a geometric mean of fold error below 2-fold, and an additional 19% yielded a geometric mean of fold error between 2- and 3-fold, leaving only 18% of the compounds with a relatively poor prediction. Our results showed that good superposition was observed in any case, demonstrating the predictive value of the Wajima approach, and that the cause of poor prediction of human i.v. profile was mainly due to the poorly predicted CL value, while VDss prediction had a minor impact on the accuracy of human i.v. profile prediction. Copyright © 2016. Published by Elsevier Inc.
Abrahamyan, Lusine; Sahakyan, Yeva; Chung, Suzanne; Pechlivanoglou, Petros; Bielecki, Joanna; Carcone, Steven M; Rac, Valeria E; Fitzpatrick, Michael; Krahn, Murray
2018-01-09
Obstructive sleep apnea (OSA) is the most common sleep-related breathing disorder. In-laboratory, overnight type I polysomnography (PSG) is the current "gold standard" for diagnosing OSA. Home sleep apnea testing (HSAT) using portable monitors (PMs) is an alternative testing method offering better comfort and lower costs. We aimed to systematically review the evidence on diagnostic ability of type IV PMs compared to PSG in diagnosing OSA. Participants: patients ≥16 years old with symptoms suggestive of OSA;intervention: type IV PMs (devices with < 2 respiratory channels); comparator: in-laboratory PSG; outcomes: diagnostic accuracy measures;studies: cross-sectional, prospective observational/experimental/quasi-experimental studies; information sources: MEDLINE and Cochrane Library from January 1, 2010 to May 10, 2016. All stages of review were conducted independently by two investigators. We screened 6054 abstracts and 117 full-text articles to select 24 full-text articles for final review. These 24 studies enrolled a total of 2068 patients with suspected OSA and evaluated 10 different PMs with one to six channels. Only seven (29%) studies tested PMs in the home setting. The mean difference (bias) between PSG-measured and PM-measured apnea-hypopnea index (AHI) ranged from - 14.8 to 10.6 events/h. At AHI ≥ 5 events/h, the sensitivity of type IV PMs ranged from 67.5-100% and specificity ranged from 25 to 100%. While current evidence is not very strong for the stand-alone use of level IV PMs in clinical practice, they can potentially widen access to diagnosis and treatment of OSA. Policy recommendations regarding HSAT use should also consider the health and broader social implications of false positive and false negative diagnoses.
Applications of one-dimensional structured nanomaterials as biosensors and transparent electronics
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Ishikawa, Fumiaki
This dissertation presents applications of one-dimensional structured nanomaterials, carbon nanotubes and In2O3 nanowires, for biosensors and transparent electronics. Chapter 1 gives the motivation to study applications of one-dimensional structured nanomaterials, and also brief introduction to structure, synthesis, and electronic properties of carbon nanotubes and In2O3 nanowires. In Chapter 2, introduction and motivation of biosensors using nanotubes/nanowires is given, followed by an overview on important background knowledge and concepts in biosensing. In Chapter 3, application of carbon nanotube biosensors toward brown tide algae detection is presented. Our devices successfully detected a brown tide marker selectively with real-time response. In Chapter 4, we demonstrate that In2O3 nanowire biosensors coupled with an antibody mimic protein (Fibronectin, Fn) can be used to detect nucleocapsid (N) protein, a biomarker for severe acute respiratory syndrome (SARS), at concentrations to below the sub-nanomolar range. In Chapter 5, we develop an analytical method to calibrate nanowire biosensor responses that can suppress the device-to-device variation in sensing response significantly. In Chapter 6, we investigate the effect of nanotube density on the biosensor performance, and proved that it plays an important role through systematic studies. In Chapter 7, I propose a future direction of nanobiosensors research, and show preliminary results along the proposed direction. I first present a concept of an ideal bioassay system with a list of requirements for the system, and propose the strategy of multi-integration to establish a system based on nanobiosensors that satisfies all of the requirements. In Chapter 8, we demonstrate high performance fully transparent transistors based on transfer printed aligned carbon nanotubes on both rigid and flexible substrates. We achieved device mobility as high as 1,300 cm 2V-1s-1 on glass substrates, which is the highest among transparent transistors reported so far. We also demonstrated fully transparent PMOS inverters on flexible substrates, and also successfully controlled commercial GaN light--emitting diodes (LEDs) with light intensity modulation of 103. Lastly, a brief summary of this thesis is given in Chapter 9.
Narrow C IV absorption doublets on quasar spectra of the Baryon Oscillation Spectroscopic Survey
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Chen, Zhi-Fu; Gu, Qiu-Sheng; Zhou, Luwenjia; Chen, Yan-Mei
2016-11-01
In this paper, we extend our work of Papers I and II, which are assigned to systematically survey C IV λλ1548,1551 narrow absorption lines (NALs) with zabs ≪ zem on quasar spectra of the Baryon Oscillation Spectroscopic Survey (BOSS) to collect C IV NALs with zabs ≈ zem from blue to red wings of C IV λ1549 emission lines. Together with Papers I and II, we have collected a total number of 41 479 C IV NALs with 1.4544 ≤ zabs ≤ 4.9224 in surveyed spectral region redward of Lyα until red wing of C IV λ1549 emission line. We find that the stronger C IV NALs tend to be the more saturated absorptions, and associated systems (zabs ≈ zem) seem to have larger absorption strengths when compared to intervening ones (zabs ≪ zem). The redshift density evolution behaviour of absorbers (the number of absorbers per redshift path) is similar to the history of the cosmic star formation. When compared to the quasar-frame velocity (β) distribution of Mg II absorbers, the β distribution of C IV absorbers is broader at β ≈ 0, shows longer extended tail, and exhibits a larger dispersion for environmental absorptions. In addition, for associated C IV absorbers, we find that low-luminosity quasars seem to exhibit smaller β and stronger absorptions when compared to high-luminosity quasars.
1980-12-01
PARMER COUNTY, TX. FAmt- M R LUNG IE ’ ALEA LONG Tam NATIVE *-X INUCED CHNGE NATIVE N-x INDE CANG 0( above normal growth baseline) ( above normal...your family, the clean air to see the next mountain and the freedom to climb it. The concerns expressed by local residents about population growth and... mountain passes, where capacity is severely reduced by steep grades and winding alignment, congestion might occur at times due to slow moving trucks
1986-06-06
Washington D.C.: Office of Air Force History, 1978), pp. 234, 241, 254, ?59. 3 Knaack, Post- Worl -g War 11 Fighters, p. 254. 7 CHAPTER 2 HISTORICAL...The F-IlIA in Southeast Asia: 19 Second Deployment The F-I11B 22 The F-111C 25 The F-1111 25 The F-1IE 30 The F-1I1F 33 iv...Sortie 98 3-13 Maintenance Plan / Scheduling Effectiveness 99 3-14 War Readiness Spares Kit (WRSK) Fill Rate 99 3-15 WRSK / BLSS Withdrawals 100 3-16
A virtual clean room to teach USP 797 regulations for intravenous medications.
Patel, Sheetal; Vincent, Ashley H; Abel, Steven R; Jacobs, Carolyn M; Dunlop, Steven R; Seibert, Megan
2011-02-10
To provide a virtual environment for pharmacy students to learn United States Pharmacopeia Chapter 797 (USP 797) requirements, while recognizing the role of pharmacists in the safe use of intravenous (IV) medications. A virtual laboratory was created that included stations for IV medications, product verification, medication safety, and patient cases pertaining to high-alert medications. Pharmacy students used 3-D glasses and a wireless controller to navigate through the session and identify violations of USP 797 regulations. Pre-assessments and post-assessments were administered to students who completed the session in each of the 2 years it was offered. In the first year, 88% of students strongly agreed or agreed that the sessions met their expectation. Following their APPE clerkship, 92% of these students felt the virtual IV room prepared them for the IV clean room experience. In the second year, 88% of students felt the experience enhanced their understanding of clean room procedures. After session completion, 75% of participants perceived medication errors to be more significant. Written examinations also were administered and students' mean scores improved significantly compared to those of students' prior to implementation of the session (89.6% in year 0; 91.2% in year 1; and 96.1% in year 2). The immersive virtual environment is a contemporary and effective way to teach USP 797 requirements and enhance the awareness of medication errors.
A Virtual Clean Room to Teach USP 797 Regulations for Intravenous Medications
Patel, Sheetal; Abel, Steven R.; Jacobs, Carolyn M.; Dunlop, Steven R.; Seibert, Megan
2011-01-01
Objective To provide a virtual environment for pharmacy students to learn United States Pharmacopeia Chapter 797 (USP 797) requirements, while recognizing the role of pharmacists in the safe use of intravenous (IV) medications. Design A virtual laboratory was created that included stations for IV medications, product verification, medication safety, and patient cases pertaining to high-alert medications. Pharmacy students used 3-D glasses and a wireless controller to navigate through the session and identify violations of USP 797 regulations. Assessment Preassessments and postassessments were administered to students who completed the session in each of the 2 years it was offered. In the first year, 88% of students strongly agreed or agreed that the sessions met their expectation. Following their APPE clerkship, 92% of these students felt the virtual IV room prepared them for the IV clean room experience. In the second year, 88% of students felt the experience enhanced their understanding of clean room procedures. After session completion, 75% of participants perceived medication errors to be more significant. Written examinations also were administered and students' mean scores improved significantly compared to those of students' prior to implementation of the session (89.6% in year 0; 91.2% in year 1; and 96.1% in year 2). Conclusion The immersive virtual environment is a contemporary and effective way to teach USP 797 requirements and enhance the awareness of medication errors. PMID:21451759
Cheungpasitporn, Wisit; Thongprayoon, Charat; Brabec, Brady A; Edmonds, Peter J; O'Corragain, Oisin A; Erickson, Stephen B
2014-12-01
The reports on efficacy of oral hydration treatment for the prevention of contrast-induced acute kidney injury (CIAKI) in elective radiological procedures and cardiac catheterization remain controversial. The objective of this meta-analysis was to assess the use of oral hydration regimen for prevention of CIAKI. Comprehensive literature searches for randomized controlled trials (RCTs) of outpatient oral hydration treatment was performed using MEDLINE, EMBASE, Cochrane Database of Systematic Reviews, Cochrane Central Register of Controlled Trials Systematic Reviews, and clinicaltrials.gov from inception until July 4(th), 2014. Primary outcome was the incidence of CIAKI. Six prospective RCTs were included in our analysis. Of 513patients undergoing elective procedures with contrast exposures,45 patients (8.8%) had CIAKI. Of 241 patients with oral hydration regimen, 23 (9.5%) developed CIAKI. Of 272 patients with intravenous (IV) fluid regimen, 22 (8.1%) had CIAKI. Study populations in all included studies had relatively normal kidney function to chronic kidney disease (CKD) stage 3. There was no significant increased risk of CIAKI in oral fluid regimen group compared toIV fluid regimen group (RR = 0.94, 95% confidence interval, CI = 0.38-2.31). According to our analysis,there is no evidence that oral fluid regimen is associated with more risk of CIAKI in patients undergoing elective procedures with contrast exposures compared to IV fluid regimen. This finding suggests that the oral fluid regimen might be considered as a possible outpatient treatment option for CIAKI prevention in patients with normal to moderately reduced kidney function.
Pharmacologic conversion of atrial fibrillation: a systematic review of available evidence.
Slavik, R S; Tisdale, J E; Borzak, S
2001-01-01
This report reviews the efficacy of currently available antiarrhythmic agents for conversion of atrial fibrilation (AF) to normal sinus rhythm (NSR). A systematic search of literature in the English language was done on computerized databases, such as MEDLINE, EMBASE, and Current Contents, in reference lists, by manual searching, and in contact with expert informants. Published studies involving humans that described the use of antiarrhythmic therapy for conversion of AF to NSR were considered and only studies that examined the use of agents currently available in the United States were included. Studies exclusively describing antiarrhythmic therapy for conversion of postsurgical AF were excluded. The methodology and results of each trial were assessed and attempts were made to acquire additional information from investigators when needed. Assessment of methodological quality was incorporated into a levels-of-evidence scheme. Eighty-eight trials were included, of which 34 (39%) included a placebo group (level I data). We found in recent-onset AF of less than 7 days, intravenous (i.v.) procainamide, high-dose i.v. or high-dose combination i.v. and oral amiodarone, oral quinidine, oral flecainide, oral propafenone, and high-dose oral amiodarone are more effective than placebo for converting AF to NSR. In recent-onset AF of less than 90 days, i.v. ibutilide is more effective than placebo and i.v. procainamide. In chronic AF, oral dofetilide converts AF to NSR within 72 hours, and oral propafenone and amiodarone are effective after 30 days of therapy. We conclude than for conversion of recent-onset AF of less than 7 days, procainamide may be considered a preferred i.v. agent and propafenone a preferred oral agent. For conversion of recent-onset AF of longer duration (less than 90 days), i.v. ibutilide may be considered a preferred agent. For patients with chronic AF and left ventricular dysfunction, direct current cardioversion is the preferred conversion method. Larger, well-designed randomized controlled trials with clinically important endpoints in specific populations of AF patients are needed. Copyright 2001 by W.B. Saunders Company
English Pronunciation: A Systematic Approach to Word-Stress and Vowel-Sounds.
ERIC Educational Resources Information Center
Carmona, Francisco
A handbook on English word stress and stressed-vowel sounds is based on the idea that these segments are, in most cases, controlled by phonological context and their pronunciation can be understood through a system of rules. It serves as a reference for teachers and as a text for students. Chapters address these topics: word stress and active and…
ERIC Educational Resources Information Center
Diamond, Robert M.
This book is intended to help college faculty effectively design and evaluate courses and curricula. The 16 chapters address the following topics: a learning-centered approach to course and curriculum design; a systematic design model (showing benefits); the decision to begin a curriculum project; getting started; linking goals, courses, and…
ERIC Educational Resources Information Center
Sussman, Ari
2015-01-01
This chapter recounts the first 3 years of the Student Voice Collaborative (SVC) in New York City, a district supported student leadership initiative that engages high school aged youth in school reform work at school and district levels. Based on his experiences developing and running the SVC, the author identifies nine design and implementation…
ERIC Educational Resources Information Center
Rutman, Irvin D., Ed.
This monograph advances ideas to aid planners and administrators responsible for the development of deinstitutionalization services for the disabled to develop a more rigorous, systematic approach to the provision of these services. The seven chapters of the publication, each written by a recognized leader in the field, focus on the following: (1)…
ERIC Educational Resources Information Center
McMillan, Patricia; Kennedy, James R., Jr.
One in a series, this guide takes the college student through the steps involved in a thorough, systematic research of any topic in sociology. Beginning with the basics, the guide covers selecting a topic, locating an authoritative summary of the topic, taking clear notes, and narrowing the topic. Subsequent chapters cover the use of general…
Hydrologic Resources Management Program and Underground Test Area Project FY 2006 Progress Report
DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)
Culham, H W; Eaton, G F; Genetti, V
2008-04-08
This report describes FY 2006 technical studies conducted by the Chemical Biology and Nuclear Science Division (CBND) at Lawrence Livermore National Laboratory (LLNL) in support of the Hydrologic Resources Management Program (HRMP) and the Underground Test Area Project (UGTA). These programs are administered by the U.S. Department of Energy, National Nuclear Security Administration, Nevada Site Office (NNSA/NSO) through the Defense Programs and Environmental Restoration Divisions, respectively. HRMP-sponsored work is directed toward the responsible management of the natural resources at the Nevada Test Site (NTS), enabling its continued use as a staging area for strategic operations in support of national security.more » UGTA-funded work emphasizes the development of an integrated set of groundwater flow and contaminant transport models to predict the extent of radionuclide migration from underground nuclear testing areas at the NTS. The report is organized on a topical basis and contains four chapters that highlight technical work products produced by CBND. However, it is important to recognize that most of this work involves collaborative partnerships with the other HRMP and UGTA contract organizations. These groups include the Energy and Environment Directorate at LLNL (LLNL-E&E), Los Alamos National Laboratory (LANL), the Desert Research Institute (DRI), the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS), Stoller-Navarro Joint Venture (SNJV), and National Security Technologies (NSTec). Chapter 1 is a summary of FY 2006 sampling efforts at near-field 'hot' wells at the NTS, and presents new chemical and isotopic data for groundwater samples from four near-field wells. These include PM-2 and U-20n PS 1DDh (CHESHIRE), UE-7ns (BOURBON), and U-19v PS No.1ds (ALMENDRO). Chapter 2 is a summary of the results of chemical and isotopic measurements of groundwater samples from three UGTA environmental monitoring wells. These wells are: ER-12-4 and U12S located in Area 12 on Rainier Mesa and USGS HGH No.2 WW2 located in Yucca Flat. In addition, three springs were sampled White Rock Spring and Captain Jack Spring in Area 12 on Rainier Mesa and Topopah Spring in Area 29. Chapter 3 is a compilation of existing noble gas data that has been reviewed and edited to remove inconsistencies in presentation of total vs. single isotope noble gas values reported in the previous HRMP and UGTA progress reports. Chapter 4 is a summary of the results of batch sorption and desorption experiments performed to determine the distribution coefficients (Kd) of Pu(IV), Np(V), U(VI), Cs and Sr to zeolitized tuff (tuff confining unit, TCU) and carbonate (lower carbonate aquifer, LCA) rocks in synthetic NTS groundwater Chapter 5 is a summary of the results of a series of flow-cell experiments performed to examine Np(V) and Pu(V) sorption to and desorption from goethite. Np and Pu desorption occur at a faster rate and to a greater extent than previously reported. In addition, oxidation changes occurred with the Pu whereby the surface-sorbed Pu(IV) was reoxidized to aqueous Pu(V) during desorption.« less
Mangrove ecosystems under climate change
Jennerjahn, T.C.; Gilman, E.; Krauss, Ken W.; Lacerda, L.D.; Nordhaus, I.; Wolanski, E.
2017-01-01
This chapter assesses the response of mangrove ecosystems to possible outcomes of climate change, with regard to the following categories: (i) distribution, diversity, and community composition, (ii) physiology of flora and fauna, (iii) water budget, (iv) productivity and remineralization, (v) carbon storage in biomass and sediments, and (vi) the filter function for elements beneficial or harmful to life. These categories are then used to identify the regions most vulnerable to climate change. The four most important factors determining the response of mangrove ecosystems to climate change are sea level rise, an increase in frequency and/or intensity of storms, increases in temperature, and aridity. While these changes may be beneficial for some mangrove forests at latitudinal distribution limits, they will threaten forest structure and functions and related ecosystem services in most cases. The interaction of climate change with human interventions is discussed, as well as the effects on ecosystem services including possible adaptation and management options. The chapter closes with an outlook on knowledge gaps and priority research needed to fill these gaps.
Hoffman, David J.; Rattner, Barnett A.; Burton, G. Allen; Cairns, John
1995-01-01
The Handbook of Ecotoxicology offers 34 chapters with contributions from over 50 selected international experts. The book is divided into four major sections: I. Quantifying and Measuring Ecotoxicological Effects, II. Contaminant Sources and Effects, III. Case Histories and Ecosystem Surveys, and IV. Methods for Making Estimates and Predictability in Ecotoxicology. Concepts and methodology are presented for many types of aquatic and terrestrial ecotoxicity test protocols for both controlled and field assessments. Chapters are offered on such diverse topics as sediment and soil ecotoxicity, landscape indicators, biomonitoring, and use of current bioindicators. The roles of deforestation and global warming, pathogens and disease in ecotoxicology, abiotic factors, urban runoff, predictive ecotoxicology, population modeling, and restoration ecology are discussed. This book was designed to serve as a reference book for students entering the fields of ecotoxicology, aquatic toxicology, terrestrial wildlife toxicology, and other environmental sciences. Many portions of this handbook will serve as a convenient reference text for established investigators, resource managers, and those involved in risk assessment and risk management within regulatory agencies and the private sector.
Schmulson, Max J; Drossman, Douglas A
2017-04-30
Functional gastrointestinal disorders (FGIDs) are diagnosed and classified using the Rome criteria; the criteria may change over time as new scientific data emerge. The Rome IV was released in May 2016. The aim is to review the main changes in Rome IV. FGIDs are now called disorders of gut-brain interaction ( DGBI ). Rome IV has a multicultural rather than a Western-culture focus. There are new chapters including multicultural, age-gender-women's health, intestinal microenvironment, biopsychosocial, and centrally mediated disorders. New disorders have been included although not truly FGIDs, but fit the new definition of DGBI including opioid-induced gastrointestinal hyperalgesia , opioid-induced constipation , and cannabinoid hyperemesis . Also, new FGIDs based on available evidence including reflux hypersensitivity and centrally mediated abdominal pain syndrome . Using a normative survey to determine the frequency of normal bowel symptoms in the general population changes in the time frame for diagnosis were introduced. For irritable bowel syndrome ( IBS ) only pain is required and discomfort was eliminated because it is non-specific, having different meanings in different languages. Pain is now related to bowel movements rather than just improving with bowel movements (ie, can get worse with bowel movement). Functional bowel disorders ( functional diarrhea , functional constipation , IBS with predominant diarrhea [IBS-D], IBS with predominant constipation [IBS-C ], and IBS with mixed bowel habits ) are considered to be on a continuum rather than as independent entities. Clinical applications such as diagnostic algorithms and the Multidimensional Clinical Profile have been updated. The new Rome IV iteration is evidence-based, multicultural oriented and with clinical applications. As new evidence become available, future updates are expected.
Schmulson, Max J; Drossman, Douglas A
2017-01-01
Functional gastrointestinal disorders (FGIDs) are diagnosed and classified using the Rome criteria; the criteria may change over time as new scientific data emerge. The Rome IV was released in May 2016. The aim is to review the main changes in Rome IV. FGIDs are now called disorders of gut-brain interaction (DGBI). Rome IV has a multicultural rather than a Western-culture focus. There are new chapters including multicultural, age-gender-women’s health, intestinal microenvironment, biopsychosocial, and centrally mediated disorders. New disorders have been included although not truly FGIDs, but fit the new definition of DGBI including opioid-induced gastrointestinal hyperalgesia, opioid-induced constipation, and cannabinoid hyperemesis. Also, new FGIDs based on available evidence including reflux hypersensitivity and centrally mediated abdominal pain syndrome. Using a normative survey to determine the frequency of normal bowel symptoms in the general population changes in the time frame for diagnosis were introduced. For irritable bowel syndrome (IBS) only pain is required and discomfort was eliminated because it is non-specific, having different meanings in different languages. Pain is now related to bowel movements rather than just improving with bowel movements (ie, can get worse with bowel movement). Functional bowel disorders (functional diarrhea, functional constipation, IBS with predominant diarrhea [IBS-D], IBS with predominant constipation [IBS-C], and IBS with mixed bowel habits) are considered to be on a continuum rather than as independent entities. Clinical applications such as diagnostic algorithms and the Multidimensional Clinical Profile have been updated. The new Rome IV iteration is evidence-based, multicultural oriented and with clinical applications. As new evidence become available, future updates are expected. PMID:28274109
Arthroscopic repair of lateral ankle ligament complex by suture anchor.
Wang, Jingwei; Hua, Yinghui; Chen, Shiyi; Li, Hongyun; Zhang, Jian; Li, Yunxia
2014-06-01
Arthroscopic repair of the lateral ligament complex with suture anchors is increasingly used to treat chronic ankle instability (CAI). Our aims are (1) to analyze and evaluate the literature on arthroscopic suture anchor repair of the anterior talofibular ligament and (2) to conduct a systematic review of the clinical evidence on the reported outcomes and complications of treating CAI with this technique. We performed a systematic review of the literature using PubMed, Ovid, Elsevier ScienceDirect, Web of Science-Conference Proceedings Citation Index, and the Cochrane Database of Systematic Reviews from 1987 to September 2013. Clinical studies using the arthroscopic suture anchor technique to treat CAI were included. Outcome measures consisted of clinical assessment of postoperative ligament stability and complications. In addition, the methodologic quality of the included studies was assessed by use of the modified Coleman Methodology Score. After reviewing 371 studies, we identified 6 studies (5 retrospective case series and 1 prospective case series, all Level IV) that met the inclusion criteria, with a mean Coleman Methodology Score of 71.8 ± 7.52 (range, 63 to 82). In these studies 178 patients (179 ankles) underwent arthroscopic suture anchor repair of the anterior talofibular ligament with a mean follow-up period of 38.9 months (range, 6 to 117.6 months). All patients were reported to have subjective improvement of their ankle instability, with complications in 31 cases. Studies of arthroscopic suture anchor technique to treat CAI are sparse, with moderate mean methodologic quality. The included studies suggest that the arthroscopic technique is a feasible procedure to restore ankle stability; however, on the basis of our review, this technique seems to be associated with a relatively high complication rate. Extensive cadaveric studies, clinical trials, and comparative studies comparing arthroscopic and open repair should be performed in the future. Level IV, systematic review of Level IV studies. Copyright © 2014 Arthroscopy Association of North America. Published by Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.
Ultraviolet spectral morphology of the O stars. IV - The OB supergiant sequence
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Walborn, Nolan R.; Nichols-Bohlin, Joy
1987-01-01
An atlas of 25 O3-B8 supergiant spectra in the wavelength ranges 1320-1580 A and 1620-1880 A is presented, based on high-resolution data from the IUE archives. The remarkably detailed relationship between the stellar-wind profiles and the optical spectral classifications throughout this sequence is emphasized. For instance, the (Si IV)/(C IV) ratio reverses between O4 and O6.5; and the B0, B0.5, and B0.7 Ia wind characteristics are each qualitatively unique and distinct from one another. The systematic behavior of nine stellar-wind features with ionization potentials ranging from 114 to 19 eV is summarized as a function of advancing spectral type.
Galofré-Vilà, Gregori
2018-02-01
This paper reviews the current wealth of anthropometric history since the early efforts of Robert Fogel in the 1970s. The survey is based on a quantitative systematic review of the literature and counts a total of 447 peer-reviewed articles being published in the main leading journals in economic history, economics and biology. Data are analysed using network analysis by journal and author and the main contributions of anthropometric history are highlighted, pointing to future areas of inquiry. The contributions of books and book chapters are also quantified and analysed. Copyright © 2017 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.
Magnetic spectroscopy and microscopy of functional materials
DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)
Jenkins, Catherine Ann
2011-05-01
Heusler intermetallics Mn 2Y Ga and X 2MnGa (X; Y =Fe, Co, Ni) undergo tetragonal magnetostructural transitions that can result in half metallicity, magnetic shape memory, or the magnetocaloric effect. Understanding the magnetism and magnetic behavior in functional materials is often the most direct route to being able to optimize current materials for todays applications and to design novel ones for tomorrow. Synchrotron soft x-ray magnetic spectromicroscopy techniques are well suited to explore the the competing effects from the magnetization and the lattice parameters in these materials as they provide detailed element-, valence-, and site-specifc information on the coupling ofmore » crystallographic ordering and electronic structure as well as external parameters like temperature and pressure on the bonding and exchange. Fundamental work preparing the model systems of spintronic, multiferroic, and energy-related compositions is presented for context. The methodology of synchrotron spectroscopy is presented and applied to not only magnetic characterization but also of developing a systematic screening method for future examples of materials exhibiting any of the above effects. The chapter progression is as follows: an introduction to the concepts and materials under consideration (Chapter 1); an overview of sample preparation techniques and results, and the kinds of characterization methods employed (Chapter 2); spectro- and microscopic explorations of X 2MnGa/Ge (Chapter 3); spectroscopic investigations of the composition series Mn 2Y Ga to the logical Mn 3Ga endpoint (Chapter 4); and a summary and overview of upcoming work (Chapter 5). Appendices include the results of a Think Tank for the Graduate School of Excellence MAINZ (Appendix A) and details of an imaging project now in progress on magnetic reversal and domain wall observation in the classical Heusler material Co 2FeSi (Appendix B).« less
Arthroscopy-Assisted Surgery for Acute Ankle Fractures: A Systematic Review.
Chen, Xing-Zuo; Chen, Ying; Liu, Cheng-Gang; Yang, Huan; Xu, Xiao-Dong; Lin, Peng
2015-11-01
To summarize the clinical findings of adult patients undergoing arthroscopy-assisted open reduction-internal fixation for acute ankle fractures. A systematic electronic search of the PubMed databases was performed for all published literature on December 8, 2014. All English-language clinical studies on acute ankle fractures treated with arthroscopy-assisted open reduction-internal fixation were eligible for inclusion. Basic information related to the surgical procedure was collected. The search criteria initially identified 187 articles, and 10 studies were included in this systematic review. There were 2 prospective, randomized studies; 2 prognostic studies; and 6 case-series studies. There were a total of 861 patients included in this systematic review. Danis-Weber type B fractures (335 of 483 patients) and supination-external rotation fractures (187 of 366 patients) were the most common types of all the ankle fractures. Concomitant injuries were common: 63.3% of patients had chondral lesions, 60.9% had deltoid ligament injuries, and 77.9% had tibiofibular syndesmosis injuries. Lavage and debridement of the ankle joint were performed by almost all the surgeons. Chondral lesions were treated with shaving, excision, or microfracture. The mean American Orthopaedic Foot & Ankle Society hindfoot score was 91.7. Only mild complications were reported. Acute ankle fractures are commonly concomitant with multiple soft-tissue injuries in which arthroscopy may serve as a method for accurate diagnosis and appropriate treatment. Level IV, systematic review of Level I, II, III, and IV studies. Copyright © 2015 Arthroscopy Association of North America. Published by Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.
Molecular Simulation of Adsorption in Zeolites
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Bai, Peng
Zeolites are a class of crystalline nanoporous materials that are widely used as catalysts, sorbents, and ion-exchangers. Zeolites have revolutionized the petroleum industry and have fueled the 20th-century automobile culture, by enabling numerous highly-efficient transformations and separations in oil refineries. They are also posed to play an important role in many processes of biomass conversion. One of the fundamental principles in the field of zeolites involves the understanding and tuning of the selectivity for different guest molecules that results from the wide variety of pore architectures. The primary goal of my dissertation research is to gain such understanding via computer simulations and eventually to reach the level of predictive modeling. The dissertation starts with a brief introduction of the applications of zeolites and computer modeling techniques useful for the study of zeolitic systems. Chapter 2 then describes an effort to improve simulation efficiency, which is essential for many challenging adsorption systems. Chapter 3 studies a model system to demonstrate the applicability and capability of the method used for the majority of this work, configurational-bias Monte Carlo simulations in the Gibbs ensemble (CBMC-GE). After these methodological developments, Chapter 4 and 5 report a systematic parametrization of a new transferable force field for all-silica zeolites, TraPPE-zeo, and a subsequent, relatively ad-hoc extension to cation-exchanged aluminosilicates. The CBMC-GE method and the TraPPE-zeo force field are then combined to investigate some complex adsorption systems, such as linear and branched C6-C 9 alkanes in a hierarchical microporous/mesoporous material (Chapter 6), the multi-component adsorption of aqueous alcohol solutions (Chapter 7) and glucose solutions (Chapter 8). Finally, Chapter 9 describes an endeavor to screen a large number of zeolites with the purpose of finding better materials for two energy-related applications, ethanol/water separation and hydrocarbon iso-dewaxing.
Mass spectrometry methods for the analysis of biodegradable hybrid materials
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Alalwiat, Ahlam
This dissertation focuses on the characterization of hybrid materials and surfactant blends by using mass spectrometry (MS), tandem mass spectrometry (MS/MS), liquid chromatography (LC), and ion mobility (IM) spectrometry combined with measurement and simulation of molecular collision cross sections. Chapter II describes the principles and the history of mass spectrometry (MS) and liquid chromatography (LC). Chapter III introduces the materials and instrumentation used to complete this dissertation. In chapter IV, two hybrid materials containing poly(t-butyl acrylate) (PtBA) or poly(acrylic acid) (PAA) blocks attached to a hydrophobic peptide rich in valine and glycine (VG2), as well as the poly(acrylic acid) (PAA) and VG2 peptide precursor materials, are characterized by matrix-assisted laser desorption/ionization mass spectrometry (MALDI-MS), electrospray ionization mass spectrometry (ESI-MS) and ion mobility mass spectrometry (IM-MS). Collision cross-sections and molecular modeling have been used to determine the final architecture of both hybrid materials. Chapter V investigates a different hybrid material, [BMP-2(HA)2 ], comprised of a dendron with two polyethylene glycol (PEG) branches terminated by a hydroxyapatite binding peptide (HA), and a focal point substituted with a bone morphogenic protein mimicking peptide (BMP-2). MALDI-MS, ESI-MS and IM-MS have been used to characterize the HA and BMP-2 peptides. Collisionally activated dissociation (CAD) and electron transfer dissociation (ETD) have been employed in double stage (i.e. tandem) mass spectrometry (MS/MS) experiments to confirm the sequences of the two peptides HA and BMP-2. The MALDI-MS, ESI-MS and IM-MS methods were also applied to characterize the [BMP-2(HA)2] hybrid material. Collision cross-section measurements and molecular modeling indicated that [BMP-2(HA)2] can attain folded or extended conformation, depending on its degree of protonation (charge state). Chapter VI focuses on the analysis of alkyl polyglycoside (APG) surfactants by MALDI-MS and ESI-MS, MS/MS, and by combining MS and with ion mobility (IM) and/or ultra-performance liquid chromatography (UPLC) separation in LC-IM and LC-IM-MS experiments. Chapter VII summaries this dissertation's findings.
Income Inequality and Child Mortality in Wealthy Nations.
Collison, David
2016-01-01
This chapter presents evidence of a relationship between child mortality data and socio-economic factors in relatively wealthy nations. The original study on child mortality that is reported here, which first appeared in a UK medical journal, was undertaken in a school of business by academics with accounting and finance backgrounds. The rationale explaining why academics from such disciplines were drawn to investigate these issues is given in the first part of the chapter. The findings related to child mortality data were identified as a special case of a wide range of social and health indicators that are systematically related to the different organisational approaches of capitalist societies. In particular, the so-called Anglo-American countries show consistently poor outcomes over a number of indicators, including child mortality. Considerable evidence has been adduced in the literature to show the importance of income inequality as an explanation for such findings. An important part of the chapter is the overview of a relatively recent publication in the epidemiological literature entitled The Spirit Level: Why Equality Is Better for Everyone, which was written by Wilkinson and Pickett. © 2016 S. Karger AG, Basel.
Marur, Tania; Tuna, Yakup; Demirci, Selman
2014-01-01
Dermatologic problems of the face affect both function and aesthetics, which are based on complex anatomical features. Treating dermatologic problems while preserving the aesthetics and functions of the face requires knowledge of normal anatomy. When performing successfully invasive procedures of the face, it is essential to understand its underlying topographic anatomy. This chapter presents the anatomy of the facial musculature and neurovascular structures in a systematic way with some clinically important aspects. We describe the attachments of the mimetic and masticatory muscles and emphasize their functions and nerve supply. We highlight clinically relevant facial topographic anatomy by explaining the course and location of the sensory and motor nerves of the face and facial vasculature with their relations. Additionally, this chapter reviews the recent nomenclature of the branching pattern of the facial artery. © 2013 Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.
ACOEM practice guidelines: elbow disorders.
Hegmann, Kurt T; Hoffman, Harold E; Belcourt, Roger M; Byrne, Kevin; Glass, Lee; Melhorn, J Mark; Richman, Jack; Zinni, Phillip; Thiese, Matthew S; Ott, Ulrike; Tokita, Kylee; Passey, Deborah Gwenevere; Effiong, Atim Cecelia; Robbins, Riann Bree; Ording, Julie A
2013-11-01
The American College of Occupational and Environmental Medicine has updated the treatment guidelines in its Elbow Disorders chapter through revision processes begun in 2006. This abbreviated version of that chapter highlights some of the evidence and recommendations developed. Comprehensive systematic literature reviews were accomplished with article abstraction, critiquing, grading, evidence table compilation, and guideline finalization by a multidisciplinary expert panel and extensive peer-review to develop evidence-based guidance. Consensus recommendations were formulated when evidence was lacking and often relied on analogy to other disorders for which evidence exists. A total of 108 high- or moderate-quality trials were identified for elbow disorders. Guidance has been developed for 13 major diagnoses and includes 270 specific recommendations. Quality evidence is now available to guide treatment for elbow disorders, particularly for lateral epicondylalgia.
ERIC Educational Resources Information Center
Hernández-Saca, David I.; Gutmann Kahn, Laurie; Cannon, Mercedes A.
2018-01-01
The purpose of this chapter is to systematically review the research within the field of education that explicitly examined how various social constructions of identity intersect with dis/ability to qualitatively affect young adults' experiences by asking the following question: What are the key findings in education research focusing on youth and…
Keith B. Aubry; Leonard F. Ruggiero; John R. Squires; Kevin S. McKelvey; Gary M. Koehler; Steven W. Buskirk; Charles J. Krebs
2000-01-01
Large-scale ecological studies and assessments are often implemented only after the focus of study generates substantial social, political, or legal pressure to take action (e.g., Thomas et al. 1990; Ruggiero et al. 1991; FEMAT 1993). In such a funding environment, the coordinated planning of research may suffer as the pressure to produce results escalates. To avoid...
ERIC Educational Resources Information Center
Frick, Elizabeth
One in a series, this guide takes the college student through the steps involved in a thorough, systematic research of any topic in history. Beginning with the basics, the guide covers selecting a topic, locating an authoritative summary of the topic, taking clear notes, and narrowing the topic. Subsequent chapters cover the use of general guides…
ERIC Educational Resources Information Center
Anderson, Larry D.
2012-01-01
This study evaluated the perception of community college presidents regarding the influence of external factors on the mission statement of selected community colleges. Additional purposes of the study were to determine the perception of these presidents when compared by identified demographic data. Chapter 2 was based on a systematic review of…
Theory and modeling of particles with DNA-mediated interactions
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Licata, Nicholas A.
In recent years significant attention has been attracted to proposals which utilize DNA for nanotechnological applications. Potential applications of these ideas range from the programmable self-assembly of colloidal crystals, to biosensors and nanoparticle based drug delivery platforms. In Chapter I we introduce the system, which generically consists of colloidal particles functionalized with specially designed DNA markers. The sequence of bases on the DNA markers determines the particle type. Due to the hybridization between complementary single-stranded DNA, specific, type-dependent interactions can be introduced between particles by choosing the appropriate DNA marker sequences. In Chapter II we develop a statistical mechanical description of the aggregation and melting behavior of particles with DNA-mediated interactions. A quantitative comparison between the theory and experiments is made by calculating the experimentally observed melting profile. In Chapter III a model is proposed to describe the dynamical departure and diffusion of particles which form reversible key-lock connections. The model predicts a crossover from localized to diffusive behavior. The random walk statistics for the particles' in plane diffusion is discussed. The lateral motion is analogous to dispersive transport in disordered semiconductors, ranging from standard diffusion with a renormalized diffusion coefficient to anomalous, subdiffusive behavior. In Chapter IV we propose a method to self-assemble nanoparticle clusters using DNA scaffolds. An optimal concentration ratio is determined for the experimental implementation of our self-assembly proposal. A natural extension is discussed in Chapter V, the programmable self-assembly of nanoparticle clusters where the desired cluster geometry is encoded using DNA-mediated interactions. We determine the probability that the system self-assembles the desired cluster geometry, and discuss the connections to jamming in granular and colloidal systems. In Chapter VI we consider a nanoparticle based drug delivery platform for targeted, cell specific chemotherapy. A key-lock model is proposed to describe the results of in-vitro experiments, and the situation in-vivo is discussed. The cooperative binding, and hence the specificity to cancerous cells, is kinetically limited. The implications for optimizing the design of nanoparticle based drug delivery platforms is discussed. In Chapter VII we present prospects for future research: the connection between DNA-mediated colloidal crystallization and jamming, and the inverse problem in self-assembly.
Correcting C IV-based virial black hole masses
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Coatman, Liam; Hewett, Paul C.; Banerji, Manda; Richards, Gordon T.; Hennawi, Joseph F.; Prochaska, J. Xavier
2017-02-01
The C IVλλ1498,1501 broad emission line is visible in optical spectra to redshifts exceeding z ˜ 5. C IV has long been known to exhibit significant displacements to the blue and these `blueshifts' almost certainly signal the presence of strong outflows. As a consequence, single-epoch virial black hole (BH) mass estimates derived from C IV velocity widths are known to be systematically biased compared to masses from the hydrogen Balmer lines. Using a large sample of 230 high-luminosity (LBol = 1045.5-1048 erg s-1), redshift 1.5 < z < 4.0 quasars with both C IV and Balmer line spectra, we have quantified the bias in C IV BH masses as a function of the C IV blueshift. C IV BH masses are shown to be a factor of 5 larger than the corresponding Balmer-line masses at C IV blueshifts of 3000 km s-1and are overestimated by almost an order of magnitude at the most extreme blueshifts, ≳5000 km s-1. Using the monotonically increasing relationship between the C IV blueshift and the mass ratio BH(C IV)/BH(Hα), we derive an empirical correction to all C IV BH masses. The scatter between the corrected C IV masses and the Balmer masses is 0.24 dex at low C IV blueshifts (˜0 km s-1) and just 0.10 dex at high blueshifts (˜3000 km s-1), compared to 0.40 dex before the correction. The correction depends only on the C IV line properties - i.e. full width at half-maximum and blueshift - and can therefore be applied to all quasars where C IV emission line properties have been measured, enabling the derivation of unbiased virial BH-mass estimates for the majority of high-luminosity, high-redshift, spectroscopically confirmed quasars in the literature.
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Holland, Christopher George
Studies of nonlinear couplings and dynamics in plasma turbulence are presented. Particular areas of focus are analytic studies of coherent structure formation in electron temperature gradient turbulence, measurement of nonlinear energy transfer in simulations of plasma turbulence, and bispectral analysis of experimental and computational data. The motivation for these works has been to develop and expand the existing theories of plasma transport, and verify the nonlinear predictions of those theories in simulation and experiment. In Chapter II, we study electromagnetic secondary instabilities of electron temperature gradient turbulence. The growth rate for zonal flow generation via modulational instability of electromagnetic ETG turbulence is calculated, as well as that for zonal (magnetic) field generation. In Chapter III, the stability and saturation of streamers in ETG turbulence is considered, and shown to depend sensitively upon geometry and the damping rates of the Kelvin-Helmholtz mode. Requirements for a credible theory of streamer transport are presented. In addition, a self-consistent model for interactions between ETG and ITG (ion temperature gradient) turbulence is presented. In Chapter IV, the nonlinear transfer of kinetic and internal energy is measured in simulations of plasma turbulence. The regulation of turbulence by radial decorrelation due to zonal flows and generation of zonal flows via the Reynolds stress are explicitly demonstrated, and shown to be symmetric facets of a single nonlinear process. Novel nonlinear saturation mechanisms for zonal flows are discussed. In Chapter V, measurements of fluctuation bicoherence in the edge of the DIII-D tokamak are presented. It is shown that the bicoherence increases transiently before a L-H transition, and decays to its initial value after the barrier has formed. The increase in bicoherence is localized to the region where the transport barrier forms, and shows strong coupling between well-separated frequencies. These results are qualitatively reproduced in a simple numerical "thought experiment," described in Chapter VI, which suggests that zonal flows may trigger the L-H transition.
DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)
Lim, Yu Jin; Kim, Eunji; Kim, Hak Jae, E-mail: khjae@snu.ac.kr
Purpose: To evaluate the survival impact of postoperative radiation therapy (PORT) in stage II to IV thymomas, using systematic review and meta-analysis. Methods and Materials: A database search was conducted with EMBASE, PubMed, Web of Science, Cochrane Library, and Ovid from inception to August 2015. Thymic carcinomas were excluded, and studies comparing overall survival (OS) with and without PORT in thymomas were included. The hazard ratios (HRs) of OS were extracted, and a random-effects model was used in the pooled analysis. Results: Seven retrospective series with a total of 1724 patients were included and analyzed. Almost all of the patients underwentmore » macroscopically complete resection, and thymoma histology was confirmed by the World Health Organization criteria. In the overall analysis of stage II to IV thymomas, OS was not altered with the receipt of PORT (HR 0.79, 95% confidence interval [CI] 0.58-1.08). Although PORT was not associated with survival difference in Masaoka stage II disease (HR 1.45, 95% CI 0.83-2.55), improved OS was observed with the addition of PORT in the discrete pooled analysis of stage III to IV (HR 0.63, 95% CI 0.40-0.99). Significant heterogeneity and publication bias were not found in the analyses. Conclusions: From the present meta-analysis of sole primary thymomas, we suggest the potential OS benefit of PORT in locally advanced tumors with macroscopically complete resection, but not in stage II disease. Further investigations with sufficient survival data are needed to establish detailed treatment indications.« less
Principal findings of systematic reviews of acute asthma treatment in childhood.
Castro-Rodriguez, Jose A; J Rodrigo, Gustavo; E Rodríguez-Martínez, Carlos
2015-01-01
The objective of this study is to summarize the principal findings in the literature about acute asthma management in children. Systematic reviews of randomized clinical trials (SRCTs) with or without meta-analysis in children (1-18 years) admitted to the emergency department (ED) were retrieved using five data bases. Methodological quality was determined using the AMSTAR tool. One hundred and three studies were retrieved. Among those, 28 SRCTs were included: seven SRCTs related to short-acting beta2-agonists (SABA), three to ipratropium bromide (IB), eight to corticosteroids, one to racemic adrenaline, one to leukotriene receptor antagonists (LTRA), four to magnesium sulfate, one to intravenous (IV) SABA, one to IV aminophylline, one to IV ketamine, and one to antibiotics. It was determined that administering SABA by MDI-VHC is superior to using a nebulizer, because it decreases the hospital admission rate, improves the clinical score, results in a shorter time in the ED, and causes fewer adverse effects. Levalbuterol and albuterol were similar. In patients with moderate to severe exacerbations, IB+SABA was superior to SABA, decreasing hospital admission and improving the clinical score. SABA heliox administered by nebulizer decreased exacerbation severity compared to oxygen. Inhaled corticosteroids (ICS), especially administered by nebulizer, showed results similar to oral corticosteroids (OCS) with respect to reducing hospital admission, unscheduled visits, and the requirement of additional systemic corticosteroids. ICS or OCS following ED discharge was similar with regard to relapse. Compared with a placebo, IV magnesium reduced hospital admission and improved lung function. SRCTs are useful for guiding decisions in acute asthma treatment.
Cheungpasitporn, Wisit; Thongprayoon, Charat; Brabec, Brady A.; Edmonds, Peter J.; O'Corragain, Oisin A.; Erickson, Stephen B.
2014-01-01
Background: The reports on efficacy of oral hydration treatment for the prevention of contrast-induced acute kidney injury (CIAKI) in elective radiological procedures and cardiac catheterization remain controversial. Aims: The objective of this meta-analysis was to assess the use of oral hydration regimen for prevention of CIAKI. Materials and Methods: Comprehensive literature searches for randomized controlled trials (RCTs) of outpatient oral hydration treatment was performed using MEDLINE, EMBASE, Cochrane Database of Systematic Reviews, Cochrane Central Register of Controlled Trials Systematic Reviews, and clinicaltrials.gov from inception until July 4th, 2014. Primary outcome was the incidence of CIAKI. Results: Six prospective RCTs were included in our analysis. Of 513patients undergoing elective procedures with contrast exposures,45 patients (8.8%) had CIAKI. Of 241 patients with oral hydration regimen, 23 (9.5%) developed CIAKI. Of 272 patients with intravenous (IV) fluid regimen, 22 (8.1%) had CIAKI. Study populations in all included studies had relatively normal kidney function to chronic kidney disease (CKD) stage 3. There was no significant increased risk of CIAKI in oral fluid regimen group compared toIV fluid regimen group (RR = 0.94, 95% confidence interval, CI = 0.38-2.31). Conclusions: According to our analysis,there is no evidence that oral fluid regimen is associated with more risk of CIAKI in patients undergoing elective procedures with contrast exposures compared to IV fluid regimen. This finding suggests that the oral fluid regimen might be considered as a possible outpatient treatment option for CIAKI prevention in patients with normal to moderately reduced kidney function. PMID:25599049
Coon, Jo Thompson; Gwernan-Jones, Ruth; Moore, Darren; Richardson, Michelle; Shotton, Catherine; Pritchard, Will; Morris, Christopher; Stein, Ken; Ford, Tamsin
2016-10-01
The benefits of end-user involvement in health-care research are widely recognized by research agencies. There are few published evaluations of end-user involvement in systematic reviews. (i) Describe end-user involvement in a complex mixed-methods systematic review of ADHD in schools, (ii) reflect on the impact of end-user involvement, (iii) highlight challenges and benefits experienced and (iv) provide suggestions to inform future involvement. End-users were involved in all stages of the project, both as authors and as members of an advisory group. In addition, several events were held with groups of relevant end-users during the project. End-user input (i) guided the direction of the research, (ii) contributed to a typology of interventions and outcomes, (iii) contributed to the direction of data analysis and (iv) contributed to the robustness of the syntheses by demonstrating the alignment of interim findings with lived experiences. Challenges included (i) managing expectations, (ii) managing the intensity of emotion, (iii) ensuring that involvement was fruitful for all not just the researcher, (iv) our capacity to communicate and manage the process and (v) engendering a sense of involvement amongst end-users. End-user involvement was an important aspect of this project. To minimize challenges in future projects, a recognition by the project management team and the funding provider that end-user involvement even in evidence synthesis projects is resource intensive is essential to allow appropriate allocation of time and resources for meaningful engagement. © 2015 The Authors. Health Expectations. Published by John Wiley & Sons Ltd.
Modified Multiple Model Adaptive Estimation (M3AE) for Simultaneous Parameter and State Estimation
1998-03-01
Contents Page Dedication : iv Acknowledgments v Table Of Contents vi List of Figures . . ; x List of Tables xv Abstract xvii Chapter 1 ...INTRODUCTION 1 1.1 Overview 1 1.2 Background 7 1.2.1 The Chi-Square Test 9 1.2.2 Generalized Likelihood Ratio (GLR) Testing 10 1.2.3 Multiple...M3AE Covariance Analysis 115 4.1.3 Simulations and Performance Analysis 121 4.1.3.1 Test Case 1 : aT = 32.0 124 4.1.3.2 Test Case 2: aT = 37.89, and
Optimizing Gas Generator Efficiency in a Forward Operating Base Using an Energy Management System
2013-06-01
Navy, Bethesda, MD. [4] E. Shields, B. Newell , “Current power and energy requirements of forward Deployed USMC Locations,” Released January 2012...kW and t0 was 6 hours, which resulted in Etotal=64.8 MJ . EMS logic remained the same as in Chapter IV with one exception. If the EMS sensed a...Battery Load (kW) Intial Capacity ( MJ ) Energy Drawn ( MJ ) Remaining Capacity ( MJ ) Initial SoC Final SoC 1 5 1.5 64.8 27.0 37.8 100.0% 58.3% 2 5 1.1
Space-Frequency Sampling Criteria for Electromagnetic Scattering of a Finite Object.
1985-08-01
An impulsive magnetic field incident upon a solid conducting body, sets up current - ’ 3 on the surface. As a result, 3 = n x RT will start...sphere and a cube using cubic, isotropic, and rectangular box confinement units are presented in Chapter IV. The efficiency definition proves to e a...8217S’IDRNGE FILE NAME: ACCPEr 30,FNAME2 30 PDR1’ RT (Al 0) IF (aCM.BD.’) GO MI 35 C C CIII/FR MI MPIT’UME(LINEA) ANDV PHASE (RADIAN) C WD 33 1-l.NsTEP XII~w
[Collation between Za Liao of Qian Jin Yi Fang and Xin Xiu Ben Cao].
Liang, Fei; Jiang, Li-Sheng; Li, Jian; Zhang, Wei; Zhang, Rui-Xian
2012-10-01
To analyze specific content of Za Liao of Qian Jin Yi Fang, this essay compares its content with related content of Xin Xiu Ben Cao, finding that Za Liao of Qian Jin Yi Fang is derived from the part of Jin An of Xin Xiu Ben Cao, which complements with herbal chapters from volume II to IV of Qian Jin Yi Fang. The texts in Za Liao can verify and collate part of Jin An, and thereby showing important literature value and great help for further studies on traditional Chinese medicines of Tang dynasty.
Review of Natural Phenomena Hazard (NPH) Assessments for the Hanford 200 Areas (Non-Seismic)
DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)
Snow, Robert L.; Ross, Steven B.; Sullivan, Robin S.
2010-09-24
The purpose of this review is to assess the need for updating Natural Phenomena Hazard (NPH) assessments for the Hanford 200 Areas, as required by DOE Order 420.1B Chapter IV, Natural Phenomena Hazards Mitigation, based on significant changes in state-of-the-art NPH assessment methodology or site-specific information. The review includes all natural phenomena hazards with the exception of seismic/earthquake hazards, which are being addressed under a separate effort. It was determined that existing non-seismic NPH assessments are consistent with current design methodology and site specific data.
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Ramabhadran, Raghunath Ozhapakkam
In a concise display of the power and diversity of electronic structure theory (EST), the work presented herein involves the development of new computational methods to advance the practical utility of quantum chemistry, as well as solving different types of challenging chemical problems by applying existing EST tools. The research presented is highly interdisciplinary in nature and features synergistic collaborations to solve real-life problems such as regulating toxic chemicals and generating alternative sources of energy. In the first chapter of this dissertation, the solution to a long-standing problem in theoretical thermochemistry is accomplished by the development of the automated, chemically intuitive and generalized thermochemical hierarchy, Connectivity-Based Hierarchy (CBH) to accurately predict the thermochemical properties of organic molecules. The extension of the hierarchy to predict the enthalpies of formations of biomonomers such as amino acids is also presented. The development of a computationally efficient protocol to accurately extrapolate to high CCSD(T) energies based on MP2 and DFT energies using CBH is presented in the second chapter, thus merging theoretical thermochemistry with fragment-based methods in quantum chemistry. This merger drastically reduces the computational cost involved in a CCSD(T) calculation, while retaining the impeccable accuracy it offers. The practical utility of the CH hydrogen bond, commonly thought as being too weak to be used in supramolecular applications has been demonstrated by DFT calculations (along with experimental results from the Flood group) in the third chapter. This is accomplished by systematically studying the binding of monoatomic chloride, diatomic and toxic cyanide and the polyatomic bi-fluoride anions for the first time using only CH hydrogen bonds within a triazolophane macrocycle. The fourth chapter contains the introduction of the concept of fluxionality in the chemical reactions of transition metal oxide clusters. This is useful to develop a systematic paradigm for discussing the mechanisms in the reactions of larger transition metal oxide clusters with small molecules. Additionally, DFT calculations (along with experimental results from the C. C. Jarrold group) are shown to be useful to provide new insights on hydrogen liberation from water, thus aiding in the generation of alternative sources of energy.
San Miguel Moragas, Joan; Reddy, Rajgopal R; Hernández Alfaro, Federico; Mommaerts, Maurice Y
2015-07-01
The ideal lip augmentation technique provides the longest period of efficacy, lowest complication rate, and best aesthetic results. A myriad of techniques have been described for lip augmentation, but the optimal approach has not yet been established. This systematic review with meta-regression will focus on the various filling procedures for lip augmentation (FPLA), with the goal of determining the optimal approach. A systematic search for all English, French, Spanish, German, Italian, Portuguese and Dutch language studies involving FPLA was performed using these databases: Elsevier Science Direct, PubMed, Highwire Press, Springer Standard Collection, SAGE, DOAJ, Sweetswise, Free E-Journals, Ovid Lippincott Williams & Wilkins, Willey Online Library Journals, and Cochrane Plus. The reference section of every study selected through this database search was subsequently examined to identify additional relevant studies. The database search yielded 29 studies. Nine more studies were retrieved from the reference sections of these 29 studies. The level of evidence ratings of these 38 studies were as follows: level Ib, four studies; level IIb, four studies; level IIIb, one study; and level IV, 29 studies. Ten studies were prospective. This systematic review sought to highlight all the quality data currently available regarding FPLA. Because of the considerable diversity of procedures, no definitive comparisons or conclusions were possible. Additional prospective studies and clinical trials are required to more conclusively determine the most appropriate approach for this procedure. IV. Copyright © 2015 European Association for Cranio-Maxillo-Facial Surgery. Published by Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.
Freire, Eleonora; Echeverría, Gustavo A; Baggio, Ricardo
2017-07-01
Two lamotriginium salts, namely lamotriginium crotonate [systematic name: 3,5-diamino-6-(2,3-dichlorophenyl)-1,2,4-triazin-2-ium but-2-enoate, C 9 H 8 Cl 2 N 5 + ·C 4 H 5 O 2 - , (III)] and lamotriginium salicylate [systematic name: 3,5-diamino-6-(2,3-dichlorophenyl)-1,2,4-triazin-2-ium 2-hydroxybenzoate ethanol monosolvate, C 9 H 8 Cl 2 N 5 + ·C 7 H 5 O 3 - ·C 2 H 5 OH, (IV)] present extremely similar centrosymmetric hydrogen-bonded A...L...L...A packing building blocks (L is lamotriginium and A is the anion). The fact that salicylate salt (IV) is (ethanol) solvated, while crotonate salt (III) is not, has a profound effect on the way these elemental units aggregate to generate the final crystal structure. Possible reasons for this behaviour are analyzed and the hypothesis raised checked against similar structures in the literature.
Muller, Juliana de Lima; Torquato, Kamilla Irigaray; Manfro, Gisele Gus; Trentini, Clarissa Marceli
2015-01-01
Evidence in the literature indicates that neurocognitive impairments may represent endophenotypes in psychiatric disorders. This study aimed to conduct a systematic review on executive functions as a potential neurocognitive endophenotype in anxiety disorder diagnosis according to the DSM-IV and DSM-5 classifications. A literature search of the LILACS, Cochrane Library, Index Psi Periódicos Técnico-Científicos, PubMed and PsycInfo databases was conducted, with no time limits. Of the 259 studies found, 14 were included in this review. Only studies on obsessive-compulsive disorder (OCD) were found. The executive function components of decision-making, planning, response inhibition, behavioral reversal/alternation, reversal learning and set-shifting/cognitive flexibility were considered to be a neurocognitive endophenotypes in OCD. Further studies on executive functions as a neurocognitive endophenotype in other anxiety disorders are needed since these may have different neurocognitive endophenotypes and require other prevention and treatment approaches.
Origins of magnetospheric physics
DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)
Van Allen, J.A.
1983-01-01
The history of the scientific investigation of the earth magnetosphere during the period 1946-1960 is reviewed, with a focus on satellite missions leading to the discovery of the inner and outer radiation belts. Chapters are devoted to ground-based studies of the earth magnetic field through the 1930s, the first U.S. rocket flights carrying scientific instruments, the rockoon flights from the polar regions (1952-1957), U.S. planning for scientific use of artificial satellites (1956), the launch of Sputnik I (1957), the discovery of the inner belt by Explorers I and III (1958), the Argus high-altitude atomic-explosion tests (1958), the confirmation of themore » inner belt and discovery of the outer belt by Explorer IV and Pioneers I-V, related studies by Sputniks II and III and Luniks I-III, and the observational and theoretical advances of 1959-1961. Photographs, drawings, diagrams, graphs, and copies of original notes and research proposals are provided. 227 references.« less
[Dentists and National Socialism. Systematic Literature Review and Research Questions].
Schwanke, Enno; Krischel, Matthis; Gross, Dominik
2016-01-01
Compared to the rich literature on Nazi medicine in general, the connection between dentists and National Socialism is less well documented. Neither the elites of the field from this era nor those excluded from the profession are catalogued in a systematic manner. The aims of this contribution are to assemble and review the relevant literature and show how German dentistry organizations have handled this chapter of their professional history. Trends in the literature since the 1980s are examined and it is pointed out, which areas have received some attention and which have not yet been addressed. Thus, this contribution will serve as both the basis and the starting point for new research into the field.
Ground Water Atlas of the United States
,
2000-01-01
PrefaceThe Ground Water Atlas of the United States presents a comprehensive summary of the Nation's ground-water resources and is a basic reference for the location, geography, geology, and hydrologic characteristics of the major aquifers in the Nation. The information was collected by the U.S. Geological Survey and other agencies during the course of many years of study. Results of the Regional Aquifer-System Analysis Program, a systematic study of the Nation's major aquifers by the U.S. Geological Survey, were used as a major, but not exclusive, source of information of the Atlas. The Atlas, which is designed in a graphical format that is supported by descriptive discussions, includes 13 chapters, each representing areas that collectively cover the 50 States and Puerto Rico, as well as the U.S. Virgin Islands. Each chapter of the Atlas presents and describes hydrogeologic and hydrologic conditions for the major aquifers in each regional area. The scale of the Atlas does not allow portrayal of minor features of the geology or hydrology of each aquifer presented, nor does it include detailed discussion of minor aquifers. Those readers who seek detailed local information for the aquifers will find extensive lists of references at the end of each chapter. The introductory chapter in this volume presents an overview of ground-water conditions Nationwide and gives an example of an aquifer in each of six hydrogeologic settings.
Development and evaluation of an active instructional framework for undergraduate biology education
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Lysne, Steven John
The practice of science education in American colleges and universities is changing and the role of faculty is changing as well. There is momentum in higher education to transform our instruction and do a better job at supporting more students' success in science and engineering programs. New teaching approaches are transforming undergraduate science instruction and new research demonstrates that these new approaches are more engaging for students, result in greater achievement, and create more positive attitudes toward science careers. Additionally, teaching scholars have described a paradigm shift toward placing the burden of content coverage on students which allows more time for in-class activities such as discussion and problem solving. Teaching faculty have been asked to redesign their courses and rebrand themselves as facilitators of student learning, rather than purveyors of information, to improve student engagement, achievement, and attitudes. This dissertation is a critical evaluation of both the assumption that active learning improves student achievement and knowledge retention and my own assumptions regarding science education research and my students' resiliency. This dissertation is a collection of research articles, published or in preparation, presenting the chronological development (Chapters 2 and 3) and evaluation (Chapters 4 and 5) of an active instructional model for undergraduate biology instruction. Chapters 1 and 6.provide a broad introduction and summary, respectively. Chapter 2 is an exploration of student engagement through interviews with a variety of students. From these interviews I identified several themes that students felt were important, and science instructors need to address, including the place where learning happens and strategies for better engaging students. Chapter 3 presents a review of the science education literature broadly and more focused review on the how students learn and how faculty teach. Consistent with what my student interviews suggested, I found that engaging students by way of innovative instructional approaches is a major theme in science education. I conclude by arguing for the development of collaborative learning communities and the use of cognitive apprenticeships in science classrooms. In Chapter 4 I presented the development and initial evaluation of an instructional framework for undergraduate biology classrooms. I found that student satisfaction as measured by end-of-course iv evaluations increased compared to my previous instructional model. I concluded that the instructional framework was efficacious and proceeded to evaluate the model in the context of knowledge acquisition and retention. Chapter 5 is the culmination of the work I conducted for the research presented in Chapters 2 through 4. In Chapter 5 I formally test the hypotheses that my instructional framework presented in Chapter 4 results in no greater knowledge acquisition or retention compared to a more traditional lecture model of instruction. I failed to reject these hypotheses which runs contrary to much published literature; the implications of my findings are discussed.
Brodsky, Casey N; Hadt, Ryan G; Hayes, Dugan; Reinhart, Benjamin J; Li, Nancy; Chen, Lin X; Nocera, Daniel G
2017-04-11
The Co 4 O 4 cubane is a representative structural model of oxidic cobalt oxygen-evolving catalysts (Co-OECs). The Co-OECs are active when residing at two oxidation levels above an all-Co(III) resting state. This doubly oxidized Co(IV) 2 state may be captured in a Co(III) 2 (IV) 2 cubane. We demonstrate that the Co(III) 2 (IV) 2 cubane may be electrochemically generated and the electronic properties of this unique high-valent state may be probed by in situ spectroscopy. Intervalence charge-transfer (IVCT) bands in the near-IR are observed for the Co(III) 2 (IV) 2 cubane, and spectroscopic analysis together with electrochemical kinetics measurements reveal a larger reorganization energy and a smaller electron transfer rate constant for the doubly versus singly oxidized cubane. Spectroelectrochemical X-ray absorption data further reveal systematic spectral changes with successive oxidations from the cubane resting state. Electronic structure calculations correlated to experimental data suggest that this state is best represented as a localized, antiferromagnetically coupled Co(IV) 2 dimer. The exchange coupling in the cofacial Co(IV) 2 site allows for parallels to be drawn between the electronic structure of the Co 4 O 4 cubane model system and the high-valent active site of the Co-OEC, with specific emphasis on the manifestation of a doubly oxidized Co(IV) 2 center on O-O bond formation.
Brodsky, Casey N.; Hadt, Ryan G.; Hayes, Dugan; ...
2017-03-27
The Co 4O 4 cubane is a representative structural model of oxidic cobalt oxygen evolving catalysts (Co-OECs). The Co-OECs are active when residing at two oxidation levels above an all Co(III) resting state. This doubly oxidized Co(IV) 2 state may be captured in a Co(III) 2(IV) 2 cubane. We demonstrate that the Co(III) 2(IV) 2 cubane may be electrochemically generated and the electronic properties of this unique high-valent state may be probed by in situ spectroscopy. Intervalence charge transfer (IVCT) bands in the near-IR are observed for the Co(III) 2(IV) 2 cubane, and spectroscopic analysis together with electrochemical kinetics measurementsmore » reveal a larger reorganization energy and a smaller electron transfer rate constant for the doubly versus singly oxidized cubane. Spectroelectrochemical X-ray absorption data further reveal systematic spectral changes with successive oxidations from the cubane resting state. Electronic structure calculations correlated to experimental data suggest that this state is best represented as a localized, antiferromagnetically coupled Co(IV) 2 dimer. The exchange coupling in the cofacial Co(IV) 2 site allows for parallels to be drawn between the electronic structure of the Co 4O 4 cubane model system and the high valent active site of the Co-OEC, with specific emphasis on the manifestation of a doubly oxidized Co(IV) 2 center on O–O bond formation.« less
Maj, M; Pirozzi, R; Formicola, A M; Bartoli, L; Bucci, P
2000-01-01
Concerns have been expressed about the reliability and validity of the DSM-IV criteria for schizoaffective disorder, but no systematic study has been published up to now. The Cohen's kappa for the individual items of the DSM-IV definition of schizoaffective disorder, manic episode and major depressive episode was evaluated in 150 patients independently interviewed by two psychiatrists using the Composite International Diagnostic Interview. The two-year outcome of patients with a consensus DSM-IV diagnosis of schizoaffective disorder was compared to that of patients with DSM-IV schizophrenia and schizophreniform disorder, using the Strauss-Carpenter Outcome Scale. The Cohen's kappa was 0.22 for the diagnosis of schizoaffective disorder, 0.71 for that of manic episode, and 0.82 for that of major depressive episode. Schizoaffective patients had a significantly better outcome than those with schizophrenia but a worse outcome than those with schizophreniform disorder. The inter-rater reliability of the DSM-IV criteria for schizoaffective disorder is not satisfactory. The better outcome of DSM-IV schizoaffective disorder compared with schizophrenia seems to depend more on the inclusion, in the definition of schizophrenia but not in that of schizoaffective disorder, of the six-month duration and functional impairment criteria than on the different symptomatological patterns of the two conditions. The size of the sample of patients fulfilling DSM-IV criteria for schizoaffective disorder was small. The study suggests that the clinical implications of the currently problematic diagnosis of schizoaffective disorder may be modest.
Advancement of Latent Trait Theory.
1988-02-01
if I am the principal investigator, I find it practically impossible to include and systematize all the important findings and implications within a...methods are described in [1.21. Two important features of the principal investigator’s approach are the following. (1) It does not assume any specific...were described in the preceding chapter, the maximum likelihood estimate 0 of ability 0 , and also f of the transformed ability r play important roles
DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)
Laws, E.A.
1993-01-01
This book systematically covers all aspects of water pollution in marine and freshwater systems. Didactic style, frequent use of case studies and an extensive bibliography facilitate understanding of fundamental concepts. Offers basic, relevant ecological and toxicological information. Straightforward presentation of the scientific aspects of environmental issues. Information updated, particularly the discussion of toxicology and the case studies of water pollution. Three new chapters on acid rain, groundwater pollution and plastics are added.
Quality assurance, an administrative means to a managerial end: Part IV.
Clark, G B
1992-01-01
This is the fourth and final part of a series of articles on laboratory quality surveillance. Part I addressed the historical background of medical quality assurance. Part II covered surveillance guidelines of the Joint Commission on Accreditation of Healthcare Organizations (JCAHO) and the College of American Pathologists with emphasis on quality assurance (QA) and the ten-step process. Part III focused on the JCAHO transition from QA to quality assessment and improvement. Part IV concludes the series by discussing the systematic identification of quality indicators in the total quality management and continuous quality improvement environment.
Yeung, Marco; Memon, Muzammil; Simunovic, Nicole; Belzile, Etienne; Philippon, Marc J; Ayeni, Olufemi R
2016-06-01
Gross hip instability is a rare complication after hip arthroscopy, and there is limited literature surrounding this topic. This systematic review investigates cases of gross hip instability after arthroscopy and discusses the risk factors associated with this complication. A systematic search was performed in duplicate for studies investigating gross hip instability after hip arthroscopy up to October 2015. Study parameters including sample size, mechanism and type of dislocation, surgical procedure details, patient characteristics, postoperative rehabilitation protocol, and level of evidence were analyzed. The systematic review identified 9 case reports investigating gross hip instability after hip arthroscopy (10 patients). Anterior dislocation occurred in 66.7% of patients, and most injuries occurred with a low-energy mechanism. Common surgical factors cited included unrepaired capsulotomy (77.8%) and iliopsoas release (33.3%), whereas patient factors included female gender (77.8%), acetabular dysplasia (22.2%), and general ligamentous laxity (11.1%). Postoperative restrictions and protocols were variable and inconsistently reported, and their relation to post-arthroscopy instability was difficult to ascertain. This systematic review discussed various patient, surgical, and postoperative risk factors of gross hip instability after arthroscopy. Patient characteristics such as female gender, hip dysplasia, and ligamentous laxity may be risk factors for post-arthroscopy dislocation. Similarly, surgical risk factors for iatrogenic hip instability may include unrepaired capsulotomies and iliopsoas debridement, although the role of capsular closure in iatrogenic instability is not clear. The influences of postoperative restrictions and protocols on dislocation are also unclear in the current literature. Surgeons should be cognizant of these risk factors when performing hip arthroscopy and be mindful that these factors appear to occur in combination. Level IV, systematic review of Level IV studies. Copyright © 2016 Arthroscopy Association of North America. Published by Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.
DeLong, Jeffrey M; Waterman, Brian R
2015-11-01
To systematically review reconstruction techniques of the medial collateral ligament (MCL) and associated medial structures of the knee (e.g., posterior oblique ligament). A systematic review of Medline/PubMed Database (1966 to November 2013), reference list scanning and citation searches of included articles, and manual searches of high-impact journals (2000 to July 2013) and conference proceedings (2009 to July 2013) were performed to identify publications describing MCL reconstruction techniques of the knee. Exclusion criteria included (1) MCL primary repair techniques or advancement procedures, (2) lack of clear description of MCL reconstruction technique, (3) animal models, (4) nonrelevant study design, (5) and foreign language articles without available translation. After review of 4,600 references, 25 publications with 359 of 388 patients (92.5%) were isolated for analysis, including 18 single-bundle MCL and 10 double-bundle reconstruction techniques. Only 2 techniques were classified as anatomic reconstructions, and clinical and objective outcomes (n = 28; 100% <3 mm side-to-side difference [SSD]) were superior to those with nonanatomic reconstruction (n = 182; 79.1% <3 mm SSD) and tendon transfer techniques (n = 114; 52.6% <3 mm SSD). This systematic review demonstrated that numerous medial reconstruction techniques have been used in the treatment of isolated and combined medial knee injuries in the existent literature. Many variations exist among reconstruction techniques and may differ by graft choices, method of fixation, number of bundles, tensioning protocol, and degree of anatomic restoration of medial and posteromedial corner knee restraints. Further studies are required to better ascertain the comparative clinical outcomes with anatomic, non-anatomic, and tendon transfer techniques for medial knee reconstruction. Level IV, systematic review of level IV studies and surgical techniques. Published by Elsevier Inc.
DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)
Brodsky, Casey N.; Hadt, Ryan G.; Hayes, Dugan
The Co 4O 4 cubane is a representative structural model of oxidic cobalt oxygen evolving catalysts (Co-OECs). The Co-OECs are active when residing at two oxidation levels above an all Co(III) resting state. This doubly oxidized Co(IV) 2 state may be captured in a Co(III) 2(IV) 2 cubane. We demonstrate that the Co(III) 2(IV) 2 cubane may be electrochemically generated and the electronic properties of this unique high-valent state may be probed by in situ spectroscopy. Intervalence charge transfer (IVCT) bands in the near-IR are observed for the Co(III) 2(IV) 2 cubane, and spectroscopic analysis together with electrochemical kinetics measurementsmore » reveal a larger reorganization energy and a smaller electron transfer rate constant for the doubly versus singly oxidized cubane. Spectroelectrochemical X-ray absorption data further reveal systematic spectral changes with successive oxidations from the cubane resting state. Electronic structure calculations correlated to experimental data suggest that this state is best represented as a localized, antiferromagnetically coupled Co(IV) 2 dimer. The exchange coupling in the cofacial Co(IV) 2 site allows for parallels to be drawn between the electronic structure of the Co 4O 4 cubane model system and the high valent active site of the Co-OEC, with specific emphasis on the manifestation of a doubly oxidized Co(IV) 2 center on O–O bond formation.« less
Complications of wrist arthroscopy.
Ahsan, Zahab S; Yao, Jeffrey
2012-06-01
The purpose of this systematic review was to address the incidence of complications associated with wrist arthroscopy. Given the paucity of information published on this topic, an all-inclusive review of published wrist arthroscopy complications was sought. Two independent reviewers performed a literature search using PubMed, Google Scholar, EBSCO, and Academic Megasearch using the terms "wrist arthroscopy complications," "complications of wrist arthroscopy," "wrist arthroscopy injury," and "wrist arthroscopy." Inclusion criteria were (1) Levels I to V evidence, (2) "complication" defined as an adverse outcome directly related to the operative procedure, and (3) explicit description of operative complications in the study. Eleven multiple-patient studies addressing complications of wrist arthroscopy from 1994 to 2010 were identified, with 42 complications reported from 895 wrist arthroscopy procedures, a 4.7% complication rate. Four case reports were also found, identifying injury to the dorsal sensory branch of the ulnar nerve, injury to the posterior interosseous nerve, and extensor tendon sheath fistula formation. This systematic review suggests that the previously documented rate of wrist arthroscopy complications may be underestimating the true incidence. The report of various complications provides insight to surgeons for improving future surgical techniques. Level IV, systematic review of Levels I-V studies. Copyright © 2012 Arthroscopy Association of North America. Published by Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.
Systematic, Cross-Cortex Variation in Neuron Numbers in Rodents and Primates
Charvet, Christine J.; Cahalane, Diarmuid J.; Finlay, Barbara L.
2015-01-01
Uniformity, local variability, and systematic variation in neuron numbers per unit of cortical surface area across species and cortical areas have been claimed to characterize the isocortex. Resolving these claims has been difficult, because species, techniques, and cortical areas vary across studies. We present a stereological assessment of neuron numbers in layers II–IV and V–VI per unit of cortical surface area across the isocortex in rodents (hamster, Mesocricetus auratus; agouti, Dasyprocta azarae; paca, Cuniculus paca) and primates (owl monkey, Aotus trivigratus; tamarin, Saguinus midas; capuchin, Cebus apella); these chosen to vary systematically in cortical size. The contributions of species, cortical areas, and techniques (stereology, “isotropic fractionator”) to neuron estimates were assessed. Neurons per unit of cortical surface area increase across the rostro-caudal (RC) axis in primates (varying by a factor of 1.64–2.13 across the rostral and caudal poles) but less in rodents (varying by a factor of 1.15–1.54). Layer II–IV neurons account for most of this variation. When integrated into the context of species variation, and this RC gradient in neuron numbers, conflicts between studies can be accounted for. The RC variation in isocortical neurons in adulthood mirrors the gradients in neurogenesis duration in development. PMID:23960207
Methodological variations and their effects on reported medication administration error rates.
McLeod, Monsey Chan; Barber, Nick; Franklin, Bryony Dean
2013-04-01
Medication administration errors (MAEs) are a problem, yet methodological variation between studies presents a potential barrier to understanding how best to increase safety. Using the UK as a case-study, we systematically summarised methodological variations in MAE studies, and their effects on reported MAE rates. Nine healthcare databases were searched for quantitative observational MAE studies in UK hospitals. Methodological variations were analysed and meta-analysis of MAE rates performed using studies that used the same definitions. Odds ratios (OR) were calculated to compare MAE rates between intravenous (IV) and non-IV doses, and between paediatric and adult doses. We identified 16 unique studies reporting three MAE definitions, 44 MAE subcategories and four different denominators. Overall adult MAE rates were 5.6% of a total of 21 533 non-IV opportunities for error (OE) (95% CI 4.6% to 6.7%) and 35% of a total of 154 IV OEs (95% CI 2% to 68%). MAEs were five times more likely in IV than non-IV doses (pooled OR 5.1; 95% CI 3.5 to 7.5). Including timing errors of ±30 min increased the MAE rate from 27% to 69% of 320 IV doses in one study. Five studies were unclear as to whether the denominator included dose omissions; omissions accounted for 0%-13% of IV doses and 1.8%-5.1% of non-IV doses. Wide methodological variations exist even within one country, some with significant effects on reported MAE rates. We have made recommendations for future MAE studies; these may be applied both within and outside the UK.
Laborde-Castérot, Hervé; Agrinier, Nelly; Thilly, Nathalie
2015-10-01
Propensity score (PS) and instrumental variable (IV) are analytical techniques used to adjust for confounding in observational research. More and more, they seem to be used simultaneously in studies evaluating health interventions. The present review aimed to analyze the agreement between PS and IV results in medical research published to date. Review of all published observational studies that evaluated a clinical intervention using simultaneously PS and IV analyses, as identified in MEDLINE and Web of Science. Thirty-seven studies, most of them published during the previous 5 years, reported 55 comparisons between results from PS and IV analyses. There was a slight/fair agreement between the methods [Cohen's kappa coefficient = 0.21 (95% confidence interval: 0.00, 0.41)]. In 23 cases (42%), results were nonsignificant for one method and significant for the other, and IV analysis results were nonsignificant in most situations (87%). Discrepancies are frequent between PS and IV analyses and can be interpreted in various ways. This suggests that researchers should carefully consider their analytical choices, and readers should be cautious when interpreting results, until further studies clarify the respective roles of the two methods in observational comparative effectiveness research. Copyright © 2015 Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.
Briss, P A; Zaza, S; Pappaioanou, M; Fielding, J; Wright-De Agüero, L; Truman, B I; Hopkins, D P; Mullen, P D; Thompson, R S; Woolf, S H; Carande-Kulis, V G; Anderson, L; Hinman, A R; McQueen, D V; Teutsch, S M; Harris, J R
2000-01-01
Systematic reviews and evidence-based recommendations are increasingly important for decision making in health and medicine. Over the past 20 years, information on the science of synthesizing research results has exploded. However, some approaches to systematic reviews of the effectiveness of clinical preventive services and medical care may be less appropriate for evaluating population-based interventions. Furthermore, methods for linking evidence to recommendations are less well developed than methods for synthesizing evidence. The Guide to Community Preventive Services: Systematic Reviews and Evidence-Based Recommendations (the Guide) will evaluate and make recommendations on population-based and public health interventions. This paper provides an overview of the Guide's process to systematically review evidence and translate that evidence into recommendations. The Guide reviews evidence on effectiveness, the applicability of effectiveness data, (i.e., the extent to which available effectiveness data is thought to apply to additional populations and settings), the intervention's other effects (i.e., important side effects), economic impact, and barriers to implementation of interventions. The steps for obtaining and evaluating evidence into recommendations involve: (1) forming multidisciplinary chapter development teams, (2) developing a conceptual approach to organizing, grouping, selecting and evaluating the interventions in each chapter; (3) selecting interventions to be evaluated; (4) searching for and retrieving evidence; (5) assessing the quality of and summarizing the body of evidence of effectiveness; (6) translating the body of evidence of effectiveness into recommendations; (7) considering information on evidence other than effectiveness; and (8) identifying and summarizing research gaps. Systematic reviews of and evidence-based recommendations for population-health interventions are challenging and methods will continue to evolve. However, using an evidence-based approach to identify and recommend effective interventions directed at specific public health goals may reduce errors in how information is collected and interpreted, identify important gaps in current knowledge thus guiding further research, and enhance the Guide users' ability to assess whether recommendations are valid and prudent from their own perspectives. Over time, all of these advantages could help to increase agreement regarding appropriate community health strategies and help to increase their implementation.
Electroformed silicon nitride based light emitting memory device
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Anutgan, Tamila; Anutgan, Mustafa; Atilgan, Ismail; Katircioglu, Bayram
2017-07-01
The resistive memory switching effect of an electroformed nanocrystal silicon nitride thin film light emitting diode (LED) is demonstrated. For this purpose, current-voltage (I-V) characteristics of the diode were systematically scanned, paying particular attention to the sequence of the measurements. It was found that when the voltage polarity was changed from reverse to forward, the previously measured reverse I-V behavior was remembered until some critical forward bias voltage. Beyond this critical voltage, the I-V curve returns to its original state instantaneously, and light emission switches from the OFF state to the ON state. The kinetics of this switching mechanism was studied for different forward bias stresses by measuring the corresponding time at which the switching occurs. Finally, the switching of resistance and light emission states was discussed via energy band structure of the electroformed LED.
2014-01-01
Background. Evidence rankings do not consider equally internal (IV), external (EV), and model validity (MV) for clinical studies including complementary and alternative medicine/integrative medicine (CAM/IM) research. This paper describe this model and offers an EV assessment tool (EVAT©) for weighing studies according to EV and MV in addition to IV. Methods. An abbreviated systematic review methodology was employed to search, assemble, and evaluate the literature that has been published on EV/MV criteria. Standard databases were searched for keywords relating to EV, MV, and bias-scoring from inception to Jan 2013. Tools identified and concepts described were pooled to assemble a robust tool for evaluating these quality criteria. Results. This study assembled a streamlined, objective tool to incorporate for the evaluation of quality of EV/MV research that is more sensitive to CAM/IM research. Conclusion. Improved reporting on EV can help produce and provide information that will help guide policy makers, public health researchers, and other scientists in their selection, development, and improvement in their research-tested intervention. Overall, clinical studies with high EV have the potential to provide the most useful information about “real-world” consequences of health interventions. It is hoped that this novel tool which considers IV, EV, and MV on equal footing will better guide clinical decision making. PMID:24734111
Ferrari, Márcio Balbinotti; Murphy, Colin P; Gomes, João Luiz Ellera
2018-05-23
Although the consequences of traumatic meniscus tears and the importance of meniscal repair are well-established in adults, the same cannot be said for the young population. Better evidence regarding the outcomes following traumatic meniscal tears in children would improve our understanding of this increasing pathology and help define important factors in deciding the best treatment option. A systematic review was performed according to the Preferred Reporting Items for Systematic Review and Meta-Analysis guidelines using the Cochrane Database of Systematic Review, Cochrane Central Register of Controlled Trials, MEDLINE Ovid, and MEDLINE PubMed databases. Inclusion criteria were as follows: studies reporting the outcomes of meniscal repair in patients 18 years old or younger, with a minimum mean follow-up of 12 months, Portuguese, Spanish, or English languages, and human studies including 10 or more patients. Our search identified 2,534 individual titles. After application of the inclusion and exclusion criteria, 8 studies were included, evaluating 287 patients with repaired meniscal tears. All eight studies were classified as level of evidence IV. The mean methodological index for nonrandomized studies score was 8.6 ± 1.4. Meniscal repair included all meniscal zones and tear patterns. Anterior cruciate ligament tear was the most common associated injury. The all-inside and inside-out techniques were predominantly reported. The majority of the patients reported good to excellent outcomes and had clinical signals of meniscal healing; meniscectomies following meniscal repair were performed in just 44 cases. In conclusion, meniscal tears in pediatrics are not uncommon. Repairs of this injury were associated with good to excellent outcomes in most patients, regardless of the injury pattern, zone, or technique. Reported complications were minimal; however, higher quality studies are needed to confirm the findings of this systematic review. This is a systematic review study with Level IV. Thieme Medical Publishers 333 Seventh Avenue, New York, NY 10001, USA.
An Investigation of Spontaneous Lorentz Violation and Cosmic Inflation
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Tam, Heywood
2010-12-01
In this thesis we re-examine two established ideas in theoretical physics: Lorentz invariance and cosmic inflation. In the first four chapters, we (i) propose a way to hide large extra dimensions by coupling standard model fields with Lorentz-violating tensor fields with expectation values along the extra dimensions; (ii) examine the stability of theories in which Lorentz invariance is spontaneously broken by fixed-norm 'aether' fields; (iii) investigate the phenomenological properties of the sigma-model aether theory; and (iv) explore the implications of an alternative theory of gravity in which the graviton arises from the Goldstone modes of a two-index symmetric aether field. In the final chapter, we examine the horizon and flatness problems using the canonical measure (developed by Gibbons, Hawking, and Stewart) on the space of solutions to Einstein's equations. We find that the flatness problem does not exist, while the homogeneity of our universe does represent a substantial fine-tuning. Based on the assumption of unitary evolution (Liouville's theorem), we further dispute the widely accepted claim that inflation makes our universe more natural.
Culture and psychiatric diagnosis.
Lewis-Fernández, Roberto; Aggarwal, Neil Krishan
2013-01-01
Since the publication of DSM-IV in 1994, neurobiologists and anthropologists have criticized the rigidity of its diagnostic criteria that appear to exclude whole classes of alternate illness presentations, as well as the lack of attention in contemporary psychiatric nosology to the role of contextual factors in the emergence and characteristics of psychopathology. Experts in culture and mental health have responded to these criticisms by revising the very process of diagnosis for DSM-5. Specifically, the DSM-5 Cultural Issues Subgroup has recommended that concepts of culture be included more prominently in several areas: an introductory chapter on Cultural Aspects of Psychiatric Diagnosis - composed of a conceptual introduction, a revised Outline for Cultural Formulation, a Cultural Formulation Interview that operationalizes this Outline, and a glossary on cultural concepts of distress - as well as material directly related to culture that is incorporated into the description of each disorder. This chapter surveys these recommendations to demonstrate how culture and context interact with psychiatric diagnosis at multiple levels. A greater appreciation of the interplay between culture, context, and biology can help clinicians improve diagnostic and treatment planning. Copyright © 2013 APA*
Crichton, James Charles Ian; Naidoo, Kamil; Yet, Barbaros; Brundage, Susan I; Perkins, Zane
2017-11-01
Nonoperative management (NOM) of hemodynamically normal patients with blunt splenic injury (BSI) is the standard of care. Guidelines recommend additional splenic angioembolization (SAE) in patients with American Association for the Surgery of Trauma (AAST) Grade IV and Grade V BSI, but the role of SAE in Grade III injuries is unclear and controversial. The aim of this systematic review was to compare the safety and effectiveness of SAE as an adjunct to NOM versus NOM alone in adults with BSI. A systematic literature search (Medline, Embase, and CINAHL) was performed to identify original studies that compared outcomes in adult BSI patients treated with SAE or NOM alone. Primary outcome was failure of NOM. Secondary outcomes included morbidity, mortality, hospital length of stay, and transfusion requirements. Bayesian meta-analyses were used to calculate an absolute (risk difference) and relative (risk ratio [RR]) measure of treatment effect for each outcome. Twenty-three studies (6,684 patients) were included. For Grades I to V combined, there was no difference in NOM failure rate (SAE, 8.6% vs NOM, 7.7%; RR, 1.09 [0.80-1.51]; p = 0.28), mortality (SAE, 4.8% vs NOM, 5.8%; RR, 0.82 [0.45-1.31]; p = 0.81), hospital length of stay (11.3 vs 9.5 days; p = 0.06), or blood transfusion requirements (1.8 vs 1.7 units; p = 0.47) between patients treated with SAE and those treated with NOM alone. However, morbidity was significantly higher in patients treated with SAE (SAE, 38.1% vs NOM, 18.6%; RR, 1.83 [1.20-2.66]; p < 0.01). When stratified by grade of splenic injury, SAE significantly reduced the failure rate of NOM in patients with Grade IV and Grade V splenic injuries but had minimal effect in those with Grade I to Grade III injuries. Splenic angioembolization should be strongly considered as an adjunct to NOM in patients with AAST Grade IV and Grade V BSI but should not be routinely recommended in patients with AAST Grade I to Grade III injuries. Systematic review and meta-analysis, level III.
Revision Hip Arthroscopy: A Systematic Review of Diagnoses, Operative Findings, and Outcomes.
Cvetanovich, Gregory L; Harris, Joshua D; Erickson, Brandon J; Bach, Bernard R; Bush-Joseph, Charles A; Nho, Shane J
2015-07-01
To determine indications for, operative findings of, and outcomes of revision hip arthroscopy. A systematic review was registered with PROSPERO and performed based on PRISMA (Preferred Reporting Items for Systematic Reviews and Meta-Analyses) guidelines. Therapeutic clinical outcome studies reporting the indications for, operative findings of, and outcomes of revision hip arthroscopy were eligible for inclusion. All study-, patient-, and hip-specific data were extracted and analyzed. The Modified Coleman Methodology Score was used to assess study quality. Five studies were included (348 revision hip arthroscopies; 333 patients; mean age, 31.4 ± 4.2 years; 60% female patients). All 5 studies were either Level III or IV evidence. The surgeon performing revision hip arthroscopy was the same as the primary hip surgeon in only 25% of cases. The mean time between primary and revision hip arthroscopy was 27.8 ± 7.0 months (range, 2 to 193 months). Residual femoroacetabular impingement was the most common indication for and operative finding of revision hip arthroscopy (81% of cases). The most commonly reported revision procedures were femoral osteochondroplasty (24%) and acetabuloplasty (18%). The modified Harris Hip Score was used in all 5 analyzed studies, with significant (P < .05) improvements observed in all 5 studies (weighted mean, 56.8 ± 3.6 preoperatively v 72.0 ± 8.3 at final follow-up [22.4 ± 9.8 months]; P = .01). Other patient-reported outcomes (Non-Arthritic Hip Score, Hip Outcome Score, 33-item International Hip Outcome Tool, Short Form 12) showed significant improvements but were not used in all 5 analyzed studies. After revision hip arthroscopy, subsequent reported operations were hip arthroplasty in 11 patients and re-revision hip arthroscopy in 8 patients (5% total reoperation rate). Revision hip arthroscopy is most commonly performed for residual femoroacetabular impingement, with statistically significant and clinically relevant improvements shown in multiple patient-reported clinical outcome scores at short-term follow-up. The reoperation rate after revision hip arthroscopy is 5% within 2 years, including further arthroscopy or conversion to hip arthroplasty. Level IV, systematic review of Level III and IV studies. Copyright © 2015 Arthroscopy Association of North America. Published by Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.
Schmidt, Sina; Ismail, Tarek; Puhan, Milo A; Soll, Christopher; Breitenstein, Stefan
2018-06-01
Surgical strategies for perforated diverticulitis (Hinchey stages III and IV) remain controversial. This systematic review aimed to compare the outcome of primary anastomosis, Hartmann procedure and laparoscopic lavage. A systematic literature search was conducted through Medline, Embase, Cochrane Central Register and Health Technology Assessment Database to identify randomized and non-randomized controlled trials involving patients with perforated left-sided colonic diverticulitis comparing different surgical strategies. The methodological quality of the included studies was assessed systematically (Grading of Recommendations, Assessment, Development and Evaluation) and a meta-analysis was performed. After screening 4090 titles and abstracts published between 1958 and January 2018, 148 were selected for full text assessment. Sixteen trials (7 RCTs, 9 non-RCTs) with 1223 patients were included. Mortality rates were not significantly different between Hartmann procedure and primary anastomosis for Hinchey III and IV, neither in the meta-analysis of three RCTs (RR 2.03 (95% CI 0.79 to 5.25); p = 0.14, moderate quality of evidence) nor in the meta-analysis of six observational studies (RR 1.53 (95% CI 0.89 to 2.65); p = 0.13, very low quality of evidence). However, stoma reversal rates were significantly higher in the primary anastomosis group (RR 0.73 (95% CI 0.58 to 0.98); p = 0.008, moderate quality of evidence). Meta-analysis of four RCTs showed no significant difference between laparoscopic lavage for Hinchey III compared to sigmoid resection neither for mortality (RR 1.07 (95% CI 0.65 to 1.76); p = 0.79, moderate quality of evidence) nor for major complications (RR 0.86 (95% CI 0.69 to 1.08); p = 0.20, moderate quality of evidence). This systematic review suggests similar rates of complications but higher rates of colonic restoration after primary anastomosis compared to Hartmann procedure in perforated diverticulitis with generalized peritonitis (Hinchey III and IV). Results in laparoscopic lavage for Hinchey III are not superior to primary resection. However, further studies with a careful interpretation of the meaning of re-interventions are required.
Pagel, Tobias; Franklin, Jeremy; Baethge, Christopher
2014-03-01
Schizoaffective disorder is viewed as a heterogeneous diagnosis among psychotic illnesses. Different diagnostic systems differ in their definition with DSM (-IIIR, -IV, and -V) providing a narrower definition than RDC and ICD-10. It is unclear whether this difference is reflected in patient samples diagnosed according to different diagnostic systems. Exploratory study based on a systematic review of studies of schizoaffective disorder samples diagnosed by either RDC and ICD-10 (group of "broad criteria") or DSM-IIIR and -IV ("narrow criteria"); comparison (by Mann-Whitney-U-tests) of key characteristics, such as age, number of hospitalizations, or scores in psychometric tests, between more broadly and more narrowly defined schizoaffective disorder samples using standard deviations as a measurement of heterogeneity as well as weighted means and percentages. To reduce selection bias only studies including schizoaffective patient samples together with affective disorder and schizophrenia samples were selected. 55 studies were included, 14 employing RDC, 4 ICD-10, 20 DSM-IIIR, and 17 DSM-IV. Thirteen characteristics were compared: patients diagnosed according to broader criteria had fewer previous hospitalizations (2.2 vs. 5.4) and were both less often male (42 vs. 51%) and married (21 vs. 40%). Heterogeneity was similar in both groups but slightly higher in RDC and ICD-10 samples than in DSM-IIIR and -IV-samples: +4% regarding demographic and clinical course data and +13% regarding psychometric tests (pooled SD). Secular trends and different designs may have confounded the results and limit generalizability. Some comparisons were underpowered. Differences in diagnostic criteria are reflected in key characteristics of samples. The association of larger heterogeneity with wider diagnostic criteria supports employing standard deviations as a measurement of heterogeneity. Copyright © 2013 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.
Virtual Environments: Issues and Opportunities for Researching Inclusive Educational Practices
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Sheehy, Kieron
This chapter argues that virtual environments offer new research areas for those concerned with inclusive education. Further, it proposes that they also present opportunities for developing increasingly inclusive research processes. This chapter considers how researchers might approach researching some of these affordances. It discusses the relationship between specific features of inclusive pedagogy, derived from an international systematic literature review, and the affordances of different forms of virtual characters and environments. Examples are drawn from research in Second LifeTM (SL), virtual tutors and augmented reality. In doing this, the chapter challenges a simplistic notion of isolated physical and virtual worlds and, in the context of inclusion, between the practice of research and the research topic itself. There are a growing number of virtual worlds in which identified educational activities are taking place, or whose activities are being noted for their educational merit. These encompasses non-themed worlds such as SL and Active Worlds, game based worlds such as World of Warcraft and Runescape, and even Club Penguin, a themed virtual where younger players interact through a variety of Penguin themed environments and activities. It has been argued that these spaces, outside traditional education, are able to offer pedagogical insights (Twining 2009) i.e. that these global virtual communities have been identified as being useful as creative educational environments (Delwiche 2006; Sheehy 2009). This chapter will explore how researchers might use these spaces to investigative and create inclusive educational experiences for learners. In order to do this the chapter considers three interrelated issues: What is inclusive education?; How might inclusive education influence virtual world research? And, what might inclusive education look like in virtual worlds?
Jo, Suenghwan; Lee, Sang Hong; Wang, Sung Il; Smith, Bjorn; O’Donnell, John
2016-01-01
Acetabular dysplasia is one of the most common sources of hip arthritis. With the recent innovation in hip arthroscopy, the question has been raised whether arthroscopy can be used to treat dysplastic hip conditions. The purposes of this systematic review are (i) describe the prevalence of intra-articular pathologies and (ii) report the outcomes of dysplastic hip treatment with hip arthroscopy as a sole treatment. Medical databases were searched for articles including arthroscopic findings and treatment of dysplastic hip with predetermined criteria. PubMed, Ovid database and CINAHL (Cumulative Index to Nursing and Allied Health Literature) were searched up until 7 January 2015. Two reviewers independently assess the eligibility of retrieved studies using titles, abstracts and full-text articles. Thirteen studies were eligible to be included for the systematic review. Overall, labral tear was the most common pathology with a prevalence rate of 77.3%. All of the four studies describing arthroscopic treatment for only borderline dysplasia reported favorable outcome. With regard to more severely dysplastic hips, two out of three studies reported acceptable outcomes while one study reported negative results. This review indicates that intra-articular pathology is commonly observed in symptomatic dysplastic hips with a labral tear being the most common pathology. Arthroscopic treatment of borderline dysplasia could provide benefits whereas treatment of more dysplastic hips is controversial. Nevertheless, there is a lack of evidence for using arthroscopy alone in hips with a center edge angle <20°. Level IV, systematic review of Level IV studies. PMID:27583155
Veenstra, Alexander; Liu, Haitao; Lee, Chieh Allen; Du, Yunpeng; Tang, Jie; Kern, Timothy S.
2015-01-01
Diabetic retinopathy is a major cause of visual impairment, which continues to increase in prevalence as more and more people develop diabetes. Despite the importance of vision, the retina is one of the smallest tissues in the body, and specialized techniques to study the retinopathy have been developed. This chapter will summarize several methods used to (i) induce diabetes, (ii) maintain the diabetic animals throughout the months required for the development of typical vascular histopathology, (iii) evaluate vascular histopathology of diabetic retinopathy, and (iv) quantitate abnormalities implicated in the development of the retinopathy. PMID:26331759
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Cibulka, I.; Fontaine, J.-C.; Sosnkowska-Kehiaian, K.; Kehiaian, H. V.
This document is part of Subvolume A 'Binary Liquid Systems of Nonelectrolytes I' of Volume 26 'Heats of Mixing, Vapor-Liquid Equilibrium, and Volumetric Properties of Mixtures and Solutions' of Landolt-Börnstein Group IV 'Physical Chemistry'. It contains the Chapter 'Vapor-Liquid Equilibrium in the Mixture 1,1-Difluoroethane C2H4F2 + C4H8 2-Methylpropene (EVLM1131, LB5730_E)' providing data from direct measurement of pressure and mole fraction in vapor phase at variable mole fraction in liquid phase and constant temperature.
DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)
Shott, Gregory
This special analysis (SA) evaluates whether the Materials and Energy Corporation (M&EC) Sealed Source waste stream (PERM000000036, Revision 0) is suitable for shallow land burial (SLB) at the Area 5 Radioactive Waste Management Site (RWMS) on the Nevada National Security Site (NNSS). Disposal of the M&EC Sealed Source waste meets all U.S. Department of Energy (DOE) Manual DOE M 435.1-1, “Radioactive Waste Management Manual,” Chapter IV, Section P performance objectives (DOE 1999). The M&EC Sealed Source waste stream is recommended for acceptance without conditions.
A first-principles study of group IV and VI atoms doped blue phosphorene
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Bai, Ruimin; Chen, Zheng; Gou, Manman; Zhang, Yixin
2018-02-01
Using first-principles calculations, we have systematically investigated the structural, electronic and magnetic properties of blue phosphorene doped by group IV and VI atoms, including C, Si, Ge, Sn, O, S, Se and Te. All the doped systems are energetically stable. Only C, Si, Ge and O-substituted systems show the characteristics of spin polarization and the magnetic moments are all 1.0 μB. Moreover, we found that C, Si, Ge and O doped systems are indirect bandgap semiconductors, while Sn, S, Se and Te doped systems present metallic property. These results show that blue phosphorene can be used prospectively in optoelectronic and spintronic devices.
Overview of energy-conservation research opportunities
DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)
Hopp, W.J.; Hauser, S.G.; Hane, G.J.
1981-12-01
This document is a study of research opportunities that are important to developing advanced technologies for efficient energy use. The study's purpose is to describe a wide array of attractive technical areas from which specific research and development programs could be implemented. Research areas are presented for potential application in each of the major end-use sectors. The study develops and applies a systematic approach to identifying and screening applied energy conservation research opportunities. To broadly cover the energy end-use sectors, this study develops useful information relating to the areas where federally-funded applied research will most likely play an important rolemore » in promoting energy conservation. This study is not designed to produce a detailed agenda of specific recommended research activities. The general information presented allows uniform comparisons of disparate research areas and as such provides the basis for formulating a cost-effective, comprehensive federal-applied energy conservation research strategy. Chapter 2 discusses the various methodologies that have been used in the past to identify research opportunities and details the approach used here. In Chapters 3, 4, and 5 the methodology is applied to the buildings, transportation, and industrial end-use sectors and the opportunities for applied research in these sectors are discussed.Chapter 6 synthesizes the results of the previous three chapters to give a comprehensive picture of applied energy conservation research opportunities across all end-use sectors and presents the conclusions to the report.« less
Indian Vacuum Society: The Indian Vacuum Society
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Saha, T. K.
2008-03-01
The Indian Vacuum Society (IVS) was established in 1970. It has over 800 members including many from Industry and R & D Institutions spread throughout India. The society has an active chapter at Kolkata. The society was formed with the main aim to promote, encourage and develop the growth of Vacuum Science, Techniques and Applications in India. In order to achieve this aim it has conducted a number of short term courses at graduate and technician levels on vacuum science and technology on topics ranging from low vacuum to ultrahigh vacuum So far it has conducted 39 such courses at different parts of the country and imparted training to more than 1200 persons in the field. Some of these courses were in-plant training courses conducted on the premises of the establishment and designed to take care of the special needs of the establishment. IVS also regularly conducts national and international seminars and symposia on vacuum science and technology with special emphasis on some theme related to applications of vacuum. A large number of delegates from all over India take part in the deliberations of such seminars and symposia and present their work. IVS also arranges technical visits to different industries and research institutes. The society also helped in the UNESCO sponsored post-graduate level courses in vacuum science, technology and applications conducted by Mumbai University. The society has also designed a certificate and diploma course for graduate level students studying vacuum science and technology and has submitted a syllabus to the academic council of the University of Mumbai for their approval, we hope that some colleges affiliated to the university will start this course from the coming academic year. IVS extended its support in standardizing many of the vacuum instruments and played a vital role in helping to set up a Regional Testing Centre along with BARC. As part of the development of vacuum education, the society arranges the participation of expert members on the subject to deliver lectures and take part in devising courses in the universities. IVS publishes a quarterly called the `Bulletin of Indian Vacuum Society' since its inception, in which articles on vacuum and related topics are published. NIRVAT, news, announcements, and reports are the other features of the Bulletin. The articles in the Bulletin are internationally abstracted. The Bulletin is distributed free to all the members of the society. The society also publishes proceedings of national/international symposia and seminars, manuals, lecture notes etc. It has published a `Vacuum Directory' containing very useful information on vacuum technology. IVS has also set up its own website http://www.ivsnet.org in January 2002. The website contains information about IVS, list of members, list of EC members, events and news, abstracts of articles published in the `Bulletin of Indian Vacuum Society', utilities, announcements, reports, membership and other forms which can be completed online and also gives links to other vacuum societies. Our Society has been a member of the executive council of the International Union of Vacuum Science, Techniques and Applications (IUVSTA) and its various committees since 1970. In 1983 IVS conducted an International Symposium on Vacuum Technology and Nuclear Applications in BARC, Mumbai, under the sponsorship of IUVSTA. In 1987 IVS arranged the Triennial International Conference on Thin Films in New Delhi, where more than 200 foreign delegates participated. IVS also hosted the IUVSTA Executive Council Meeting along with the conference. The society organized yet again an International Conference on Vacuum Science and Technology and SRS Vacuum Systems at CAT, Indore in1995. IVS arranges the prestigious Professor Balakrishnan Memorial Lecture in memory of its founder vice-president. Leading scientists from India and abroad in the field are invited to deliver the talks. So far 23 lectures have been held in this series. IVS has instituted the `IVS- Professor D Y Phadke Memorial Prize' in memory of our founder president, the late Professor D Y Phadke at the University of Mumbai. The prize is given every year to the student ranked top in the MSc (PHY.) examination conducted by the university. The IVS Kolkata Chapter has established the Dr A S Divatia Memorial Trust with the objective of organizing the Dr A S Divatia Memorial Lecture and a seminar once a year and to set up a vacuum testing and calibration facility. IVS has instituted an award in memory of the late Shri C Ambasankaran, its past president and pioneer of vacuum technology in India. This award is given to one of the best papers presented in the national symposium conducted by IVS. One more best paper award `Smt. Shakuntalabai Vyawahare Memorial Prize' is established from a donation given by Shri Mohan R Vyawahare, a life member and a present EC member of the society, in memory of his mother. During the symposia, IVS felicitates two of its members, one from Industry and one from an R & D Institution for their lifetime contribution to vacuum science and technology. Dr A K Gupta, Ex BARC, Ex Generla Manager, IBP, Head, Energy Group, Shapoorji Pallonji & Co Ltd (Industry), and Dr S R Gowariker, Ex BARC, Ex Director, CSIO, Chandigarh, Director, Tolani Education Foundation (R & D) are being honoured this year. T K Saha Geneneral Secretary, IVS
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Braun, Max B.
The production, storage, and subsequent consumption of energy are at the foundation of all human activity and livelihood. The theme of this dissertation is the pursuit of fundamental understanding of the chemistry of materials that are used for energy production and storage. A strong emphasis is placed on a synthetic foundation that allows for systematic investigation into the fundamental chemistry that controls the applicable properties of the materials of interest. This dissertation is written in the "journals format" style--which is accepted by the Graduate School at Colorado State University--and is based on one peer-reviewed publication that has appeared in Chemistry of Materials as well as two manuscripts to be submitted, one to The Journal of Physical Chemistry C, and one to ACS Applied Materials and Interfaces. In order to create a context for these publications, Chapters 1 and 3 provide an overview of the motivations for the projects, and then continue to detail the initial synthetic investigations and considerations for the two projects. In addition to recounting Mg nanocrystals synthetic refinement that was necessary for reproducible hydride kinetic analysis, Chapter 1 also briefly introduces some of the conventional models used for fitting of the hydriding kinetics data. Furthermore, initial investigations into the use of these models for our system are presented. Chapter 2 is a paper to be submitted to The Journal of Physical Chemistry C that describes the local and extended structure characterization of Mg nanocrystals (NCs) with a small amount of nickel added during synthesis. Ni has a dramatic effect on the de/hydriding kinetics of Mg NCs, and this chapter describes the use of a combination of multiple state-of-the-art characterization techniques to gain insight into the structural perturbations due to Ni inclusion in the Mg NCs. This insight is then used to establish the characteristics of Ni inclusion that results in the enhanced hydrogen absorption processes. Chapter 3 introduces the many considerations needed to be taken into account during the development of a novel synthesis for copper zinc tin chalcogenide colloidal nanocrystals. In addition to introducing synthetic approaches to achieve this goal, Chapter 3 also describes essential characteristics that need to be considered for further investigation into the properties of films made from the nanocrystals. Chapter 4 is a publication that appeared in Chemistry of Materials, that describes an approach to tuning the surface and ligand chemistry of Cu2ZnSnS4 nanocrystals for use as an absorber layer in next generation photovoltaic devices. The publication describes ligand exchange chemistry achieved via layer-by-layer dip-casting of nanocrystal thin films, and the effects that this exchange chemistry has on the resulting films. It also details the fabrication of full photovoltaic (PV) devices to characterize the benefits of controlling the surface chemistry can have on PV performance. Chapter 5 is a paper--to be submitted to ACS Applied Materials and Interfaces--that describes the investigations into how varying the chalcogen ratio (i.e., S:Se) leads to changes in the physical and electrical properties of thin films made from Cu2ZnSn(S1-xSex)4 (where 0 < x < 1) NCs. It highlights the novel synthetic procedure (detailed in chapter 3) that was required for a systematic, deconvoluted evaluation of S:Se composition on the materials optical and electronic properties. Moreover, the characteristics of full PV devices based on thin films of each stoichiometry (x=0 to x=1) are assessed to establish a relationship between composition and the materials performance.
Mixtures and their risk assessment in toxicology.
Mumtaz, Moiz M; Hansen, Hugh; Pohl, Hana R
2011-01-01
For communities generally and for persons living in the vicinity of waste sites specifically, potential exposures to chemical mixtures are genuine concerns. Such concerns often arise from perceptions of a site's higher than anticipated toxicity due to synergistic interactions among chemicals. This chapter outlines some historical approaches to mixtures risk assessment. It also outlines ATSDR's current approach to toxicity risk assessment. The ATSDR's joint toxicity assessment guidance for chemical mixtures addresses interactions among components of chemical mixtures. The guidance recommends a series of steps that include simple calculations for a systematic analysis of data leading to conclusions regarding any hazards chemical mixtures might pose. These conclusions can, in turn, lead to recommendations such as targeted research to fill data gaps, development of new methods using current science, and health education to raise awareness of residents and health care providers. The chapter also provides examples of future trends in chemical mixtures assessment.
Dorer, Conrad; Vogt, Carsten; Neu, Thomas R; Stryhanyuk, Hryhoriy; Richnow, Hans-Hermann
2016-04-01
Ethylbenzene and toluene degradation under nitrate-, Mn(IV)-, or Fe(III)-reducing conditions was investigated by compound specific stable isotope analysis (CSIA) using three model cultures (Aromatoleum aromaticum EbN1, Georgfuchsia toluolica G5G6, and a Azoarcus-dominated mixed culture). Systematically lower isotope enrichment factors for carbon and hydrogen were observed for particulate Mn(IV). The increasing diffusion distances of toluene or ethylbenzene to the solid Mn(IV) most likely caused limited bioavailability and hence resulted in the observed masking effect. The data suggests further ethylbenzene hydroxylation by ethylbenzene dehydrogenase (EBDH) and toluene activation by benzylsuccinate synthase (BSS) as initial activation steps. Notably, significantly different values in dual isotope analysis were detected for toluene degradation by G. toluolica under the three studied redox conditions, suggesting variations in the enzymatic transition state depending on the available TEA. The results indicate that two-dimensional CSIA has significant potential to assess anaerobic biodegradation of ethylbenzene and toluene at contaminated sites. Copyright © 2015 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.
Cheungpasitporn, Wisit; Thongprayoon, Charat; Kittanamongkolchai, Wonngarm; Edmonds, Peter J; O'Corragain, Oisin A; Srivali, Narat; Ungprasert, Patompong; Erickson, Stephen B
2015-05-01
The reports on the efficacy of statins for the prevention of contrast-induced acute kidney injury (CIAKI) remain controversial. The objective of this meta-analysis was to assess the effect of statins for the prevention of CIAKI. Comprehensive literature searches for randomized controlled trials (RCTs) of periprocedural statin treatment for prevention of CIAKI were performed using MEDLINE, EMBASE, Cochrane Database of Systematic Reviews, Cochrane Central Register of Controlled Trials Systematic Reviews and clinicaltrials.gov from inception until May 2014. The primary outcome was the incidence of CIAKI. Thirteen prospective RCTs were included in our analysis. Of 5803 patients with contrast exposures, 304 patients (5.2%) had CIAKI. Patients in the statin group had an overall lower incidence of CIAKI (3.6%) compared to the control group (6.9%). Intravenous (IV) fluid hydration was used in both groups of all included studies for prevention of CIAKI. There was a significant protective effect of periprocedural statins on the incidence of CIAKI when compared to the control group [risk ratios (RRs): 0.49; 95% CI: 0.37-0.66, I(2) of 25%]. Our study demonstrates a statistically significant protective effect of statin treatment during procedures with contrast exposures. This finding suggests the use of statins in addition to standard IV crystalloid hydration may be beneficial in the prevention of CIAKI.
Systematic, cross-cortex variation in neuron numbers in rodents and primates.
Charvet, Christine J; Cahalane, Diarmuid J; Finlay, Barbara L
2015-01-01
Uniformity, local variability, and systematic variation in neuron numbers per unit of cortical surface area across species and cortical areas have been claimed to characterize the isocortex. Resolving these claims has been difficult, because species, techniques, and cortical areas vary across studies. We present a stereological assessment of neuron numbers in layers II-IV and V-VI per unit of cortical surface area across the isocortex in rodents (hamster, Mesocricetus auratus; agouti, Dasyprocta azarae; paca, Cuniculus paca) and primates (owl monkey, Aotus trivigratus; tamarin, Saguinus midas; capuchin, Cebus apella); these chosen to vary systematically in cortical size. The contributions of species, cortical areas, and techniques (stereology, "isotropic fractionator") to neuron estimates were assessed. Neurons per unit of cortical surface area increase across the rostro-caudal (RC) axis in primates (varying by a factor of 1.64-2.13 across the rostral and caudal poles) but less in rodents (varying by a factor of 1.15-1.54). Layer II-IV neurons account for most of this variation. When integrated into the context of species variation, and this RC gradient in neuron numbers, conflicts between studies can be accounted for. The RC variation in isocortical neurons in adulthood mirrors the gradients in neurogenesis duration in development. © The Author 2013. Published by Oxford University Press. All rights reserved. For Permissions, please e-mail: journals.permissions@oup.com.
Quantum Monte Carlo Calculations Applied to Magnetic Molecules
DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)
Engelhardt, Larry
2006-01-01
We have calculated the equilibrium thermodynamic properties of Heisenberg spin systems using a quantum Monte Carlo (QMC) method. We have used some of these systems as models to describe recently synthesized magnetic molecules, and-upon comparing the results of these calculations with experimental data-have obtained accurate estimates for the basic parameters of these models. We have also performed calculations for other systems that are of more general interest, being relevant both for existing experimental data and for future experiments. Utilizing the concept of importance sampling, these calculations can be carried out in an arbitrarily large quantum Hilbert space, while still avoidingmore » any approximations that would introduce systematic errors. The only errors are statistical in nature, and as such, their magnitudes are accurately estimated during the course of a simulation. Frustrated spin systems present a major challenge to the QMC method, nevertheless, in many instances progress can be made. In this chapter, the field of magnetic molecules is introduced, paying particular attention to the characteristics that distinguish magnetic molecules from other systems that are studied in condensed matter physics. We briefly outline the typical path by which we learn about magnetic molecules, which requires a close relationship between experiments and theoretical calculations. The typical experiments are introduced here, while the theoretical methods are discussed in the next chapter. Each of these theoretical methods has a considerable limitation, also described in Chapter 2, which together serve to motivate the present work. As is shown throughout the later chapters, the present QMC method is often able to provide useful information where other methods fail. In Chapter 3, the use of Monte Carlo methods in statistical physics is reviewed, building up the fundamental ideas that are necessary in order to understand the method that has been used in this work. With these ideas in hand, we then provide a detailed explanation of the current QMC method in Chapter 4. The remainder of the thesis is devoted to presenting specific results: Chapters 5 and 6 contain articles in which this method has been used to answer general questions that are relevant to broad classes of systems. Then, in Chapter 7, we provide an analysis of four different species of magnetic molecules that have recently been synthesized and studied. In all cases, comparisons between QMC calculations and experimental data allow us to distinguish a viable microscopic model and make predictions for future experiments. In Chapter 8, the infamous ''negative sign problem'' is described in detail, and we clearly indicate the limitations on QMC that are imposed by this obstacle. Finally, Chapter 9 contains a summary of the present work and the expected directions for future research.« less
A Systematic Evaluation of ADHD and Comorbid Psychopathology in a Population-Based Twin Sample
ERIC Educational Resources Information Center
Volk, Heather E.; Neuman, Rosalind J.; Todd, Richard D.
2005-01-01
Objective: Clinical and population samples demonstrate that attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder (ADHD) occurs with other disorders. Comorbid disorder clustering within ADHD subtypes is not well studied. Method: Latent class analysis (LCA) examined the co-occurrence of DSM-IV ADHD, oppositional defiant disorder (ODD), conduct disorder (CD),…
Armour, Cherie; Műllerová, Jana; Elhai, Jon D
2016-03-01
The factor structure of posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) has been widely researched, but consensus regarding the exact number and nature of factors is yet to be reached. The aim of the current study was to systematically review the extant literature on PTSD's latent structure in the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (DSM) in order to identify the best-fitting model. One hundred and twelve research papers published after 1994 using confirmatory factor analysis and DSM-based measures of PTSD were included in the review. In the DSM-IV literature, four-factor models received substantial support, but the five-factor Dysphoric arousal model demonstrated the best fit, regardless of gender, measurement instrument or trauma type. The recently proposed DSM-5 PTSD model was found to be a good representation of PTSD's latent structure, but studies analysing the six- and seven-factor models suggest that the DSM-5 PTSD factor structure may need further alterations. Copyright © 2015 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.
Studies on synthesis of diamond at high pressure and temperature
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Kailath, Ansu J.
Diamond is an essential material of modern industry and probably the most versatile abrasive available today. It also has many other industrial applications attributable to its unique mechanical, optical, thermal and electrical properties. Its usage has grown to the extent that there is hardly a production process in modern industry in which industrial diamond does not play a part. Bulk diamond production today is a major industry. Diamonds can be produced in its thermodynamically stable regions either by direct static conversion, or shock-wave conversion. The pressures and temperatures required for direct static conversion are very high. In the catalyst-solvent method, the material used establishes a reaction path with lower activation energy than for direct transformation. This helps in a quicker transformation under more benign conditions. Hence, catalyst-solvent synthesis is readily accomplished and is now a viable and successful industrial process. Diamonds produced by shock wave are very small (approximately 60mu). Therefore this diamond is limited to applications such as polishing compounds only. The quality, quantity, size and morphology of the crystals synthesized by catalyst-solvent process depend on different conditions employed for synthesis. These details, because of commercial reasons are not disclosed in published literature. Hence, systematic studies have been planned to investigate the effect of various growth parameters on the synthesized crystals. During the growth of synthetic diamond crystals, some catalyst-solvent is retained into the crystals in some form and behaves like an impurity. Several physico-mechanical properties of the crystals are found to depend on the total quantity and distribution of these inclusions. Thus, detailed investigation of the crystallization medium and inclusions in synthesized diamonds was also undertaken in the present work. The work incorporated in this thesis has been divided into seven chapters. The first chapter is a general introduction incorporating the information regarding diamond together with a brief history of diamond synthesis. It also includes the details of the high pressure synthesis of diamond, the uses of diamond grits, the advantages of the synthetic diamond grit over natural grit and an outline to elucidate the reasons which prompted to undertake the present work. The details of the technique used in the present studies for synthesis of diamond grits by high-pressure high-temperature process are included in chapter II. The hydraulic press used for synthesis, the details of the reactant materials, stacking of the high pressure cell and the details of synthesis run have been described together with the separation procedure to isolate diamond grits from the frozen slug. Different analytical and characterization techniques used in the present studies for the analysis and characterization of the reactant materials, synthesized diamonds and the crystallization medium have been illustrated in chapter III. The effect of different synthesizing parameters on synthesized diamond crystals were studied. This study includes: (a) dependence of yield of diamond on temperature and pressure, (b) dependence of crystal size on cook length, (c) effect of variation of the relative amounts of carbonaceous material and catalyst on synthesis, (d) morphological variation and (e) effect of pressure pulse on synthesized crystals. Various observations made during this study and the results obtained have been compiled in chapter IV. The synthesized diamond crystals were characterized by X-ray Powder Diffraction (XRD), Raman Spectroscopy, Scanning Electron Microscopy (SEM) and Optical Microscopy. The results obtained have been compiled in chapter V. In addition to these, the results obtained from the Infrared Spectra and the Electron Paramagnetic Spectra have also been included. Studies of crystallization medium and inclusions in the synthesized diamonds were carried out. This include: (a) X-ray diffraction study of the phase composition of crystallization medium and inclusions in synthesized diamonds, (b) metallographic examination of the initial catalyst-solvent and the frozen slug after synthesis, (c) temperature dependence of the magnetic susceptibility of the initial catalyst-solvent and the frozen catalyst-solvent after synthesis, (d) scanning electron microscopic examination of the inclusion on the mechanically polished cross-sections of the synthesized crystals, (e) EDAX analysis of these observed inclusions and the frozen catalyst-solvent matrix after growth, (f) temperature dependence of the magnetic susceptibility of the synthesized crystals and (g) the Mossbauer spectroscopic analysis of the synthesized crystals. Different observations and the results obtained from these studies have been compiled and presented in chapter VI. Chapter VII illustrates the various conclusions drawn from the present studies.
C IV λ1549 as an Eigenvector 1 Parameter for Active Galactic Nuclei
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Sulentic, Jack W.; Bachev, Rumen; Marziani, Paola; Negrete, C. Alenka; Dultzin, Deborah
2007-09-01
We are exploring a spectroscopic unification for all types of broad-line emitting AGNs. The four-dimensional Eigenvector 1 (4DE1) parameter space organizes quasar diversity in a sequence primarily governed by Eddington ratio. This paper considers the role of C IV λ1549 measures as 4DE1 diagnostics. We use HST archival spectra for 130 sources with S/N high enough to permit reliable C IV λ1549 broad-component measures. We find a C IV λ1549BC profile blueshift that is strongly concentrated among (largely radio-quiet [RQ]) sources with FWHM(HβBC)<~4000 km s-1 (which we call Population A). Narrow-line Seyfert 1 (NLSy1; with FWHM Hβ<=2000 km s-1) sources belong to this population but do not emerge as a distinct class. The systematic blueshift, widely interpreted as arising in a disk wind/outflow, is not observed in broader line AGNs (including most radio-loud [RL] sources), which we call Population B. We find new correlations involving FWHM(C IV λ1549BC), C IV λ1549 line shift, and equivalent width only among Population A sources. Sulentic et al. suggested C IV λ1549 measures enhance an apparent dichotomy between sources with FWHM(HβBC) less and greater than 4000 km s-1, suggesting that it has more significance in the context of broad-line region structure than the more commonly discussed RL versus RQ dichotomy. Black hole masses computed from FWHM C IV λ1549BC for about 80 AGNs indicate that the C IV λ1549 width is a poor virial estimator. Comparison of mass estimates derived from HβBC and C IV λ1549 reveals that the latter show different and nonlinear offsets for Population A and B sources. A significant number of sources also show narrow-line C IV λ1549 emission that must be removed before C IV λ1549BC measures can be made and interpreted effectively. We present a recipe for C IV λ1549 narrow-component extraction.
Risk and protective factors, longitudinal research, and bullying prevention.
Ttofi, Maria M; Farrington, David P
2012-01-01
This chapter presents the results from two systematic/meta-analytic reviews of longitudinal studies on the association of school bullying (perpetration and victimization) with adverse health and criminal outcomes later in life. Significant associations between the two predictors and the outcomes are found even after controlling for other major childhood risk factors that are measured before school bullying. The results indicate that effective antibullying programs should be encouraged. They could be viewed as a form of early crime prevention as well as an early form of public health promotion. The findings from a systematic/meta-analytic review on the effectiveness of antibullying programs are also presented. Overall, school-based antibullying programs are effective, leading to an average decrease in bullying of 20 to 23 percent and in victimization of 17 to 20 percent. The chapter emphasizes the lack of prospective longitudinal research in the area of school bullying, which does not allow examination of whether any given factor (individual, family,. or social) is a correlate, a predictor, or a possible cause for bullying. This has important implications for future antibullying initiatives, as well as implications for the refinement of theories of school bullying. It is necessary to extend the framework of the traditional risk-focused approach by incorporating the notion of resiliency and investigating possible protective factors against school bullying and its negative consequences. Copyright © 2012 Wiley Periodicals, Inc., A Wiley Company.
Return to Sport Following Shoulder Surgery in the Elite Pitcher
Harris, Joshua D.; Frank, Jonathan M.; Jordan, Mark A.; Bush-Joseph, Charles A.; Romeo, Anthony A.; Gupta, Anil K.; Abrams, Geoffrey D.; McCormick, Frank M.; Bach, Bernard R.
2013-01-01
Context: The ability to return to elite pitching, performance, and clinical outcomes of shoulder surgery in elite baseball pitchers are not definitively established. Objective: To determine (1) the rate of return to sport (RTS) in elite pitchers following shoulder surgery, (2) postoperative clinical outcomes upon RTS, and (3) performance upon RTS and to compare RTS rates in different types of shoulder surgery. Data Sources: Using Preferred Reporting Items for Systematic Reviews and Meta-Analyses (PRISMA) guidelines and checklist, Medline, SciVerse Scopus, SportDiscus, and Cochrane Central Register of Controlled Trials were searched. Study Selection: Levels I-IV evidence were eligible for inclusion if performance-based (eg, RTS) and/or clinical outcome–based reporting of outcomes were reported following surgical treatment of shoulder pathology in elite pitchers (major or minor league or collegiate). Data Extraction: Subject, shoulder, and pre- and postoperative performance-based variables of interest were extracted. All shoulder surgery types were potentially inclusive (eg, open, arthroscopic, rotator cuff, labrum, biceps, acromioclavicular joint, fracture). Study methodological quality was analyzed using the Modified Coleman Methodology Score (MCMS). Results: Six studies were analyzed (287 elite male pitchers [mean age, 27 years] who underwent shoulder surgery, with 99% on the dominant, throwing shoulder). MCMS was 38 (poor). Most pitchers were professional, with a mean career length of 6.58 years and postoperative clinical follow-up of 3.62 years. In 5 of 6 studies, multiple diagnoses were addressed concomitantly at surgery. Rate of RTS was 68% at mean 12 months following surgery. Twenty-two percent of Major League Baseball (MLB) pitchers never RTS in MLB. Overall performance did improve following surgery; however, this did not improve to pre-injury levels. Conclusion: In this systematic review, the rate of return to elite baseball pitching following surgery was established. Performance tended to decrease prior to surgery and gradually improve postoperatively, though not reaching pre-injury levels of pitching. Level of Evidence: IV (systematic review of studies level I-IV evidence), therapeutic. PMID:24459557
Physics of the Space Environment
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Vasyliünas, Vytenis M.
This book, one in the Cambridge Atmospheric and Space Science Series, joins a growing list of advanced-level textbooks in a field of study and research known under a variety of names: space plasma physics, solar-terrestrial or solar-planetary relations, space weather, or (the official name of the relevant AGU section) space physics and aeronomy. On the basis of graduate courses taught by the author in various departments at the University of Michigan, complete with problems and with appendices of physical constants and mathematical identities, this is indeed a textbook, systematic and severe in its approach. The book is divided into three parts, in length ratios of roughly 6:4:5. Part I, “Theoretical Description of Gases and Plasmas,” starts by writing down Maxwell's equations and the Lorentz transformation (no nonsense about any introductory material of a descriptive or historical nature) and proceeds through particle orbit theory, kinetics, and plasma physics with fluid and MHD approximations to waves, shocks, and energetic particle transport. Part II, “The Upper Atmosphere,” features chapters on the terrestrial upper atmosphere, airglow and aurora, and the ionosphere. Part III, “Sun-Earth Connection,” deals with the Sun, the solar wind, cosmic rays, and the terrestrial magnetosphere. The book thus covers, with two exceptions, just about all the topics of interest to Space Physics and Aeronomy scientists, and then some (the chapter on the Sun, for instance, briefly discusses also topics of the solar interior: thermonuclear energy generation, equilibrium structure, energy transfer, with a page or two on each). One exception reflects a strong geocentric bias: there is not one word in the main text on magnetospheres and ionospheres of other planets and their interaction with the solar wind (they are mentioned in a few problems). The other exception: the chapter on the terrestrial magnetosphere lacks a systematic exposition of the theory of magnetosphereionosphere coupling.
Huang, Chaozhang; Hu, Bin
2008-03-01
A new method was developed for the speciation of inorganic tellurium species in seawater by inductively coupled plasma-MS (ICP-MS) following selective magnetic SPE (MSPE) separation. Within the pH range of 2-9, tellurite (Te(IV)) could be quantitatively adsorbed on gamma-mercaptopropyltrimethoxysilane (gamma-MPTMS) modified silica-coated magnetic nanoparticles (MNPs), while the tellurate (Te(VI)) was not retained and remained in solution. Without filtration or centrifugation, these tellurite-loaded MNPs could be separated easily from the aqueous solution by simply applying external magnetic field. The Te(IV) adsorbed on the MNPs could be recovered quantitatively using a solution containing 2 mol/L HCl and 0.03 mol/L K2Cr2O7. Te(VI) was reduced to Te(IV) by L-cysteine prior to the determination of total tellurium, and its assay was based on subtracting Te(IV) from total tellurium. The parameters affecting the separation were investigated systematically and the optimal separation conditions were established. Under the optimal conditions, the LOD obtained for Te(IV) was 0.079 ng/L, while the precision was 7.0% (C = 10 ng/L, n = 7). The proposed method was successfully applied to the speciation of inorganic tellurium in seawater.
Nie, Zhe; Finck, Nicolas; Heberling, Frank; Pruessmann, Tim; Liu, Chunli; Lützenkirchen, Johannes
2017-04-04
Knowledge of the geochemical behavior of selenium and strontium is critical for the safe disposal of radioactive wastes. Goethite, as one of the most thermodynamically stable and commonly occurring natural iron oxy-hydroxides, promisingly retains these elements. This work comprehensively studies the adsorption of Se(IV) and Sr(II) on goethite. Starting from electrokinetic measurements, the binary and ternary adsorption systems are investigated and systematically compared via batch experiments, EXAFS analysis, and CD-MUSIC modeling. Se(IV) forms bidentate inner-sphere surface complexes, while Sr(II) is assumed to form outer-sphere complexes at low and intermediate pH and inner-sphere complexes at high pH. Instead of a direct interaction between Se(IV) and Sr(II), our results indicate an electrostatically driven mutual enhancement of adsorption. Adsorption of Sr(II) is promoted by an average factor of 5 within the typical groundwater pH range from 6 to 8 for the concentration range studied here. However, the interaction between Se(IV) and Sr(II) at the surface is two-sided, Se(IV) promotes Sr(II) outer-sphere adsorption, but competes for inner-sphere adsorption sites at high pH. The complexity of surfaces is highlighted by the inability of adsorption models to predict isoelectric points without additional constraints.
Seol, Yeonee; Hardin, Ashley H.; Strub, Marie-Paule; Charvin, Gilles; Neuman, Keir C.
2013-01-01
Type II topoisomerases are essential enzymes that regulate DNA topology through a strand-passage mechanism. Some type II topoisomerases relax supercoils, unknot and decatenate DNA to below thermodynamic equilibrium. Several models of this non-equilibrium topology simplification phenomenon have been proposed. The kinetic proofreading (KPR) model postulates that strand passage requires a DNA-bound topoisomerase to collide twice in rapid succession with a second DNA segment, implying a quadratic relationship between DNA collision frequency and relaxation rate. To test this model, we used a single-molecule assay to measure the unlinking rate as a function of DNA collision frequency for Escherichia coli topoisomerase IV (topo IV) that displays efficient non-equilibrium topology simplification activity, and for E. coli topoisomerase III (topo III), a type IA topoisomerase that unlinks and unknots DNA to equilibrium levels. Contrary to the predictions of the KPR model, topo IV and topo III unlinking rates were linearly related to the DNA collision frequency. Furthermore, topo III exhibited decatenation activity comparable with that of topo IV, supporting proposed roles for topo III in DNA segregation. This study enables us to rule out the KPR model for non-equilibrium topology simplification. More generally, we establish an experimental approach to systematically control DNA collision frequency. PMID:23460205
Roles for librarians in systematic reviews: a scoping review
Spencer, Angela J.; Eldredge, Jonathan D.
2018-01-01
Objective What roles do librarians and information professionals play in conducting systematic reviews? Librarians are increasingly called upon to be involved in systematic reviews, but no study has considered all the roles librarians can perform. This inventory of existing and emerging roles aids in defining librarians’ systematic reviews services. Methods For this scoping review, the authors conducted controlled vocabulary and text-word searches in the PubMed; Library, Information Science & Technology Abstracts; and CINAHL databases. We separately searched for articles published in the Journal of the European Association for Health Information and Libraries, Evidence Based Library and Information Practice, the Journal of the Canadian Heath Libraries Association, and Hypothesis. We also text-word searched Medical Library Association annual meeting poster and paper abstracts. Results We identified 18 different roles filled by librarians and other information professionals in conducting systematic reviews from 310 different articles, book chapters, and presented papers and posters. Some roles were well known such as searching, source selection, and teaching. Other less documented roles included planning, question formulation, and peer review. We summarize these different roles and provide an accompanying bibliography of references for in-depth descriptions of these roles. Conclusion Librarians play central roles in systematic review teams, including roles that go beyond searching. This scoping review should encourage librarians who are fulfilling roles that are not captured here to document their roles in journal articles and poster and paper presentations. PMID:29339933
From DSM-IV to DSM-5 alcohol use disorder: an overview of epidemiological data.
Bartoli, Francesco; Carrà, Giuseppe; Crocamo, Cristina; Clerici, Massimo
2015-02-01
The fifth edition of the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (DSM-5) has made several changes to criteria for alcohol use disorder (AUD). The objective of this systematic review is to assess if new DSM-5 diagnostic criteria will increase the prevalence rates of AUD in clinical and non-clinical samples as compared with DSM-IV criteria. We searched PubMed, Scopus, and PsycINFO (via ProQuest) electronic databases, with no language restrictions. We included studies with data available on both DSM-IV (and DSM-IV-TR) and DSM-5 AUD in samples of adults, estimating from each study an expected increase in prevalence rates with relevant 95% confidence intervals (CIs). Twelve studies were included in this review. Seven studies showed an increase, two no substantial difference, and three a decrease in AUD prevalence according to DSM-5 diagnostic criteria, with differences in rates (95% CIs) varying between -12.4% (-27.4 to +5.6%) and +61.3% (+46.7 to +77.3%). Additional analyses provided confirmatory results. DSM-5 diagnostic criteria seem to inflate prevalence rates of AUD as compared with DSM-IV. The increasing likelihood of a DSM-5 AUD diagnosis may be explained by the amount of DSM-IV 'diagnostic orphans' which are more prevalent than DSM-IV single-criterion alcohol abuse individuals. Further research should be aimed to study if similar trends are detectable also for other substance use disorders that experienced similar changes in DSM-5 diagnostic criteria. Copyright © 2014 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.
Shaikh, Samiha S; Chen, Ya-Chun; Halsall, Sally-Anne; Nahorski, Michael S; Omoto, Kiyoyuki; Young, Gareth T; Phelan, Anne; Woods, Christopher Geoffrey
2017-01-01
Hereditary sensory and autonomic neuropathy type IV (HSAN IV) is an autosomal recessive disorder characterized by a complete lack of pain perception and anhidrosis. Here, we studied a cohort of seven patients with HSAN IV and describe a comprehensive functional analysis of seven novel NTRK1 missense mutations, c.1550G >A, c.1565G >A, c.1970T >C, c.2096T >C, c.2254T >A, c.2288G >C, and c.2311C >T, corresponding to p.G517E, p.G522E, p.L657P, p.I699T, p.C752S, p.C763S, and p.R771C, all of which were predicted pathogenic by in silico analysis. The results allowed us to assess the pathogenicity of each mutation and to gain novel insights into tropomyosin receptor kinase A (TRKA) downstream signaling. Each mutation was systematically analyzed for TRKA glycosylation states, intracellular and cell membrane expression patterns, nerve growth factor stimulated TRKA autophosphorylation, TRKA-Y496 phosphorylation, PLCγ activity, and neurite outgrowth. We showed a diverse range of functional effects: one mutation appeared fully functional, another had partial activity in all assays, one mutation affected only the PLCγ pathway and four mutations were proved null in all assays. Thus, we conclude that complete abolition of TRKA kinase activity is not the only pathogenic mechanism underlying HSAN IV. By corollary, the assessment of the clinical pathogenicity of HSAN IV mutations is more complex than initially predicted and requires a multifaceted approach. © 2016 WILEY PERIODICALS, INC.
DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)
Palma, David, E-mail: david.palma@uwo.ca; Division of Radiation Oncology, London Regional Cancer Program, London, Ontario; Lagerwaard, Frank
2012-03-01
Objectives: Patients with severe chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD) have a high risk of lung cancer and of postsurgical complications. We studied outcomes after stereotactic body radiotherapy (SBRT) in patients with severe COPD, as defined by Global Initiative for Chronic Obstructive Lung Disease (GOLD) criteria, and performed a systematic review of the literature on outcomes after SBRT or surgery in these patients. Methods: A single-institution cohort of 176 patients with COPD GOLD III-IV and Stage I non-small-cell lung cancer (NSCLC) treated with SBRT was evaluated. A systematic review identified studies reporting outcomes after SBRT or surgery for Stage I NSCLCmore » in patients with GOLD III-IV or a predicted postoperative forced expiratory volume in 1 second (FEV1) of {<=}40%. Results: In the single-institution cohort, median follow-up was 21 months and median overall survival (OS) was 32 months. Actuarial 3-year local control was 89%, and 1- and 3-year OS were 79% and 47%, respectively. COPD severity correlated with OS (p = 0.01). The systematic review identified four other studies (two surgical, two SBRT, n = 196 patients). SBRT studies were published more recently and included older patients than surgical studies. Mean 30-day mortality was 0% post-SBRT and 10% after surgery. Local or locoregional control was high ({>=}89%) after both treatments. Post-SBRT, actuarial OS was 79-95% at 1 year and 43-70% at 3 years. Postsurgical actuarial OS was 45-86% at 1 year and 31-66% at 3 years. Conclusions: SBRT and surgery differ in risk of 30-day mortality in patients with severe COPD. Despite the negative selection of SBRT patients, survival at 1 and 3 years is comparable between the two treatments.« less
Hip Arthroscopy in Trauma: A Systematic Review of Indications, Efficacy, and Complications.
Niroopan, Gavinn; de Sa, Darren; MacDonald, Austin; Burrow, Sarah; Larson, Christopher M; Ayeni, Olufemi R
2016-04-01
This systematic review explored the indications, efficacy, and complications of hip arthroscopy in the setting of trauma. Databases (PubMed, Medline, Embase, and Web of Science) were searched from database inception to March 2015 for studies using hip arthroscopy in trauma treatment. Systematic screening of eligible studies was undertaken in duplicate. The inclusion criteria included studies pertaining to arthroscopic intervention of all traumatic hip injuries. Abstracted data were organized in table format with descriptive statistics presented. From an initial search yield of 2,809 studies, 32 studies (25 case reports and 7 case series) satisfied the criteria for inclusion. A total of 144 patients (age range, 10 to 53 years) underwent hip arthroscopy for 6 indications associated with trauma: 8 patients for bullet extraction, 6 for femoral head fixation, 82 for loose body removal, 6 for acetabular fracture fixation, 20 for labral intervention, and 23 for ligamentum teres debridement. Patients were followed up postoperatively for a mean of 2.9 years (range, 8 days to 16 years). Successful surgery was achieved in 96% of patients. The rate of major complications (i.e., pulmonary embolism and abdominal compartment syndrome) was 1.4% (2 of 144); avascular necrosis, 1.4% (2 of 144); and nerve palsy, 0.7% (1 of 144). Hip arthroscopy appears effective and safe in the setting of trauma. These data should be interpreted with caution because of the low-quality evidence of the included studies. Surgeons should be aware of the potential complications such as abdominal compartment syndrome and thromboembolic events when performing hip arthroscopy in the setting of trauma. Level IV, systematic review of Level IV studies. Copyright © 2016 Arthroscopy Association of North America. Published by Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.
Examining the Role of Perioperative Nerve Blocks in Hip Arthroscopy: A Systematic Review.
Kay, Jeffrey; de Sa, Darren; Memon, Muzammil; Simunovic, Nicole; Paul, James; Ayeni, Olufemi R
2016-04-01
This systematic review examined the efficacy of perioperative nerve blocks for pain control after hip arthroscopy. The databases Embase, PubMed, and Medline were searched on June 2, 2015, for English-language studies that reported on the use of perioperative nerve blocks for hip arthroscopy. The studies were systematically screened and data abstracted in duplicate. Nine eligible studies were included in this review (2 case reports, 2 case series, 3 non-randomized comparative studies, and 2 randomized controlled trials). In total, 534 patients (534 hips), with a mean age of 37.2 years, who underwent hip arthroscopy procedures were administered nerve blocks for pain management. Specifically, femoral (2 studies), fascia iliaca (2 studies), lumbar plexus (3 studies), and L1 and L2 paravertebral (2 studies) nerve blocks were used. All studies reported acceptable pain scores after the use of nerve blocks, and 4 studies showed significantly lower postoperative pain scores acutely with the use of nerve blocks over general anesthesia alone. The use of nerve blocks also resulted in a decrease in opioid consumption in 4 studies and provided a higher level of patient satisfaction in 2 studies. No serious acute complications were reported in any study, and long-term complications from lumbar plexus blocks, such as local anesthetic system toxicity (0.9%) and long-term neuropathy (2.8%), were low in incidence. The use of perioperative nerve blocks provides effective pain management after hip arthroscopy and may be more effective in decreasing acute postoperative pain and supplemental opioid consumption than other analgesic techniques. Level IV, systematic review of Level I to Level IV studies. Copyright © 2016 Arthroscopy Association of North America. Published by Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.
ERIC Educational Resources Information Center
Washington Consulting Group, Inc., Washington, DC.
Module 6 of a 17-module self-instructional course on student financial aid administration (for novice aid administrators and other personnel) presents a systematic introduction to the management of federal financial aid programs authorized by Title IV of the Higher Education Act with an emphasis on general student eligibility. Identifying the…
ERIC Educational Resources Information Center
Federal/Provincial Consumer Education and Plain Language Task Force (Canada).
Project Real World, a self-contained, activity-based Canadian consumer science program, provides students with systematic instruction in economic living skills. It gives students in grades 10-12 an orientation to the economic realities and opportunities in society. The program helps students understand the marketplace; manage resources; apply…
ERIC Educational Resources Information Center
Harrison, Allyson G.; Holmes, Alana; Silvestri, Robert; Armstrong, Irene T.
2015-01-01
Building on a recent work of Harrison, Armstrong, Harrison, Iverson and Lange which suggested that Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale-Fourth Edition (WAIS-IV) scores might systematically overestimate the severity of intellectual impairments if Canadian norms are used, the present study examined differences between Canadian and American derived…
2015-01-01
the needs of reserve component members continue to be met during any consolidation of programs. • Consider the pros and cons of moving primary...research team developed to systematically collect information about federal programs that 12 Chapter Four of this report discusses the pros and cons ...road map for improving federal job placement assistance, and it discusses the pros and cons of transferring such services and resources to non-DoD
Chapter 7. Cloning and analysis of natural product pathways.
Gust, Bertolt
2009-01-01
The identification of gene clusters of natural products has lead to an enormous wealth of information about their biosynthesis and its regulation, and about self-resistance mechanisms. Well-established routine techniques are now available for the cloning and sequencing of gene clusters. The subsequent functional analysis of the complex biosynthetic machinery requires efficient genetic tools for manipulation. Until recently, techniques for the introduction of defined changes into Streptomyces chromosomes were very time-consuming. In particular, manipulation of large DNA fragments has been challenging due to the absence of suitable restriction sites for restriction- and ligation-based techniques. The homologous recombination approach called recombineering (referred to as Red/ET-mediated recombination in this chapter) has greatly facilitated targeted genetic modifications of complex biosynthetic pathways from actinomycetes by eliminating many of the time-consuming and labor-intensive steps. This chapter describes techniques for the cloning and identification of biosynthetic gene clusters, for the generation of gene replacements within such clusters, for the construction of integrative library clones and their expression in heterologous hosts, and for the assembly of entire biosynthetic gene clusters from the inserts of individual library clones. A systematic approach toward insertional mutation of a complete Streptomyces genome is shown by the use of an in vitro transposon mutagenesis procedure.
1990 Activity report for 1986-1992
DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)
Cantwell, K.
1996-01-01
As discussed in last year`s Activity Report, a fairly complete analysis of SPEAR problems was performed in concert with SLAC, and a major maintenance/improvement process was initiated in the spring of 1989. This run made it apparent that SPEAR will remain a very useful and impressive synchrotron radiation storage ring for at least a decade, given a steady maintenance and improvement program. More details about SPEAR functioning during the run, as well as SPEAR improvements, are contained in Chapter I. The formal SPEAR injector construction project was completed in November, 1990, on-time and on-budget. Although DOE was not able tomore » provide anticipated FY90 commissioning funds, preliminary commissioning was performed and 2.3 GeV injection to SPEAR was demonstrated. A discussion of the Injector project is contained in Chapter II. Commissioning of the injector and the injector/SPEAR complex is continuing in 1991 with Users participating during the May-September period. This user participation allowed normal experimentation, so that systems could be tested critically, but with the commissioning process having higher priority than data acquisition. Another major event in 1990 was the full dedication of SPEAR to the synchrotron radiation program. Previously SPEAR was considered a high energy physics machine that was partially dedicated to synchrotron radiation. The full dedication means that the accelerator can be modified and improved for synchrotron radiation research. Despite the heavy emphasis on completing the Injector, many beam line improvements were achieved, as described in Chapter IV. Among these was the optimization of stations 6-2 and 10-2, the provision of a considerably larger hutch for Station 1-5, which contains the area detector diffractometer, and the introduction of white light capability on 10-2. The provision of good beam during the month of April made an appreciable amount of experimentation possible. These and other runs are described in Chapter VI.« less
Geology, Geochemistry and Geophysics of Sedimentary Rock-Hosted Au Deposits in P.R. China
Peters, Stephen G.
2002-01-01
This is the second report concerning results of a joint project between the U.S. Geological Survey and the Tianjin Geological Academy to study sedimentary rock-hosted Au deposits in P.R. China. Since the 1980s, Chinese geologists have devoted a large-scale exploration and research effort to the deposits. As a result, there are more than 20 million oz of proven Au reserves in sedimentary rock-hosted Au deposits in P.R. China. Additional estimated and inferred resources are present in over 160 deposits and occurrences, which are undergoing exploration. This makes China second to Nevada in contained ounces of Au in Carlin-type deposits. It is likely that many of the Carlin-type Au ore districts in China, when fully developed, could have resource potential comparable to the multi-1,000-tonne Au resource in northern Nevada. The six chapters of this report describe sedimentary rock-hosted Au deposits that were visited during the project. Chapters 1 and 2 provide an overview of sedimentary rock-hosted Au deposits and Carlin-type Au deposits and also provide a working classification for the sedimentary rock-hosted Au deposits. Chapters 3, 4, and 5 provide descriptions that were compiled from the literature in China in three main areas: the Dian-Qian-Gui, the Qinling fold belt, and Middle-Lower Yangtze River areas. Chapter 6 contains a weights-of-evidence (WofE), GIS-based mineral assessment of sedimentary rock-hosted Au deposits in the Qinling fold belt and Dian-Qian-Gui areas. Appendices contain scanned aeromagnetic (Appendix I) and gravity (Appendix II) geophysical maps of south and central China. Data tables of the deposits (Appendix III) also are available in the first report as an interactive database at http://geopubs.wr.usgs.gov/open-file/of98-466/. Geochemical analysis of ore samples from the deposits visited are contained in Appendix IV.
Role of Conserved Proline Residues in Human Apolipoprotein A-IV Structure and Function*
Deng, Xiaodi; Walker, Ryan G.; Morris, Jamie; Davidson, W. Sean; Thompson, Thomas B.
2015-01-01
Apolipoprotein (apo)A-IV is a lipid emulsifying protein linked to a range of protective roles in obesity, diabetes, and cardiovascular disease. It exists in several states in plasma including lipid-bound in HDL and chylomicrons and as monomeric and dimeric lipid-free/poor forms. Our recent x-ray crystal structure of the central domain of apoA-IV shows that it adopts an elongated helical structure that dimerizes via two long reciprocating helices. A striking feature is the alignment of conserved proline residues across the dimer interface. We speculated that this plays important roles in the structure of the lipid-free protein and its ability to bind lipid. Here we show that the systematic conversion of these prolines to alanine increased the thermodynamic stability of apoA-IV and its propensity to oligomerize. Despite the structural stabilization, we noted an increase in the ability to bind and reorganize lipids and to promote cholesterol efflux from cells. The novel properties of these mutants allowed us to isolate the first trimeric form of an exchangeable apolipoprotein and characterize it by small-angle x-ray scattering and chemical cross-linking. The results suggest that the reciprocating helix interaction is a common feature of all apoA-IV oligomers. We propose a model of how self-association of apoA-IV can result in spherical lipoprotein particles, a model that may have broader applications to other exchangeable apolipoprotein family members. PMID:25733664
Geochemical and mineralogical methods of prospecting for mineral deposits
Fersman, A. Ye; Borovik, S. A.; Gorshkov, G.V.; Popov, S.D.; Sosedko, A.F.; Hartsock, Lydia; Pierce, A.P.
1952-01-01
Fersman's book "Geochemical and mineralogical methods of prospecting for mineral deposits" (Geokhimicheskiye i mineralogicheskiye metody poiskov poleznykh iskopayemykh) covers all petrographic, mineralogical, and geochemical techniques that are used either directly or indirectly in mineral exploration. Chapter IV is of particular interest because it describes certain geochemical methods and principles that have not been widely applied outside of the Soviet Union. The original contained a number of photographs that have been omitted; the titles of the photographs are given in the body of the text. Wherever possible, bibliographic references have been checked, and the full titles given. References given in footnotes in the original have been collected and added at the end of each section as a bibliography.
The San Franciscan volcanic field, Arizona
Robinson, Henry Hollister
1913-01-01
LOCATION OF AREAThe San Franciscan volcanic field, which takes its name from San Francisco Mountain, the largest volcano of the group, covers about 3,000 square miles in the north-central part of Arizona, as shown by the shaded space on the index map forming figure 1. The center of the field lies about 50 miles south of the Grand Canyon of the Colorado and the southern boundary is in part coterminous with that of the San Francisco Plateau, which forms the southwestern division of the great Colorado Plateau.The region is easily reached, for the main line of the Atchison, Topeka, & Santa Fe Railway traverses it from east to west for more than 60 miles. Flagstaff, a town of 1,500 inhabitants 10 miles south of the summit of San Francisco Mountain, is on the railroad, amid a branch line runs from Williams, 34 miles farther west, to the Grand Canyon. All the more important points of interest in the field may be reached without difficulty by wagon, and outfits may be obtained at Flagstaff.OUTLINE OF THE REPORTThis report deals primarily with the volcanic phenomena of the region as determined in the field and laboratory. Chapter I contains a brief description of the geography of the field and Chapter II is devoted largely to the sedimentary formations and structure. The rest of the report Chapters III to VI—treats entirely of the various features of the volcanoes and igneous rocks, both individually and collectively. Detailed descriptions of the volcanoes and lava fields are given in Chapter III; the volcanic history of the region and its correlation with the general history of the surrounding country are presented in Chapter IV. These two chapters will presumably suffice for the general reader who may desire to become acquainted with the broader volcanic features of the region. Chapter V (Petrography) is devoted entirely to the detailed description of the individual igneous rocks of the region, as represented by a selected set of type specimens. In Chapter VI (Petrology) is presented a discussion of the igneous rocks considered collectively—that is, as a series of genetically related members. These last two chapters will be more especially interesting to petrologists, although there is considerable matter in the last chapter which may also be of interest to the general reader.EXTENT OF FIELD WORKThe field work on which the report is based was carried on during the summers of 1901 to 1903, a portion of the time, however, being occupied by side trips to the Grand Canyon of the Colorado, the Verde Valley, and the Moqui Buttes. It was the original intention to study only San Francisco Mountain, but scattered observations made during the first summer at other localities, especially at Elden Mountain and Kendrick Peak, seemed to indicate that the region would repay wider study. The work was accordingly extended so as to embrace all the large cones that lie in the vicinity of San Francisco Mountain and some 2,000 square miles of the surrounding plateau country. The more detailed work was confined to the large cones and the laccoliths, as they presented the greatest variety of phenomena within the smallest space. Reconnaissance work was carried on in the surrounding country more especially for the purpose of determining the limits of the widespread basalt flows, their relation to the underlying sedimentary formations, and the character of those formations.
International travel and acquisition of multidrug-resistant Enterobacteriaceae: a systematic review.
Hassing, Robert Jan; Alsma, Jelmer; Arcilla, Maris S; van Genderen, Perry J; Stricker, Bruno H; Verbon, Annelies
2015-01-01
International travel is considered to be an important risk factor for acquisition of multidrug-resistant Enterobacteriaceae (MRE). The aim of this systematic review was to determine the effect of international travel on the risk of post-travel faecal carriage of MRE. Secondary outcomes were risk factors for acquisition of MRE. A systematic search for relevant literature in seven international databases was conducted according to Preferred Reporting Items for Systematic Reviews and Meta-Analyses (PRISMA) guidelines. Articles needed to report on (i) foreign travel, (ii) screening of asymptomatic participants, (iii) antimicrobial susceptibility data and (iv) faecal Enterobacteriaceae carriage. Two researchers independently screened the abstracts, assessed the full article texts for eligibility and selected or rejected them for inclusion in the systematic review. In case of disagreement, a third researcher decided on inclusion. Eleven studies were identified. In all studies, a high prevalence (>20%) of carriage of MRE after international travel was found. The highest prevalence was observed in travellers returning from southern Asia. Foreign travel was associated with an increased risk of carriage of MRE. Further research is needed to assess if this leads to an increase in the number of infections with MRE. Systematic review registration number: PROSPERO CRD42015024973.
Oussedik, Sam; Tsitskaris, Konstantinos; Parker, David
2015-04-01
We performed a systematic review of the treatment of articular cartilage lesions of the knee by microfracture or autologous chondrocyte implantation to determine the differences in patient outcomes after these procedures. We searched PubMed/Medline, Embase, and The Cochrane Library databases in the period from January 10 through January 20, 2013, and included 34 articles in our qualitative analysis. All studies showed improvement in outcome scores in comparison with baseline values, regardless of the treatment modality. The heterogeneity of the results presented in the studies precluded a meta-analysis. Microfracture appears to be effective in smaller lesions and is usually associated with a greater proportion of fibrocartilage production, which may have an effect on durability and eventual failure. Autologous chondrocyte implantation is an effective treatment that may result in a greater proportion of hyaline-like tissue at the repair site, which may in turn have a beneficial effect on durability and failure; it appears to be effective in larger lesions. Autologous chondrocyte implantation with periosteum has been shown to be associated with symptomatic cartilage hypertrophy more frequently than autologous chondrocyte implantation with collagen membrane. Matrix-associated autologous chondrocyte implantation is technically less challenging than the other techniques available, and in lesions greater than 4 cm(2), it has been shown to be more effective than microfracture. Level IV, systematic review of Level I-IV studies. Copyright © 2015 Arthroscopy Association of North America. Published by Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.
Hierarchy of evidence relating to hand surgery in Brazilian orthopedic journals.
Moraes, Vinícius Ynoe de; Belloti, João Carlos; Moraes, Fábio Ynoe de; Galbiatti, José Antonio; Palácio, Evandro Pereira; Santos, João Baptista Gomes Dos; Faloppa, Flávio
2011-03-01
There is no systematic assessment of the quality of scientific production in the specialty of hand surgery in our setting. This study aimed to systematically assess the status of evidence generation relating to hand surgery and to evaluate the reproducibility of the classification method based on an evidence pyramid. Secondary study conducted at Universidade Federal de São Paulo (Unifesp) and Faculdade Estadual de Medicina de Marília (Famema). Two researchers independently conducted an electronic database search for hand surgery studies published between 2000 and 2009 in the two main Brazilian orthopedic journals (Acta Ortopédica Brasileira and Revista Brasileira de Ortopedia). The studies identified were subsequently classified according to methodological design (systematic review of the literature, randomized clinical trial, cohort study, case-control study, case series and other studies) and evidence level (I to V). A total of 1,150 articles were evaluated, and 83 (7.2%) were included in the final analysis. Studies with evidence level IV (case series) accounted for 41 (49%) of the published papers. Studies with evidence level V (other studies) accounted for 12 (14.5%) of the papers. Only two studies (2.4%) were ranked as level I or II. The inter-rater reproducibility was excellent (k = 0.94). Hand surgery articles corresponded to less than one tenth of Brazilian orthopedic production. Studies with evidence level IV were the commonest type. The reproducibility of the classification stratified by evidence level was almost perfect.
Survivorship and functional outcomes of patellofemoral arthroplasty: a systematic review.
van der List, J P; Chawla, H; Zuiderbaan, H A; Pearle, A D
2017-08-01
Historically poor results of survivorship and functional outcomes of patellofemoral arthroplasty (PFA) have been reported in the setting of isolated patellofemoral osteoarthritis. More recently, however, fairly good results of PFA were reported, but the current status of PFA outcomes is unknown. Therefore, a systematic review was performed to assess overall PFA survivorship and functional outcomes. A search was performed using PubMed, Embase and Cochrane systems, and the registries were searched. Twenty-three cohort studies and one registry reported survivorship using Kaplan-Meier curve, while 51 cohort studies reported functional outcomes of PFA. Twelve studies were level II studies, while 45 studies were level III or IV studies. Heterogeneity was mainly seen in type of prosthesis and year the cohort started. Nine hundred revisions in 9619 PFAs were reported yielding 5-, 10-, 15- and 20-year PFA survivorships of 91.7, 83.3, 74.9 and 66.6 %, respectively, and an annual revision rate of 2.18. Functional outcomes were reported in 2587 PFAs with an overall score of 82.2 % of the maximum score. KSS and Knee Function Score were 87.5 and 81.6 %, respectively. This systematic review showed that fairly good results of PFA survivorship and functional outcomes were reported at short- and midterm follow-up in the setting of isolated patellofemoral osteoarthritis. Heterogeneity existed mainly in prosthesis design and year the cohort started. These results provide a clear overview of the current status of PFA in the setting of isolated patellofemoral osteoarthritis. IV.
Tranoulis, Anastasios; Laios, Alexandros; Pampanos, Andreas; Yannoukakos, Drakoulis; Loutradis, Dimitrios; Michala, Lina
2018-04-01
To systematically review and appraise the existing evidence in relation to the efficacy and safety of pulsatile gonadotropin-releasing hormone (pGnRH) for the treatment of women with hypothalamic amenorrhea (HA). Systematic review and meta-analysis. Not applicable. A total of 35 studies (three randomized and 32 observational) encompassing 1,002 women with HA. None. Primary outcomes: ovulation rate (OvR), pregnancy per ovulatory cycle rate (POR), and live birth per ovulatory cycle rate (LBOR). multiple gestation (MG), ovarian hyperstimulation syndrome (OHSS), and superficial thrombophlebitis (ST) rates. The summary measures were expressed as proportions and 95% confidence intervals (CI). Pulsatile GnRH treatment appears to achieve high OvRs. A trend toward high PORs and LBORs among women with HA is demonstrated. SC pGnRH achieves comparable OvR compared with IV pGnRH. The incidence of OHSS is low and of mild severity. Treatment with pGnRH is associated with low but slightly higher MG rates compared with the general population. IV administered pGnRH is rarely associated with ST. The high OvRs leading to a high rate of singleton pregnancies and the low likelihood of OHSS render the pGnRH treatment modality both effective and safe for the treatment of women with HA of either primary or secondary origin. Copyright © 2017 American Society for Reproductive Medicine. Published by Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Zartman, Robert E.; Haines, Sara M.
1988-06-01
Version IV of plumbotectonics expands and refines the original model of DOE and ZARTMAN (1979) and ZARTMAN and DOE (1981) for explaining Pb (Sr, and Nd) isotopic systematics among major terrestrial reservoirs. A case for bi-directional transport among reservoirs is based on the observed isotopic compositions for different tectonic settings, and finds a rationale in the kinetics of plate tectonics. Chemical fractionation and radioactive decay create isotopic differences during periods of isolation of one reservoir from another, whereas dynamic processes allowing mixing between reservoirs tend to reduce these differences. Observed isotopic characteristics reflect a balance between these opposing tendencies and provide constraints on the extent and timing of fractionation and mixing processes. Plumbotectonics does not require interaction with a lower mantle or core reservoir over most of the Earth's lifetime, and, in fact, achieves a material balance consistent with no such exchange of material. Important evidence of the amount and timing of crustal recycling, and of the residence times of mantle heterogeneities lies in the coupled 207Pb /204Pb- 206 Pb 204Pb systematics. We believe that examination of the published data base fully supports our contention of significant bi-directional transport of material among terrestrial reservoirs. Plumbotectonics allows us to explore many aspects of reservoir interaction, and to identify parameters that provide meaningful constraints on mantle-crust differentiation. We put forth a compromise fit to many of the model variables in version IV, which can serve as a reference for future work.
Niël-Weise, Barbara S; Stijnen, Theo; van den Broek, Peterhans J
2010-06-01
In this systematic review, we assessed the effect of in-line filters on infusion-related phlebitis associated with peripheral IV catheters. The study was designed as a systematic review and meta-analysis of randomized controlled trials. We used MEDLINE and the Cochrane Controlled Trial Register up to August 10, 2009. Two reviewers independently assessed trial quality and extracted data. Data on phlebitis were combined when appropriate, using a random-effects model. The impact of the risk of phlebitis in the control group (baseline risk) on the effect of in-line filters was studied by using meta-regression based on the bivariate meta-analysis model. The quality of the evidence was determined by using the GRADE (Grading of Recommendations Assessment, Development, and Evaluation) method. Eleven trials (1633 peripheral catheters) were included in this review to compare the effect of in-line filters on the incidence of phlebitis in hospitalized patients. Baseline risks across trials ranged from 23% to 96%. Meta-analysis of all trials showed that in-line filters reduced the risk of infusion-related phlebitis (relative risk, 0.66; 95% confidence interval, 0.43-1.00). This benefit, however, is very uncertain, because the trials had serious methodological shortcomings and meta-analysis revealed marked unexplained statistical heterogeneity (P < 0.0000, I(2) = 90.4%). The estimated benefit did not depend on baseline risk. In-line filters in peripheral IV catheters cannot be recommended routinely, because evidence of their benefit is uncertain.
Mattesi, L; Noailles, T; Rosencher, N; Rouvillain, J-L
2016-12-01
The elderly population is increasing worldwide, associated with an increase in diseases related to aging, such as hip fractures. These patients are sometimes treated with clopidogrel. There are no arguments at present to clearly determine the risk/benefit ratio of early surgical management of traumatic hip fractures in patients treated with clopidogrel (perioperative blood loss, postoperative complications). The goal of this systematic review of the literature was to show that early surgical management (<48h) of patients treated with clopidogrel does not increase postoperative morbidity or mortality. Systematic review of the literature: level of evidence IV. A bibliographic search was performed in July 2015 in PubMed, Embase and Cochrane databases using the MeSh keywords "Clopidogrel or Plavix ® " AND "hip fracture". Two of the authors analyzed 48 articles based on the title and abstract. Twenty-one articles were selected and read completely with an analysis of the references. Nine articles were chosen. Early surgical management (<48h) of patients receiving clopidogrel did not increase mortality at 30days, 3months or 1 year (between 25 and 30% mortality at 1 year) and did not result in an increase in perioperative bleeding. The risk/benefit ratio of early surgical management of patients with hip fractures receiving clopidogrel is good; morbidity and mortality are not increased in these patients if surgery is performed immediately or less than 48h after admission. IV. Copyright © 2016 Elsevier Masson SAS. All rights reserved.
Yap, Jonathan; Lim, Fang Yi; Gao, Fei; Teo, Ling Li; Lam, Carolyn Su Ping; Yeo, Khung Keong
2015-10-01
Functional status assessment is the cornerstone of heart failure management and trials. The New York Heart Association (NYHA) classification and 6-minute walk distance (6MWD) are commonly used tools; however, the correlation between them is not well understood. We hypothesised that the relationship between the NYHA classification and 6MWD might vary across studies. A systematic literature search was performed to identify all studies reporting both NYHA class and 6MWD. Two reviewers independently assessed study eligibility and extracted data. Thirty-seven studies involving 5678 patients were included. There was significant heterogeneity across studies in 6MWD within all NYHA classes: I (n = 16, Q = 934.2; P < 0.001), II (n = 25, Q = 1658.3; P < 0.001), III (n = 30, Q = 1020.1; P < 0.001), and IV (n = 6, Q = 335.5; P < 0.001). There was no significant difference in average 6MWD between NYHA I and II (420 m vs 393 m; P = 0.416). There was a significant difference in average 6MWD between NYHA II and III (393 m vs 321 m; P = 0.014) and III and IV (321 m vs 224 m; P = 0.027). This remained significant after adjusting for region of study, age, and sex. Although there is an inverse correlation between NYHA II-IV and 6MWD, there is significant heterogeneity across studies in 6MWD within each NYHA class and overlap in 6MWD between NYHA I and II. The NYHA classification performs well in more symptomatic patients (NYHA III/IV) but less so in asymptomatic/mildly symptomatic patients (NYHA I/II). Nonetheless, the NYHA classification is an easily applied first-line tool in everyday clinical practice, but its potential subjectivity should be considered when performing comparisons across studies. © 2015 Wiley Periodicals, Inc.
Copper Diffusion in Silicate Melts and Melt Inclusion Study on Volatiles in The Lunar Interior
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Ni, Peng
This thesis focuses on the application of diffusion kinetics to both terrestrial and lunar geochemistry. In Chapters II and III, diffusivities of Cu in silicate melts were experimentally determined and used to discuss the role of Cu diffusion in formation of Cu ore deposits and also Cu isotope fractionation in tektites. In Chapters IV and V, lunar olivine-hosted melt inclusions are studied to understand their volatile loss during homogenization in lab, to estimate cooling rate for lunar Apollo sample 74220, and to estimate volatile abundance in the lunar mantle. Magmatic sulfide deposits and porphyry-type Cu deposits are two major types of Cu deposits that supply the world's Cu. In particular, porphyry-type Cu deposits provide ˜57% of the world's total discovered Cu. Recent studies suggest a potential role of diffusive transport of metals (e.g. Cu, Au, PGE, Mo) in the formation of magmatic sulfide deposits and porphyry-type deposits. Diffusivities of Cu in silicate melts, however, are poorly determined. In Chapters II and III of this thesis, Cu diffusion in basaltic melt and rhyolitic melts are studied by diffusion couple and chalcocite "dissolution" methods. Our results indicate high diffusivities of Cu and a general equation for Cu diffusion in silicate melts is obtained. The high diffusivity of Cu indicate that partition of Cu between the silicate phase and the sulfide or fluid phase can be assumed to be in equilibrium during the formation of magmatic sulfide deposits or porphyry-type deposits. In addition, our Cu diffusion data helps explain why Cu isotopes are more fractionated than Zn isotopes in tektites. Volatile abundances in the lunar mantle have profound implications for the origin of the Moon, which was thought to be bone-dry till about a decade ago, when trace amounts of H2O were detected in various types of lunar samples. In particular, high H2O concentrations comparable to mid-ocean ridge basalts were reported in lunar melt inclusions. There are still uncertainties, however, for lunar melt inclusion studies in at least two aspects. One is whether the low H2O/Ce ratios measured in homogenized crystalline inclusions are affected by the homogenization process. The other is that current estimation of volatile abundances in lunar mantle relies heavily on 74220, which is argued to be a local anomaly by some authors. In order to reach a conclusive answer on volatile abundances in lunar mantle, the above two questions have to be answered. To improve our understanding about these questions, in Chapter IV of this thesis, a series of experiments are carried out to understand possible volatile loss from lunar melt inclusions during homogenization. Our results indicate significant H2O loss from inclusions during homogenization in minutes, whereas loss of F, Cl or S is unlikely a concern under our experimental conditions. The most applicable way to preserve H2O during homogenization is to use large inclusions. In Chapter V of this thesis, volatile, trace and major element data for melt inclusions from 10020, 12040, 15016, 15647 and 74235 are reported. Our new data indicate large variation in H2O/Ce ratios from ˜77 to ˜1 across different lunar samples, which is at least partially due to H2O loss on lunar surface during cooling. In addition, evidences were found in F/Nd and S/Dy ratios that might suggest lunar mantle heterogeneity in terms of its volatile abundances.
Rajagopal, Adharsh; Williams, Spencer T.; Chueh, Chu-Chen; ...
2016-02-29
In this study, reverse bias (RB)-induced abnormal hysteresis is investigated in perovskite solar cells (PVSCs) with nickel oxide (NiOx)/methylammonium lead iodide (CH 3NH 3PbI 3) interfaces. Through comprehensive current-voltage (I-V) characterization and bias-dependent external quantum efficiency (EQE) measurements, we demonstrate that this phenomenon is caused by the interfacial ion accumulation intrinsic to CH 3NH 3PbI 3. Subsequently, via systematic analysis we discover that the abnormal I-V behavior is remarkably similar to tunnel diode I-V characteristics and is due to the formation of a transient tunnel junction at NiO x/CH 3NH 3PbI 3 interfaces under RB. The detailed analysis navigating themore » complexities of I-V behavior in CH 3NH 3PbI 3-based solar cells provided here ultimately illuminates possibilities in modulating ion motion and hysteresis via interfacial engineering in PVSCs. Moreover, this work shows that RB can alter how CH 3NH 3PbI 3 contributes to the functional nature of devices and provides the first steps toward approaching functional perovskite interfaces in new ways for metrology and analysis of complex transient processes.« less
Feruidus Ille Canis: the Lore and Poetry of the Dog Star in Antiquity
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Ceragioli, Roger Charles
1992-01-01
The Dog Star, Sirius, appears in many important works of classical poetry. It also appears in numerous myths and several religious rituals. A complex body of folklore surrounds it and it had a paramount importance in agriculture. Yet no one has attempted a systematic analysis of Sirius' place in Greco-Roman art and thought. This thesis begins that analysis. The introductory chapter discusses the methodology and approach that the thesis takes to the evidence, and supplies essential background information on Sirius' place among the constellations and its relation to the physical environment of the Mediterranean. Chapter one explores Sirius' role in ancient warrior traditions. Sirius embodied the principle of cosmic heat, and through heat it was thought to cause rabies in dogs. The Greek word for rabies is lussa. But lussa also named the madness of warriors such as Achilles in the Iliad. Etymologically, lussa meant "wolfishness." Rabid dogs, wolves, and raging warriors all exhibit fiery heat as an integral part of their natures. It is argued that raging warriors, wolves, and rabid dogs were largely interchangeable entities for the Greeks. Thus when Hector and Achilles in their raging are compared to Sirius, the comparison reflects more than the likeness of their surface brilliance. Chapter two explores Sirius' connection to erotic themes in ancient poetry. Because erotic experience could be represented as a conflagration that might burn the lover into a frenzy, the fiery raging Dog Star was an appropriate symbolic accompaniment. Sirius itself experienced erotic frenzy when it became passionate for Opora (the ripe fruits of summer). Chapter three turns to Sirius' involvement in viticulture. Sirius was said to ripen the grapes, but was also conceived to have once been the faithful dog of Icarius, who first introduced wine-drinking among humans. The chapter explores Sirius' role in the myth of Icarius, and the relation of that myth to the erotic and martial sides of Sirius.
Electrochemical Detection of Platinum(IV) Prodrug Satraplatin in Serum.
Wu, Yao; Lai, Rebecca Y
2015-11-03
We report the design and fabrication of a reagentless and reusable electrochemical sensor for detection of satraplatin (SAT), a platinum(IV) prodrug. The detection strategy is based on the electrocatalytic reaction between the Pt(IV) center of SAT and surface-immobilized methylene blue. We systematically evaluated the effect of passivating diluent chain length on the overall sensor performance. Our results show that the use of a shorter diluent like 2-mercaptoethanol is more advantageous than using a longer and more passivating diluent such as 6-mercapto-1-hexanol. Independent of the use of cyclic voltammetry or chronoamperometry as the sensor interrogation technique, all three sensors, each passivated with a different alkanethiol diluent, have been demonstrated to be sensitive; the limit of detection is in the range of 1-10 μM. They are also highly specific and do not respond to Pt(II) drugs such as cisplatin and carboplatin. More importantly, they are selective enough to be employed directly in 50% serum. This sensing strategy has potential applications in clinical pharmacokinetics studies.
Watson, Tiffany L; Skinner, Christopher H; Skinner, Amy L; Cazzell, Samantha; Aspiranti, Kathleen B; Moore, Tara; Coleman, MariBeth
2016-07-01
Evidence suggests that installing a classroom management system known as the Color Wheel reduced inappropriate behaviors and increased on-task behavior in second- and fourth-grade classrooms; however, no systematic studies of the Color Wheel had been disseminated targeting pre-school or kindergarten participants. To enhance our understanding of the Color Wheel System (CWS) as a prevention system, a multiple-baseline design was used to evaluate the effects of the Color Wheel on inappropriate vocalizations (IVs) in three general education kindergarten classrooms. Partial-interval time-sampling was used to record classwide IVs, which were operationally defined as any comment or vocal noise that was not solicited by the teacher. Time series graphs and effect size calculations suggest that the CWS caused immediate, large, and sustained decreases in IVs across the three classrooms. Teacher acceptability and interview data also supported the CWS. Implications related to prevention are discussed and directions for future research are provided. © The Author(s) 2016.
Obtaining systematic teacher reports of disruptive behavior disorders utilizing DSM-IV.
Wolraich, M L; Feurer, I D; Hannah, J N; Baumgaertel, A; Pinnock, T Y
1998-04-01
This study examines the psychometric properties of the Vanderbilt AD/HD Diagnostic Teacher Rating Scale (VADTRS) and provides preliminary normative data from a large, geographically defined population. The VADTRS consists of the complete list of DSM-IV AD/HD symptoms, a screen for other disruptive behavior disorders, anxiety and depression, and ratings of academic and classroom behavior performance. Teachers in one suburban county completed the scale for their students during 2 consecutive years. Statistical methods included (a) exploratory and confirmatory latent variable analyses of item data, (b) evaluation of the internal consistency of the latent dimensions, (c) evaluation of latent structure concordance between school year samples, and (d) preliminary evaluation of criterion-related validity. The instrument comprises four behavioral dimensions and two performance dimensions. The behavioral dimensions were concordant between school years and were consistent with a priori DSM-IV diagnostic criteria. Correlations between latent dimensions and relevant, known disorders or problems varied from .25 to .66.
ERIC Educational Resources Information Center
Washington Consulting Group, Inc., Washington, DC.
The second of 17 modules in a self-instructional course on student financial aid administration, this module offers novice financial aid administrators and other institutional personnel a systematic introduction to the management of federal financial aid programs authorized by the Higher Education Act Title IV. It traces the history of federal…
ERIC Educational Resources Information Center
Washington Consulting Group, Inc., Washington, DC.
The third of a 17-module self-instructional course on student financial aid administration, this module offers a systematic introduction to the management of federal financial aid programs authorized by Title IV of the Higher Education Act to novice financial aid administrators and other institutional personnel. It teaches the administrator to…
Learn Japanese--Elementary School Text, Volume III.
ERIC Educational Resources Information Center
Sato, Yaeko; And Others
This volume is the teacher's text for the first semester program on level two (fourth grade). See AL 001 718 for Volume I and ED 019 666 for Volume II. Text materials for the second level continue to introduce new structures systematically, according to the pupils' interest, ability, and rate of learning. Dialogs for level two, Volumes III and IV,…
ERIC Educational Resources Information Center
Pina-Camacho, Laura; Villero, Sonia; Boada, Leticia; Fraguas, David; Janssen, Joost; Mayoral, Maria; Llorente, Cloe; Arango, Celso; Parellada, Mara
2013-01-01
This systematic review aims to determine whether or not structural magnetic resonance imaging (sMRI) data support the DSM-5 proposal of an autism spectrum disorder (ASD) diagnostic category, and whether or not classical DSM-IV autistic disorder (AD) and Asperger syndrome (AS) categories should be subsumed into it. The most replicated sMRI findings…
Molecular basis of beta-thalassemia in the Maldives.
Furuumi, H; Firdous, N; Inoue, T; Ohta, H; Winichagoon, P; Fucharoen, S; Fukumaki, Y
1998-03-01
We have systematically analyzed beta-thalassemia genes using polymerase chain reaction-related techniques, dot-blot hybridization with oligonucleotide probes, allele specific-polymerase chain reaction, and sequencing of amplified DNA fragments from 41 unrelated patients, including 37 beta-thalassemia homozygotes, three with beta-thalassemia/Hb E, and one with beta-thalassemia/Hb S. Four different beta-thalassemia mutations were detected in 78 alleles. These are the IVS-I-5 (G-->C), codon 30 (AGG-->ACG) [also indicated as IVS-I (-1)], IVS-I-1 (G-->A), and codons 41/42 (-TTCT) mutations. The distribution of the beta-thalassemia mutations in the Maldives is 58 alleles (74.3%) with the IVS-I-5 (G-->C) mutation, 12 (15.4%) with the codon 30 (AGG-->ACG) mutation, seven (9%) with the IVS-I-1 (G-->A) mutation, and one with the codons 41/42 (-TTCT) mutation. The first three mutations account for 98.7% of the total number of beta-thalassemia chromosomes studied. These mutations are clustered in the region spanning 6 bp around the junction of exon 1 and the first intervening sequence of the beta-globin gene. These observations have significant implications for setting up a thalassemia prevention and control program in the Maldives. Analysis of haplotypes and frameworks of chromosomes bearing each beta-thalassemia mutation suggested that the origin and spread of these mutations were reflected by the historical record.
Álvarez, Enrique; Carrasco, Jose L; Olivares, José M; López-Gómez, Vanessa; Vilardaga, Inma; Perez, María
2012-01-01
Objective: To elucidate the consequences of broadening DSM-IV criteria for generalized anxiety disorder (GAD), we examined prospectively the evolution of GAD symptoms in two groups of patients; one group diagnosed according to DSM-IV criteria and the other, according to broader criteria. Method: Multicentre, prospective and observational study conducted on outpatient psychiatric clinics. Patients were selected from October 2007 to January 2009 and diagnosed with GAD according to DSM-IV criteria (DSM-IV group) or broader criteria. Broader criteria were considered 1-month of excessive or non-excessive worry and only 2 of the associated symptoms listed on DSM-IV for GAD diagnosis. Socio-demographic data, medical history and functional outcome measures were collected three times during a 6-month period. Results: 3,549 patients were systematically recruited; 1,815 patients in DSM-IV group (DG) and 1,264 in broad group (BG); 453 patients did not fulfil inclusion criteria and were excluded. Most patients (87.9% in DG, 82.0% in BG) were currently following pharmacological therapies (mainly benzodiazepines) to manage their anxiety symptoms. The changes observed during the study were: 49.0% and 58.0%, respectively of patients without anxiety symptoms as per HAM-A scale at the 6 month visit (p=0.261) and 59.7% and 67.7%, respectively (p=0.103) of responder rates (> 50% reduction of baseline scoring). Conclusion: Broadening of GAD criteria does not seem to affect psychiatric care results in subjects with GAD, is able to identify the core symptoms of the disease according to the DSM-IV criteria and could lead to an earlier diagnosis. PMID:23173012
Research in geosciences policy
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Brunner, Ronald D.
1992-01-01
The general task was to look beyond the adverse physical impacts and to defining the policy problem. In order for policy actions to be effective, they must address the right policy problems, which will be different from and broader than the physical problems. We will work on defining the policy problems with a view to indicating how practical solutions might be implemented. In particular, public officials need advice on what should be said, and done, and for what purposes. That advice needs to be based on systematic analysis of: (1) the scholarly literature in the social sciences, and related disciplines; (2) the charging content of the policy debate at the center of attention; and (3) how citizens perceive and understand issues related to global change. We will conduct this analysis. Chapter 1 and 2 each reports work on defining the policy problem and analyzing the scholarly literature. Chapters 3 and 4, respectively, address the policy debate and citizen viewpoints in issues related to global change.
Smartphone apps for the self-management of low back pain: A systematic review.
Machado, Gustavo C; Pinheiro, Marina B; Lee, Hopin; Ahmed, Osman H; Hendrick, Paul; Williams, Chris; Kamper, Steven J
2016-12-01
Guidelines for low back pain (LBP) often recommend the use of self-management such as unsupervised exercise, booklets, and online education. Another potentially useful way for patients to self-manage LBP is by using smartphone applications (apps). However, to date, there has been no rigorous evaluation of LBP apps and no guidance for consumers on how to select high-quality, evidence-based apps. This chapter reviews smartphone apps for the self-management of LBP and evaluates their content quality and whether they recommend evidence-based interventions. This chapter shows that generally app developers are selecting interventions that are endorsed by guidelines, although their quality is low. There are many apps available for the self-management of LBP, but their effectiveness in improving patient outcomes has not been rigorously assessed. App developers need to work closely with healthcare professionals, researchers, and patients to ensure app content is accurate, evidence based, and engaging. Copyright © 2017 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.
Nabhan, Fadi; Porter, Kyle; Lupo, Mark A; Randolph, Gregory W; Patel, Kepal N; Kloos, Richard T
2018-06-01
RAS mutations are common in the available mutational analysis of cytologically indeterminate (Cyto-I) thyroid nodules. However, their reported positive predictive value (PPV) for cancer is widely variable. The reason for this variability is unknown, and it causes clinical management uncertainty. A systematic review was performed, evaluating the PPV for cancer in RAS mutation positive Cyto-I nodules, and variables that might affect residual heterogeneity across the different studies were considered. PubMed was searched through February 22, 2017, including studies that evaluated at least one type of RAS mutation in Cyto-I nodules, including any (or all) of the Bethesda III/IV/V categories or their equivalents and where the histological diagnosis was available. The PPV residual heterogeneity was investigated after accounting for Bethesda classification, blindedness of the histopathologist to the RAS mutational status, Bethesda category-specific cancer prevalence for each study, and which RAS genes and codons were tested. This was studied using five meta-regression models fit to different sets of Bethesda classification categories: Bethesda III, IV, or V (III/IV/V); Bethesda III or IV (III/IV); Bethesda III only; Bethesda IV only; and Bethesda V only. Of 1831 studies, 23 were eligible for data inclusion. Wide ranges of PPV were found at 0-100%, 28-100%, and 0-100% in Bethesda III, IV, and V, respectively. Residual heterogeneity remained moderately high for PPV after accounting for the above moderators for Bethesda III/IV/V (21 studies; I 2 = 59.5%) and Bethesda III/IV (19 studies; I 2 = 66.0%), with significant Cochran's Q-test for residual heterogeneity (p < 0.001). Among individual Bethesda categories, residual heterogeneity was: Bethesda III (eight studies; I 2 = 89.0%), IV (12 studies; I 2 = 53.5%), and V (10 studies; I 2 = 34.4%), with significant Cochran's Q-test for Bethesda III (p < 0.001) and IV (p = 0.04). The PPV of RAS mutations in Bethesda III and IV categories is quite heterogeneous across different studies, creating low confidence in the accuracy of a single estimate of PPV. Clinicians must appreciate this wide variability when managing a RAS-mutated Cyto-I nodule. Future studies should seek to resolve this unexplained variability.
Distribution of Collagen I, III, and IV and Laminin in the Human Liver during Prenatal Development.
Jović, Marko; Nikolić, Ivan; Todorović, Vera; Petrović, Aleksandar; Petrović, Vladimir; Mojsilović, Marijola; Denčić, Tijana
2018-06-27
In the absence of systematized data on the extracellular matrix components during prenatal liver development, the present study aimed to investigate the time of appearance and distribution of collagen types I, III, and IV and laminin. The study material included embryonic and fetal livers, aged 7-37 weeks, categorized into 3 trimesters. The material was stained using hematoxylin-eosin and immunohistochemistry methods for the identification of collagen I, III, and IV and laminin. Collagen I was detected near the end of the first trimester in the capsules and walls of interlobular veins. As the liver matures, collagen I is increasingly abundant in the capsules, portal area connective tissues, arterial walls, interlobular veins, sinusoids, and central veins. Collagen III and collagen IV appear in the middle of the first trimester in the capsules, portal areas, and walls of central veins, as well as the sinusoids particularly. In trimesters 2 and 3, these collagens are increasingly present in all the structures, but collagen IV is also present in nerve fibers. Laminin is sporadically present adjacent to the sinusoids in trimester 1, while in trimesters 2 and 3 this protein commonly appears in the walls of arteries and interlobular veins, in the basal membrane of bile ducts, and in nerve fibers. The contents of collagen I, III, and IV increase during prenatal development in the liver capsule, arterial and vein walls, sinusoids, and portal area. Laminin expression is consistent with that of the collagens with the exception that, within lobules, laminin disappears with liver maturation. © 2018 S. Karger AG, Basel.
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Cui, Chenxuan
When cognitive radio (CR) operates, it starts by sensing spectrum and looking for idle bandwidth. There are several methods for CR to make a decision on either the channel is occupied or idle, for example, energy detection scheme, cyclostationary detection scheme and matching filtering detection scheme [1]. Among them, the most common method is energy detection scheme because of its algorithm and implementation simplicities [2]. There are two major methods for sensing, the first one is to sense single channel slot with varying bandwidth, whereas the second one is to sense multiple channels and each with same bandwidth. After sensing periods, samples are compared with a preset detection threshold and a decision is made on either the primary user (PU) is transmitting or not. Sometimes the sensing and decision results can be erroneous, for example, false alarm error and misdetection error may occur. In order to better control error probabilities and improve CR network performance (i.e. energy efficiency), we introduce cooperative sensing; in which several CR within a certain range detect and make decisions on channel availability together. The decisions are transmitted to and analyzed by a data fusion center (DFC) to make a final decision on channel availability. After the final decision is been made, DFC sends back the decision to the CRs in order to tell them to stay idle or start to transmit data to secondary receiver (SR) within a preset transmission time. After the transmission, a new cycle starts again with sensing. This thesis report is organized as followed: Chapter II review some of the papers on optimizing CR energy efficiency. In Chapter III, we study how to achieve maximal energy efficiency when CR senses single channel with changing bandwidth and with constrain on misdetection threshold in order to protect PU; furthermore, a case study is given and we calculate the energy efficiency. In Chapter IV, we study how to achieve maximal energy efficiency when CR senses multiple channels and each channel with same bandwidth, also, we preset a misdetection threshold and calculate the energy efficiency. A comparison will be shown between two sensing methods at the end of the chapter. Finally, Chapter V concludes this thesis.